Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission File Number 001-16441

 


 

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   76-0470458

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

510 Bering Drive

Suite 500

Houston, Texas

 

77057-1457

(Zip Code)

(Address of principal executive offices)    

 

(713) 570-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities Registered Pursuant to

Section 12(b) of the Act


 

Name of Each Exchange

on Which Registered


Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Rights to Purchase Series A Participating

Cumulative Preferred Stock

  New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE.

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,051.4 million as of June 30, 2003, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the New York Stock Exchange closing price on that day of $7.77 per share.

 

Applicable Only to Corporate Registrants

 

As of February 26, 2004, there were 221,325,639 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Part III of this Form 10-K will be set forth in, and incorporated by reference from, the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders (the “2004 Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

 



Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

     PART I     

Item 1.

  

Business

   1

Item 2.

  

Properties

   25

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   26

Item 4.

  

Submissions of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   26
     PART II     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   27

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   28

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   30

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   58

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   60

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   104

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   104
     PART III     

Item 10.

  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   104

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   104

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   104

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   105

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   105
     PART IV     

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

   105

Signatures

   117

 

PRELIMINARY NOTE: This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements should be read in conjunction with the cautionary statements and other important factors included in this Form 10-K. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cautionary Statement for Purposes of Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1. Business—Risk Factors” for descriptions of important factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

We own, operate and lease towers and co-locatable rooftop sites (collectively, “sites”), and transmission networks for wireless communications and broadcast transmission. We engage in such activities through a variety of structures, including subleasing and management arrangements. As of December 31, 2003, we owned, leased or managed 15,517 sites, including 10,642 sites in the United States and Puerto Rico, 3,487 sites in the United Kingdom and 1,388 sites in Australia. Our customers currently include many of the world’s major wireless communications and broadcast companies, including Verizon Wireless, the British Broadcasting Corporation (“BBC”), Cingular, T-Mobile, Hutchison 3G UK Limited (“3”), Nextel, Sprint PCS, AT&T Wireless, O2, National Transcommunications Limited (“NTL”), Orange, Airwave, Vodafone, SingTel Optus (“Optus”) and British Sky Broadcasting Limited (“BSkyB”).

 

Our strategy is to increase our recurring revenue by increasing the utilization of our sites by wireless and broadcast companies, and, where appropriate, to continue to build, acquire and operate new towers and wireless and transmission networks and infrastructure, through opportunities created by:

 

  the need for existing wireless carriers to expand coverage and improve network capacity;

 

  the additional demand for towers and wireless infrastructure created by new entrants into the wireless communications industry;

 

  the introduction of new wireless technologies including broadband data and third generation (“3G”) technology;

 

  our development of adjacent businesses which complement our existing businesses and assets; and

 

  the transfer to third parties, or outsourcing, of tower ownership and management by wireless carriers.

 

Our main businesses are leasing (including via licensing) antenna space on our wireless and broadcast sites that can accommodate multiple tenants (“co-location”) and operating shared analog and digital broadcast transmission networks. A key component of our strategy is to promote sharing of wireless sites and broadcast transmission infrastructure. We also provide certain network services relating to sites or other wireless infrastructure for our customers, including project management of antenna installations.

 

Our primary business in the U.S. is the leasing of antenna space on our towers to wireless carriers. Our U.S. site portfolio consists primarily of towers in various metropolitan areas. As of December 31, 2003, 52% of our U.S. towers were located in the 50 largest basic trading areas, or “BTAs”, in the U.S., and 70% of our U.S. towers were located in the 100 largest BTAs. See “Business—The Company—U.S. Operations.”

 

Our primary businesses in the U.K., which are conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary Crown Castle UK Limited, or “CCUK”, are the leasing of antenna space on our sites to wireless carriers and the operation of television and radio broadcast transmission networks. We lease antenna space to wireless carriers and broadcasters in the U.K. (1) on towers we acquired from the BBC and wireless carriers or that we have constructed and (2) on rooftop installations constructed on sites acquired from British Telecommunications PLC (“BT”). In connection with and following our 1997 acquisition of the BBC’s broadcast and tower infrastructure, we were awarded long-term contracts to provide the BBC and other broadcasters analog and digital television and radio transmission services. Following the grant to CCUK of operator licenses with respect to two digital terrestrial television (“DTT”) multiplexes in the U.K., in October 2002, CCUK, in conjunction with the BBC and BSkyB, launched a multi-channel DTT free-to-air broadcast service in the U.K. under the brand “Freeview.” See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations.”

 

1


Table of Contents

Our primary business in Australia, which is conducted through Crown Castle Australia Pty Ltd, or “CCAL”, is the leasing of antenna space on our towers to wireless carriers. CCAL is owned 77.6% by us and 22.4% by Permanent Nominees (Aust) Ltd on behalf of a group of professional and institutional investors led by Jump Capital Limited. See “Business—The Company—Australia Operations”.

 

We believe our sites are attractive to a diverse range of wireless communications industries, including personal communications services (PCS), cellular, enhanced specialized mobile radio, specialized mobile radio, 3G, paging, and fixed point-to-point radio, as well as radio and television broadcasting. In the U.S. our major customers include Verizon Wireless, Cingular, T-Mobile, Nextel, Sprint PCS and AT&T Wireless. In the U.K. our major customers include the BBC, 3, T-Mobile, O2, NTL, Orange, Airwave, Vodafone and BSkyB. Our principal customers in Australia are Optus, Vodafone Australia, Hutchison and Telstra.

 

Growth Strategy

 

Our objective is to be the leading owner and operator of towers, transmission networks and other infrastructure for wireless communications and broadcasting. We believe our experience in expanding, marketing and operating our sites, as well as our experience in owning and operating analog and digital transmission networks, positions us to accomplish this objective. The key elements of our business strategy are to:

 

  Grow Revenue Organically. We are seeking to increase the utilization of our sites by increasing the number of antenna leases on our owned, leased and managed sites. Many of our sites have capacity available for additional antenna space rental. We believe there is demand for such co-location capacity both from existing carriers and broadcasters and from new carriers and broadcasters. We intend to continue to use targeted sales and marketing techniques to increase utilization of and investment return on our sites.

 

  Grow Margins. We are seeking to take advantage of the operating margin expansion afforded by the relatively fixed nature of the operating costs associated with our site rental business. The majority of the operating costs of our site rental business consist of ground lease expense, property taxes, repair and maintenance, utilities and salaries, which tend to escalate at approximately the rate of inflation. Consequently, if increased utilization of tower capacity is achieved at low incremental cost, our site rental business should experience operating margin expansion.

 

  Allocate Capital Efficiently. We are focused on the efficient utilization of capital. We may seek to enhance or expand our existing site portfolios through (1) the enhancement of our existing towers and broadcast transmission networks or (2) the selective acquisition and/or build of strategically located towers that satisfy certain investment criteria and are complementary to our site portfolios. With respect to site acquisitions, such transactions may include acquisitions of sites from major wireless carriers or other tower companies through direct acquisitions, tower exchanges, joint ventures or other means. With respect to tower builds and structural enhancements we may selectively build new towers and structurally enhance our existing towers for wireless carriers as they expand and fill in their service areas and deploy new technologies requiring additional sites. Our decisions to invest additional capital in structural enhancements and selective acquisitions or build activities are generally based upon whether such investments exhibit sufficient co-location revenue potential to achieve our risk-adjusted return on investment hurdle rates. We may also allocate capital to certain strategic adjacent activities that satisfy investment return criteria or complement our site portfolios. From time to time, we may sell or exchange certain of our sites or other assets as opportunities arise. In addition, we have, and may continue to, use some of our capital to acquire our debt and equity securities when such acquisitions appear economically viable and capital efficient.

 

 

Extend Revenue Around Our Existing Assets. We are seeking to leverage our assets and the skills of our personnel in the U.S., the U.K. and Australia. With our shared wireless communications infrastructure and broadcast transmission network expertise, we are positioned to extend the products and services we offer beyond the leasing of space on our sites to other potentially shareable activities, such as antenna and base station maintenance, shared antennas, shared radio spectrum, shared point-to-point radio backhaul and network maintenance and monitoring. Further, we are pursuing other strategic opportunities which are complementary to our existing assets and expertise, as evidenced by our acquisition of U.K. DTT licenses,

 

2


Table of Contents
 

the launch of Freeview in the U.K. and our acquisition of a U.S. nationwide license relating to five megahertz of spectrum. The U.S. nationwide license relates to five megahertz of spectrum in the 1670-1675 MHz range, has an initial term of 10 years, and was acquired during 2003 through a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) auction for a price of approximately $12.6 million.

 

The Company

 

We operate our business through our subsidiaries in three countries—the U.S., the U.K. and Australia. We conduct our operations principally through subsidiaries of Crown Castle Operating Company, which together with its subsidiaries (collectively, “CCOC”), is required to comply with the covenants of the amended 2000 credit facility. In addition, Crown Castle International Corp. (our holding company) and CCOC form our “Restricted Group” for purposes of compliance with the covenants imposed by the indentures governing our public debt.

 

Our U.S. operations are conducted through CCOC and Crown Atlantic Joint Venture (“Crown Atlantic”), our joint venture with Verizon Communications (“Verizon”). CCUK is our principal U.K. operating subsidiary, and CCAL is our principal Australian operating subsidiary. CCUK and CCAL are each a part of CCOC and the Restricted Group, while Crown Atlantic is not part of CCOC and is therefore not part of the Restricted Group. However, Crown Atlantic maintains its own credit facility and is subject to the covenants related thereto.

 

We also use other subsidiaries to hold assets we acquire or control as a result of various transactions we have engaged in or may engage in from time to time. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—13. Operating Segments and Concentrations of Credit Risk”.

 

U.S. Operations

 

Overview

 

Our primary business in the U.S., including Puerto Rico, is the leasing of antenna space on multiple-tenant towers to a variety of wireless carriers under long-term lease contracts. Supporting our competitive position in the site rental business, we offer our customers certain infrastructure and network services, including project management of antenna installations.

 

We lease antenna space to our customers on our owned, leased and managed towers. We generally receive monthly rental payments from customers payable under site rental leases that are typically five years with renewal options. We also receive fees for managing the installation of customers’ equipment and antennas on certain of our towers. Our U.S. customers include such companies as Verizon Wireless, Cingular, T-Mobile, Nextel, Sprint PCS and AT&T Wireless. We also provide tower space to private network operators and various federal, state and local government agencies.

 

At December 31, 2003, we owned and operated 10,642 sites in the U.S. and Puerto Rico. These sites are located predominantly in the northeast, southeast, midwest, southwest and Pacific coast regions of the U.S. Most of our towers were acquired through transactions consummated within the past five years, including through transactions with Bell Atlantic Mobile and GTE Wireless (both now part of Verizon Wireless), BellSouth Mobility and BellSouth DCS (both now part of Cingular), and Powertel (now a part of T-Mobile). In addition, we may consider and enter into arrangements with other wireless carriers and independent tower operators to acquire additional towers or tower portfolios.

 

We began 2003 with two joint ventures with Verizon: Crown Atlantic and the Crown Castle GT Joint Venture (“Crown Castle GT”). Crown Atlantic was formed in 1998 with Bell Atlantic Mobile (now held by Verizon), and Crown Castle GT was formed in 1999 with GTE Wireless. At the time of these transactions, these towers represented substantially all the towers used in such carriers’ 850 MHz wireless networks in the eastern, midwestern, southwestern and Pacific coast areas of the U.S. and currently provide coverage for 22 of the top 50 U.S. metropolitan areas, including New York, Chicago, Houston, Washington, D.C., Philadelphia, Boston, Phoenix and San Francisco.

 

3


Table of Contents

Effective May 1, 2003, we entered into several agreements relating to Crown Atlantic and Crown Castle GT. Under these agreements, certain termination rights under which Verizon could have required us to purchase its interest in Crown Atlantic at any time, payable in cash or common stock at our option, were converted to put and call rights, payable in cash only, with an extended exercise date of July 1, 2007. We also acquired all of Verizon’s ownership interest in Crown Castle GT, subject to certain protective rights retained by Verizon, in exchange for Verizon acquiring additional interests in Crown Atlantic and certain other consideration. In addition, the shares of our common stock previously held by the ventures were distributed to a Verizon affiliate and subsequently sold to third parties. Following the transactions, we own 100% of Crown Castle GT and 62.8% of Crown Atlantic (with Verizon owning the remaining 37.2%). As of December 31, 2003, Crown Atlantic had 2,024 sites and our Crown Castle GT subsidiaries had 2,930 sites.

 

Through the BellSouth Mobility and BellSouth DCS (both now part of Cingular) transactions, which were substantially completed in September 2000, we have approximately 3,050 towers (including towers built pursuant to build-to-suit agreements). These towers represented (1) substantially all of the towers in BellSouth Mobility’s 850 MHz wireless network in the southeastern and midwestern United States providing coverage for 12 of the top 50 U.S. metropolitan areas, including Miami, Atlanta, Tampa, Nashville and Indianapolis and (2) substantially all of the towers in BellSouth DCS’s 1.9 GHz wireless network in North Carolina, South Carolina, east Tennessee and parts of Georgia.

 

Through the Powertel acquisition, which closed in June 1999, we have approximately 675 towers. These towers represented substantially all of the towers owned by Powertel (now a part of T-Mobile) in its 1.9 GHz wireless network in the southeastern and midwestern United States. Approximately 90% of these towers are in seven southeastern states providing coverage for such metropolitan areas as Atlanta, Birmingham, Jacksonville, Memphis and Louisville, and a number of major connecting highway corridors in the southeast.

 

We plan to continue to structurally enhance our existing towers and selectively build or acquire strategically located towers which meet certain economic criteria on a limited basis. To reduce risk and speculation, in connection with building towers, we generally look for sites with multiple tenant demand and obtain lease commitments from wireless carriers prior to building such towers. Further, the towers are constructed to accommodate multiple tenants in order to obviate the need for later structural enhancement, saving capital and time for carriers.

 

Site Rental

 

In the U.S., we rent antenna space on our towers to a variety of carriers operating cellular, personal communication services, specialized mobile radio, enhanced specialized mobile radio, broadband data services, paging and other networks.

 

We generally receive monthly rental payments from customers payable under site leases, and we also receive fees for managing the installation of customers’ equipment and antennas on certain of our sites. In the U.S., the new leases typically entered into by us have original terms of five years (with three or four optional renewal periods of five years each) and provide for annual price increases based primarily on a consumer price index (subject to certain conditions). The lease agreements relating to tower network acquisitions generally have a base term of 10 years, with multiple renewal options, each typically ranging from five to ten years. We have existing master lease agreements with most major wireless carriers, including Verizon Wireless, Cingular, T-Mobile, Nextel, Sprint PCS and AT&T Wireless, which provide certain terms (including economic terms) that govern leases on our towers entered into by such parties during the term of their master lease agreements.

 

The average monthly rental payment of a new tenant added to a tower varies among the different regions in the U.S. and the type of service being provided by the tenant, with broadband tenants (such as personal communications services) paying more than narrowband tenants (such as paging), primarily as a result of the physical size of the antenna installation. In addition, we also routinely receive rental payment increases in connection with lease amendments which authorize carriers to add additional antennas or other equipment to sites on which they already have equipment pursuant to pre-existing lease agreements.

 

4


Table of Contents

Network Services

 

Historically, we have provided network services such as antenna installations, network design and site selection, site acquisition, site development and other services. However, during 2003 we continued to implement our strategic decision, begun in 2002, to reduce our service offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. Although network services revenues declined by $87.9 million in 2003 as compared to 2002, network services margins declined by only $12.0 million during that same period.

 

Our strategic decision to de-emphasize our network services offerings in the U.S. was made primarily as a result of the fact that such activities are typically non-recurring and highly competitive, with a number of local competitors in most markets. We now generally provide such services only when important to a customer relationship. We expect network services revenues to continue to decline as a percentage of total revenue in the foreseeable future.

 

Customers

 

In both our U.S. site rental and network services businesses, we work with a number of customers in a variety of businesses including cellular, personal communications services, enhanced specialized mobile radio, broadband data services and paging. We work primarily with large national wireless carriers such as Verizon Wireless, Cingular, T-Mobile, Nextel, Sprint PCS and AT&T Wireless. For the year ended December 31, 2003, these six carriers accounted for approximately 69.0% of our 2003 U.S. revenues and 38.3% of our 2003 consolidated revenues, with Verizon Wireless accounting for 24.6% of our U.S. revenues and 13.7% of our consolidated revenues. In addition, combined revenues received from T-Mobile through our U.S. and U.K. operations accounted for 10.1% of our consolidated revenues. No other single customer in the U.S. accounted for more than 10.0% of our 2003 consolidated revenues.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our U.S. sales organization markets our towers within the wireless telecommunications industry. We use public and proprietary databases to develop targeted marketing programs focused on carrier network build-outs, modifications, site additions and network services. Information about carriers’ existing sites, licenses, marketing strategies, capital spend plans, deployment status, and actual signal strength measurements taken in the field is analyzed to match specific towers in our portfolios with potential new site demand. In addition, we have developed proprietary property management tools and software which allow us to determine co-locatability with greater speed and accuracy. Through these and other tools we have developed, we seek to determine “potential demand” for our towers and other sites, allowing for proactive discussions with our carrier customers regarding these sites and the timing of their demand.

 

A team of national account directors maintains our relationships with our largest customers. These directors work to develop new site leasing opportunities, network services contracts and site management opportunities, as well as to ensure that customers’ emerging needs are translated into new products and services. This group also supports third party project management arrangements to provide network deployments.

 

Sales personnel in our regional offices develop and maintain local relationships with carriers that are expanding their networks, entering new markets, bringing new technologies to market or requiring maintenance or add-on business. We target numerous types of wireless carriers, including cellular, personal communications services, enhanced specialized mobile radio, wireless data, broadband data, paging and government agencies. Our objective is to lease space on existing towers and pre-sell capacity on our new towers prior to construction.

 

In addition to our full-time sales and marketing staff, a number of senior managers and executive officers spend a significant portion of their time on sales and marketing activities and call on existing and prospective customers.

 

Competition

 

In the U.S., we compete with other independent tower owners which also provide site rental and network services; wireless carriers which own and operate their own tower networks; broadcasters and building owners that lease antenna space, primarily on co-locatable rooftop sites; and other potential competitors, such as utilities and

 

5


Table of Contents

outdoor advertisers, some of which have already entered the site rental industry. Wireless carriers that own and operate their own tower networks generally are substantially larger and have greater financial resources than we have. We believe that tower location, capacity, quality of service, deployment speed and price have been and will continue to be the most significant competitive factors affecting the leasing of a site.

 

The following is a list of some of the larger independent tower companies with which we compete in the U.S.: SpectraSite, American Tower, SBA Communications, AAT Communications and Global Signal. We also compete with Sprint Sites USA, a division of Sprint that markets and manages Sprint’s sites and towers. Significant additional site rental competition comes from the leasing of rooftops, utility structures and other alternative sites for antennas.

 

Competitors in the network services business include Bechtel, General Dynamics, Lucent, Black & Veatch, Wireless Facilities, Inc., SBA Communications and Tetra Tech. We also participate with these entities to deliver network development services to our customers. Commencing in 2002, we made a strategic decision to reduce our service offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We believe that carriers base their decisions on the outsourcing of network services on criteria such as a company’s experience, track record, local reputation, price and time for completion of a project.

 

U.K. Operations

 

Overview

 

Our two primary businesses in the U.K., conducted through our wholly-owned subsidiary CCUK, are the leasing of antenna space on our sites to wireless carriers and the operation of shared analog and digital television and radio broadcast transmission networks. Complementing our site rental business, we also offer certain network services, primarily consisting of antenna installation services. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the site rental business accounted for 39.6% of CCUK’s revenues, and the broadcast transmission business accounted for 41.7% of CCUK’s revenues.

 

Through our U.K. site rental business, we lease antenna space on our sites. We generally receive annual rental payments from customers under site rental licenses that are typically for a term of 10 to 20 years with rent review every one to three years. We also receive fees for the network services we provide to certain of our site rental customers. Our primary U.K. site rental customers are the larger U.K. wireless carriers—including 3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange and Vodafone—and Airwave, which provides wireless communications for emergency services. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Site Rental”.

 

Through our U.K. transmission business we own and operate one of the most established shared broadcast television and radio transmission networks, which we initially acquired in February 1997 through the privatization of the BBC’s transmission operations and infrastructure. Our U.K. broadcast transmission business provides analog and digital terrestrial transmission and related services, under long-term contracts, for television and radio programs produced by the BBC and other content providers. The BBC is our largest U.K. transmission business customer, accounting for approximately 32.2% of CCUK’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In 2002, as part of our broadcast transmission business, CCUK was granted operator licenses with respect to two DTT multiplexes in the U.K., and on October 30, 2002, CCUK, together with the BBC and BSkyB, launched a multi-channel DTT broadcasting service, under the brand “Freeview.” In connection with Freeview, we have secured long-term contracts to provide DTT transmission services to the BBC and multiplexing and transmission services to BSkyB, UKTV, Flextech Television, Viacom, EMAP, MIETV and others. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Transmission Business” and “—Significant Contracts”.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we owned or managed 3,487 towers, rooftops and other sites throughout the U.K., including England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. A substantial number of these sites were acquired or developed through (1) our 1997 acquisition of the BBC’s broadcast and tower infrastructure, (2) our March 1999 site acquisition and development transaction with One 2 One (now part of T-Mobile) and (3) our BT site agreement,

 

6


Table of Contents

as further described below. We expect to expand our U.K. portfolio by developing additional sites. We anticipate that most of these new sites will be developed on BT sites under our amended site agreement with BT.

 

The acquisition of the BBC transmission network provided a valuable initial portfolio of approximately 730 towers for site rental. Through the One 2 One transaction, CCUK added approximately 1,670 towers (including towers built pursuant to a build-to-suit agreement with T-Mobile) to its portfolio. These towers represented substantially all of T-Mobile’s towers in its nationwide wireless network in the U.K at the time of the acquisition.

 

In November 2000, CCUK entered into an agreement with BT to lease space on as many as 4,000 BT sites (principally rooftop facilities) throughout the U.K. In September 2003, CCUK reached agreement to amend certain provisions of its agreements with BT. The revised agreements allow CCUK to continue to exclusively develop BT exchange sites through October 2013, provided we have developed at least 2,000 BT exchange sites by December 2006. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—BT Site Agreement”.

 

Our broadcast transmission network reaches substantially all of the U.K. population and consists of approximately 1,300 sites, more than half of which are on our sites and the balance of which are licensed to us under site-sharing agreements with NTL or other third party site operators.

 

Site Rental

 

Through our U.K. site rental business, we lease antenna space on our sites to a variety of wireless carriers, including customers providing cellular-GSM, broadband data (3G), PMR/Tetra and other services. CCUK’s largest (by revenue) site rental customers include the larger U.K. wireless carriers—such as 3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange and Vodafone—and Airwave, which provides wireless communications for emergency services. In recent years revenues from our U.K. site rental business have become an increasing portion of CCUK’s total revenues.

 

We generally receive annual rental payments (according to rate schedules based on antenna size and position on the site) from customers payable under site rental licenses, and we may also receive fees for the network services we provide our site rental customers, such as managing the installation of our customers’ equipment and antennas on certain of our sites. The U.K. site rental agreements typically have a term of 10 to 20 years with rent reviews every one to three years.

 

We have master licensing agreements with most of the major wireless carriers in the U.K., including 3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange and Vodafone. These agreements provide certain terms (including economic terms) that govern licenses on our sites entered into by such parties during the term of their master licensing agreements.

 

In addition to our wireless carrier site rental customers, NTL leases space on our towers under the NTL Site-Sharing Agreement and the digital broadcasting site sharing agreement. These site sharing agreements relate to the reciprocal use of sites for the respective broadcast contracts of CCUK and NTL and are not representative of the typical wireless co-location tenant. Revenues received by CCUK under these NTL agreements with respect to space rented by NTL on CCUK sites are substantially offset by payments made to NTL with respect to space rented by CCUK on NTL sites. The NTL Site-Sharing Agreement may be terminated on December 31, 2015 provided notice of termination is delivered on or prior to December 31, 2010. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—NTL Site-Sharing Agreement.”

 

In April 2000, the U.K. auctioned five licenses relating to 3G mobile communications. 3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange and Vodafone currently hold the 3G licenses acquired through these auctions. During 2003, 3 launched its 3G service in the U.K. In February 2004, Vodafone launched its 3G laptop computer datacard service in London and announced plans to reach 30% of the U.K. population by April 2004. In February 2004, Orange and T-Mobile announced plans to launch 3G services in 2004. We are working with each of the 3G license holders in the U.K. in order to provide them space on our sites as they deploy 3G services.

 

Transmission Business

 

Our U.K. broadcast transmission business provides transmission and related services for analog and digital television and analog and digital radio.

 

7


Table of Contents

Analog Television. At the time the BBC transmission network was acquired in 1997, we entered into a 10-year analog transmission contract with the BBC. Under the BBC analog transmission contract, we provide analog terrestrial transmission services for the BBC’s analog television programs (on two BBC channels) and certain other related services. For the year ended December 31, 2003, CCUK generated approximately 10.5% of its revenues from the provision of analog television broadcast transmission services to the BBC. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—BBC Analog Transmission Contract”.

 

The BBC analog transmission contract may be terminated on any March 31 commencing with March 31, 2007, following 12 months’ prior notice by either CCUK or the BBC. It is contemplated that the BBC analog transmission contract will continue beyond 2007 and be amended in some manner. However, there can be no assurances that any continuation or modification will occur. In addition, it is also contemplated that any continuation beyond 2007 of this contract may contain different terms with respect to analog broadcast services, as the U.K. government proceeds with its previously stated intention to phase switchover in the U.K. from analog television to digital television services.

 

We own the transmitter equipment used for the analog broadcast of the BBC’s domestic television programs within the U.K., whether located on one of CCUK’s sites, on an NTL site (through a site sharing agreement that provides us with reciprocal access rights to NTL’s broadcast transmission sites) or other third-party site. As of December 31, 2003, CCUK had approximately 2,240 analog transmitters for analog television broadcasting.

 

A few of our most powerful analog television transmitters together cover the majority of the U.K. population. This is illustrated by the fact that one of our analog television transmitter sites (at Crystal Palace, London) provides coverage to 20% of the U.K. population and the top 16 analog transmitter sites provide coverage to 79% of the U.K. population.

 

Analog Radio. Under the BBC analog transmission contract, we also provide analog terrestrial transmission services for the BBC’s analog radio programs and certain other related services, including with respect to U.K. nationwide BBC radio services, regional BBC radio services for Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland and local BBC radio stations. For the year ended December 31, 2003, CCUK generated approximately 11.8% of its revenues from the provision of analog radio broadcast transmission services to the BBC.

 

The BBC analog transmission contract may be terminated on any March 31 commencing with March 31, 2007, following 12 months’ prior notice by either CCUK or the BBC. It is contemplated that the BBC analog transmission contract will continue beyond 2007 and be amended in some manner. However, there can be no assurances that any continuation or modification will occur. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—BBC Analog Transmission Contract”.

 

In addition to the BBC analog transmission contract, we have separate contracts to provide analog transmission services and maintenance for two U.K. national commercial radio stations, Virgin Radio and talkSPORT (formerly Talk Radio). In July 2001, the Virgin Radio analog contract was renewed for a period expiring April 30, 2008. The talkSPORT analog contract commenced on February 4, 1995 and expires on December 31, 2008.

 

As with our analog television services, we own the transmitter equipment used in the analog broadcast for our analog radio transmission customers in the U.K., whether located on one of CCUK’s sites or on an NTL or other third-party site. As of December 31, 2003, CCUK had approximately 1,300 analog transmitters for analog radio broadcasting.

 

Digital Terrestrial Television. In 1998 the U.K. government established and licensed six multiplexes, each capable of providing a number of television channels, for DTT service in the U.K. In 1998, CCUK entered into 12-year contracts with the BBC and ITV Digital (“ITVD”) to build and operate the DTT transmission network for the one multiplex licensed to the BBC (multiplex 1) and the three multiplexes licensed to ITVD (multiplex B, C and D). In January 2000, we completed the rollout of the 80 station network required under these contracts. Of these sites, 49 are on CCUK sites, and the remainder are on NTL towers pursuant to a site sharing arrangement.

 

In April 2002, ITVD announced plans to liquidate and returned its multiplex licenses to the Independent Television Commission (“ITC”). Prior to the liquidation, CCUK had earned gross revenues of approximately £19.4

 

8


Table of Contents

million ($27.6 million at such time) annually under its transmission contract with ITVD. ITVD represented approximately 12% of the 2001 revenues of CCUK and approximately 3% of the 2001 consolidated revenues of the Company.

 

In August 2002, the ITC granted the DTT multiplex licenses previously held by ITVD to CCUK (multiplex C and D) and the BBC (multiplex B, bringing the BBC’s total to two licenses). The DTT multiplex licenses awarded to CCUK have a term of 12 years, and CCUK has the right to renew the licenses for an additional term of 12 years subject to satisfaction of certain performance criteria. No license fees were paid to the U.K. government with respect to the award of the multiplex licenses other than an approximately $76,000 application fee. Following the award of such licenses, the current U.K. DTT multiplex licensing structure is as follows:

 

Multiplex

  

Licensee


  

Multiplex Service Provider


  

Transmission Service Provider


1    BBC    BBC Technology Ltd    CCUK
2    Digital 3&4 Ltd    NTL    NTL
A    SDN Ltd    NTL    NTL
B    BBC    BBC Technology Ltd    CCUK*
C    CCUK    BBC Technology Ltd    CCUK*
D    CCUK    BBC Technology Ltd    CCUK*

* Broadcasting service provided in connection with Freeview brand.

 

On October 30, 2002, the BBC, CCUK and BSkyB launched a multi-channel digital TV and radio broadcasting service under the brand “Freeview.” Freeview is a free-to-air broadcast service and is received by viewers via a set-top box or other device. At the end of 2003, there were approximately three million such devices in service, in contrast to the approximately 1.2 million set-top boxes in service with respect to ITVD service 20 months prior. Our revenue derived from broadcast transmission services (including distribution and multiplexing) relating to Freeview is contractually based and therefore is not directly dependent on the number of Freeview viewers.

 

In connection with the launch of Freeview, in August 2002 CCUK entered into an agreement with the BBC to provide broadcast transmission along with distribution service for the second multiplex license (multiplex B) awarded to the BBC. Also in August 2002, CCUK entered into an agreement with BSkyB to provide broadcast transmission along with distribution and multiplexing service in relation to 75% of the capacity of one of the CCUK multiplexes (multiplex C). Both of these agreements are for an initial period of six years with options for the BBC and BSkyB to extend for an additional six-year term. In addition, CCUK has entered into agreements to provide similar service to a number of TV, radio and interactive service content providers (including UKTV, Flextech, Viacom, EMAP, MIETV, OneWord, Guardian Media Group and BBC World Service) through the two multiplexes awarded to CCUK. Freeview related agreements with the television content providers are also for six-year terms, with renewal options, while agreements with radio and interactive service providers are generally for shorter terms.

 

Through such agreements, CCUK is currently transmitting content for such customers with respect to approximately 90% of its licensed capacity and is negotiating with content providers with respect to the remaining capacity. CCUK has contracted annual revenues of approximately £27.2 million ($48.5 million) for the provision of transmission, distribution and multiplexing services related to its multiplex licenses, which replaces the approximately £19.4 million annual revenues previously earned from the ITVD contract and is in addition to the revenues generated from the 1998 BBC Digital Transmission Contract. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—1998 BBC DTT Transmission Contract”, “—2002 BBC DTT Transmission Contract” and “—BSkyB and Other Freeview Content DTT Transmission Contracts.”

 

As a result of its previous contract with ITVD, CCUK had already invested substantially all of the capital required to provide the Freeview related broadcast transmission service described above. In addition, CCUK had previously been incurring, again by virtue of its previous contract with ITVD, a large proportion of the operating costs required to provide these services (including payments to BT for distribution circuits and payments to NTL for site rental). Since CCUK is providing a more complete end-to-end service to content providers than was provided to ITVD, CCUK is incurring certain additional annual operating costs of approximately £4.6 million ($8.2 million)

 

9


Table of Contents

including (1) payments to BBC’s technology division for multiplexing services and (2) payments to Digital TV Services Ltd (a cost-sharing cooperative in which CCUK, the BBC and BSkyB are equal shareholders) for promotion and marketing of Freeview.

 

Digital Radio. We currently provide transmission services for digital radio, or digital audio broadcasts (“DAB”), in the U.K. In 1995, the BBC launched, over our transmission network, its initial national DAB service. In March 2003 we entered into a new contract, with an initial term expiring September 2016, for U.K. distribution of the DAB program feed from the BBC’s studios plus the provision of an additional 47 transmitter sites. The full implementation of this contract is expected to extend the BBC’s DAB coverage to over 80% of the U.K. population. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—2003 BBC DAB Transmission Contract”.

 

In addition to DAB facilities that we operate for the BBC, on July 14, 2000, we were awarded a 12-year contract with Switchdigital (London) Limited to provide their London local digital radio network service. Since that date, CCUK has been awarded two additional 12-year contracts with Switchdigital to provide similar digital radio network service to two areas of Scotland. In November 2003, we signed a 12-year agreement with a partnership consisting of The Wireless Group (TWG) and EMAP to provide DAB transmission services to Stoke on Trent, located in central England. Site sharing for other DAB multiplexes provides additional revenues at several other transmission sites.

 

Network Services

 

CCUK provides broadcast and telecommunications network services to various customers in the U.K. We have engineering and technical staff capable of meeting the requirements of our current customer base and the challenges of developing digital technology. Within the U.K., CCUK has worked with several telecommunications operators on design and build projects as they deploy their networks.

 

Antenna Installation and Site Development. One of the services that CCUK provides is site design and antenna installation activity for wireless infrastructure. CCUK’s operations division provides program and project management through its delivery teams, using project management tools and software. The majority of construction activities are completed through independent contractors experienced in the wireless telecommunications construction industry. Operations are located in three regional offices across the U.K., providing a nationwide service to our customers.

 

Network Design and Site Selection. In December 1999, CCUK and T-Mobile entered into an agreement under which CCUK would establish a turnkey mobile network for T-Mobile in Northern Ireland. In April 2001, CCUK launched the network, which now covers substantially all of the population of Northern Ireland. CCUK provides cell planning, acquisition, design, build, operation and maintenance services related to the network, including ownership of the antenna, provisioning of backhaul and signal monitoring. In September 2003, CCUK signed an agreement with Esat BT, BT’s Republic of Ireland subsidiary, to provide program management support services and 3G radio frequency cell planning and network optimization services to Esat BT in relation to their contract with Hutchison 3G Ireland to rollout a turnkey 3G mobile network in the Republic of Ireland.

 

Significant Contracts

 

CCUK’s principal analog broadcast transmission contract is the BBC analog transmission contract. CCUK also has entered into DTT and DAB contracts with the BBC. In connection with Freeview, CCUK has entered into transmission and multiplexing contracts with BSkyB and various other broadcasters. Under the site-sharing agreement, CCUK also gives NTL access to facilities to provide broadcast transmission to non-CCUK customers. CCUK also has long-term service agreements with radio broadcast customers such as Virgin Radio, talkSPORT, EMAP and Switchdigital plus a number of smaller radio broadcasters. In addition, CCUK has several agreements with telecommunication providers, including leases, site management contracts and independent contractor agreements. CCUK has also entered into contracts to design and build infrastructure for customers such as 3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange, Airwave and Vodafone.

 

10


Table of Contents

BBC Analog Transmission Contract. CCUK entered into a transmission contract with the BBC for the provision of terrestrial analog television and analog and digital radio transmission services in the U.K. at the time the BBC transmission business was acquired. The BBC analog transmission contract also provides for CCUK to be liable to the BBC for “service credits” (i.e., rebates of its charges) in the event that certain standards of service are not attained as a result of what the contract characterizes as “accountable faults” or the failure to meet certain “response times” in relation to making repairs at certain key sites. CCUK has met the BBC’s service requirements and to date has paid no service credit penalties.

 

The contract may be terminated on any March 31 commencing with March 31, 2007, following 12 months prior notice by either CCUK or the BBC. It is contemplated that the BBC analog transmission contract will continue beyond 2007 and be amended in some manner. However, there can be no assurances that any such continuation or modifications will occur. In addition, it is also contemplated that any continuation beyond 2007 of this agreement may contain different terms with respect to analog broadcast services, as the U.K. government proceeds with its previously stated intention to phase switchover in the U.K. from analog television to digital television services.

 

1998 BBC DTT Transmission Contract. In 1998, we entered into a 12-year contract with the BBC to build and operate the DTT transmission network for its first multiplex. The contract has a current expiration date of October 31, 2010.

 

2002 BBC DTT Transmission Contract. Following the award of the DTT licenses in 2002 and in connection with the launch of Freeview, in August 2002 CCUK entered into an agreement with the BBC to provide transmission along with distribution service for the new DTT multiplex licensed to the BBC. This agreement commenced on October 30, 2002 and has an initial term of six years, with an option by the BBC to renew for an additional six-year term.

 

BSkyB and Other Freeview DTT Transmission Contracts. Following the award of the DTT licenses in 2002 and in connection with the launch of Freeview, in August 2002 CCUK entered into an agreement with BSkyB to provide transmission along with distribution and multiplexing service in relation to 75% of the capacity of one of the multiplexes licensed to CCUK. This agreement is for an initial period of six years, with an option by BSkyB to renew for an additional six-year term. In addition, CCUK has entered into similar agreements with other Freeview content providers, including UKTV, Flextech, Viacom and EMAP.

 

BT Digital Distribution Contract. Under the BBC and Freeview related digital transmission contracts (including the contracts described above), in addition to providing DTT transmission services, CCUK has agreed to provide for the distribution of the BBC and Freeview related broadcast signals from their respective television studios to CCUK’s transmission network. In May 1998, CCUK entered into a 12-year distribution contract with BT in which BT has agreed to provide fully duplicated, primarily fiber-based, digital distribution services. This contract is now being used to provide program distribution services for Freeview content providers and has been amended to expire contemporaneously with our DTT multiplex licenses in 2014 (with provisions for extending the term).

 

2003 BBC DAB Transmission Contract. In March 2003, we were awarded a new contract with the BBC for U.K. distribution of the DAB program services from the BBC plus the provision of an additional 47 transmitters, to be added to the existing 31 transmitters. The contract has an initial term expiring in September 2016, with an option for the BBC to extend the term for an additional 12 years. The full implementation of this contract is expected to extend the BBC’s DAB coverage to over 80% of the U.K. population.

 

NTL Site-Sharing Agreement. In order to optimize service coverage for television and radio services and to enable viewers to receive all analog UHF television services using one receiving antenna, the BBC, as the predecessor to CCUK, and NTL made arrangements to share certain broadcast sites. This arrangement was introduced in the 1960s when UHF television broadcasting began in the U.K. In addition to service coverage advantages, the arrangement also minimizes costs and avoids the difficulties of obtaining additional sites.

 

On September 10, 1991, the BBC and NTL entered into the Site-Sharing Agreement which set out the commercial site sharing terms under which the parties were entitled to use each other’s sites for television and radio services for a commercial license fee in accordance with the agreement’s rate schedule. The party using the other party’s site is responsible, in normal circumstances, for the costs of accommodation and equipment used exclusively

 

11


Table of Contents

by it. The Site-Sharing Agreement may be terminated on December 31, 2015 provided notice of termination is delivered on or prior to December 31, 2010. It may also be terminated upon a material breach, bankruptcy or insolvency of a party, and cessation of a broadcast transmission business or function.

 

Similar site sharing arrangements have been entered into between NTL and us for the build-out of digital transmission sites and equipment, including a supplementary fee schedule related to site sharing fees for new digital facilities and revised operating and maintenance procedures related to digital equipment.

 

Revenues received by CCUK under these NTL agreements with respect to space rented by NTL on CCUK owned sites are substantially offset by payments made to NTL with respect to space rented by CCUK on NTL owned sites.

 

T-Mobile Northern Ireland Network. In December 1999, CCUK and T-Mobile entered into an agreement under which CCUK would establish a turnkey mobile network for T-Mobile in Northern Ireland. In April 2001, CCUK launched the network, which now covers substantially all of the population of Northern Ireland. CCUK provides cell planning, acquisition, design, build, operation and maintenance services related to the network, including ownership of the antenna, provisioning of backhaul and signal monitoring. T-Mobile provides the base stations and holds the spectrum license. The agreement with T-Mobile is for an initial term of 11 years. We currently have approximately 200 tower sites in Northern Ireland, and T-Mobile is a tenant on substantially all of these sites.

 

BT Site Agreement. In November 2000, CCUK entered into an agreement with BT to lease space on as many as 4,000 BT sites (principally rooftop exchange sites) throughout the U.K. We originally contracted to pay an aggregate of £150 million in installments for site access on the first 1,500 sites from the BT site portfolio, but in September 2003 the final payment was reduced by approximately £28.8 million (approximately $47.9 million) and the agreement amended as described below.

 

In March 2003, CCUK paid £21.2 million (approximately $33.2 million) of the final £50.0 million site access fee payment due to BT relating to the BT site agreement, as previously amended. In September 2003, CCUK reached agreement to amend certain provisions of its agreements with BT. Under the terms of the amended agreements with BT, CCUK will not be required to make any further site access payments to BT with respect to the BT sites. The revised agreements allow CCUK to continue to exclusively develop BT sites through October 2013, provided we have developed at least 2,000 BT sites by December 2006. Under the amended agreement, BT funds the common area capital expenditures required to develop the sites, and CCUK receives 40% of the revenue of all co-located tenants on the sites developed. No revisions were made to the financial arrangements associated with the BT sites drawn for development prior to October 1, 2003, pursuant to which CCUK receives 65% of tenant revenue derived from such sites.

 

We are developing the BT site portfolio for the deployment of wireless services, including second generation and 3G services. As of December 31, 2003, we had developed 738 sites under this agreement.

 

3 Agreement. In February 2001, CCUK signed an agreement with 3 whereby 3 would lease space on CCUK sites throughout the U.K. In September 2003, CCUK reached agreement to amend certain provisions of its agreements with 3. Under terms of the amended agreements with 3, CCUK has received a commitment from 3 to co-locate on 1,350 CCUK sites effective January 1, 2003. As part of the amended agreements, 3 agreed to pay an additional approximately $13.4 million in net present value through December 31, 2004 to secure access to the additional sites. As 3 locates its equipment on CCUK sites, 3 will pay site rental revenue to CCUK based on the configuration of the 3 equipment installed. CCUK will continue to remain as 3’s preferred site provider in the U.K.

 

O2 Agreement. In February 2001, CCUK signed an agreement with its existing customer O2 pursuant to which O2 would lease additional space on CCUK sites throughout the U.K. In November 2003, CCUK and O2 modified and clarified the arrangements with O2. The modifications address pricing, payments, process and other arrangements for the future deployment on CCUK sites.

 

Customers

 

In our U.K. site rental and network services businesses, we work with a number of customers in a variety of businesses, including Cellular-GSM, Broadband Data (3G) and PMR/Tetra. We work primarily with the five largest

 

12


Table of Contents

U.K. personal communications network/cellular operators—3, T-Mobile, O2, Orange and Vodafone—and Airwave, which provides wireless communications for emergency services. For the year ended December 31, 2003, these six customers together accounted for approximately 43.8% of CCUK’s revenues and 18.0% of our consolidated revenues.

 

The BBC is our largest broadcast transmission business customer, accounting for approximately 32.2% of CCUK’s revenues and 13.2% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition, combined revenues received from T-Mobile through our U.S. and U.K. operations accounted for 10.1% of our consolidated revenues. No other single customer in the U.K. accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We have a staff of sales and business development personnel in the U.K. who identify new revenue-generating opportunities, develop and maintain key account relationships, and tailor service offerings to meet the needs of specific customers. A good relationship has been maintained with the BBC, and good relationships have been developed and maintained with many of the major broadcasters and wireless communications carriers in the U.K.

 

Competition

 

CCUK’s primary competition to its site leasing business comes from building owners, including utilities, that lease space on co-locatable rooftop sites. NTL also offers site rental on approximately 2,300 of its sites, some of which are managed on behalf of third parties. U.K. mobile operators own site infrastructure and lease space to other users. Their openness to sharing with direct competitors varies by operator; however, several operators have made public statements indicating they are willing to share or jointly develop certain sites with competitors or other third parties under certain circumstances.

 

CCUK’s primary competitors with respect to its DTT broadcast transmission platform are satellite and cable broadcast operators, including BSkyB, NTL, Telewest and Cable & Wireless. NTL is CCUK’s primary competitor in the terrestrial broadcast transmission market in the U.K. NTL retains partial ownership of both the SDN DTT multiplex and Digital One, the national independent digital radio licensee. NTL has also been awarded the transmission contract for two of the six DTT multiplexes. CCUK operates the transmission network contracts for the other four DTT multiplexes, two for the BBC and two for the CCUK licensed multiplexes.

 

Although CCUK and NTL are broadcast transmission service competitors, they have reciprocal rights to the use of each other’s sites for broadcast transmission usage in order to enable each of them to achieve U.K. nationwide coverage. This relationship is formalized by the NTL Site-Sharing Agreement entered into in 1991, the time at which NTL was privatized. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—NTL Site-Sharing Agreement.”

 

CCUK faces competition from a large number of companies in the provision of network services. The companies include specialty consultants and equipment manufacturers such as Nortel and Ericsson. NTL also offers certain network services to its customers, including installation and maintenance.

 

Australia Operations

 

Our primary business in Australia is the leasing of antenna space to wireless carriers. CCAL, a joint venture which is owned 77.6% by us and 22.4% by Permanent Nominees (Aust) Ltd, acting on behalf of a group of professional and institutional investors led by Jump Capital Limited, is our principal Australian operating subsidiary. Our principal customers in Australia are Optus, Vodafone Australia, Hutchison and Telstra.

 

CCAL is the largest independent tower operator in Australia with a nationwide tower portfolio providing sites for cellular coverage for substantially all of the Australian population. As of December 31, 2003, CCAL has 1,388 towers, with a strategic presence in all of Australia’s licensed regions including Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth.

 

13


Table of Contents

Through its acquisition of towers from Optus, which was substantially completed in April 2000, CCAL has 759 towers, including towers built or acquired subsequent to the initial closing. As part of this transaction, Optus agreed to lease space on these towers for an initial term of 15 years. The arrangement relating to CCAL developing future tower sites for Optus was terminated in March 2002 by mutual consent.

 

Through its acquisition of towers from Vodafone Australia, which was substantially completed in April 2001, CCAL has 629 towers, including towers built or acquired subsequent to the initial closing. As part of this transaction, Vodafone Australia has agreed to lease space on these towers for an initial rent free term of 10 years, and CCAL has the exclusive right to acquire up to 600 additional tower sites that Vodafone may construct through April 2007.

 

In Australia, CCAL competes with other independent tower owners which also provide site rental and network services; wireless carriers, which own and operate their own tower networks; service companies that provide engineering and site acquisition services; and other site owners, such as broadcasters and building owners. The two other significant tower owners in Australia are Telstra and Broadcast Australia. We believe that tower location, capacity, quality of service, deployment speed and price within a geographic market are the most significant competitive factors affecting the leasing of a site.

 

In 2003, Hutchison launched a 3G network in Australia and as part of its deployment has utilized a number of our towers in connection with such 3G network. Vodafone Australia has announced that it intends to deploy a 3G network, with the launch targeted for 2005. The other two major carriers in Australia, Telstra and Optus, have yet to announce their 3G plans.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2003, we employed approximately 1,390 people worldwide. Other than in the U.K., we are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements. In the U.K., we are party to a collective bargaining agreement with the Broadcast, Entertainment, Cinematographic and Theatrical Union (BECTU). This agreement establishes bargaining procedures relating to the terms and conditions of employment for all of CCUK’s non-management staff. In July 2003, CCUK successfully negotiated with BECTU modifications to the pension arrangements relating to the former employees of the BBC (approximately 216 employees), which repositioned the plan to better meet its funding requirements. We have not experienced any strikes or work stoppages, and management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

To date, we have not incurred any material fines or penalties or experienced any material adverse effects to our business as a result of any domestic or international regulations. The summary below is based on regulations currently in effect, and such regulations are subject to review and modification by the applicable governmental authority from time to time. See “Business—Risk Factors.”

 

United States

 

Federal Regulations

 

Both the FCC and FAA regulate towers used for wireless communications transmitters and receivers. Such regulations control the siting and marking of towers and may, depending on the characteristics of particular towers, require the registration of tower facilities and the issuance of determinations confirming no hazard to air traffic. Wireless communications devices operating on towers are separately regulated and independently licensed based upon the particular frequency used. In addition, the FCC and the FAA have developed standards to consider proposals for new or modified tower and antenna structures based upon the height and location, including proximity to airports. Proposals to construct or to modify existing tower and antenna structures above certain heights are reviewed by the FAA to ensure the structure will not present a hazard to aviation, which determination may be

 

14


Table of Contents

conditioned upon compliance with lighting and marking requirements. The FCC requires its licensees to operate communications devices only on towers that comply with FAA rules and are registered with the FCC, if required by its regulations. Where tower lighting is required by FAA regulation, tower owners bear the responsibility of notifying the FAA of any tower lighting outage. Failure to comply with the applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties.

 

Local Regulations

 

Local regulations include city and other local ordinances (including subdivision and zoning ordinances), approvals for construction and removal of towers, and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. These regulations vary greatly, but typically require us to obtain approval from local officials prior to tower construction. Local zoning authorities may render decisions or place conditions on construction that are responsive to community residents’ concerns regarding the height and visibility of the towers.

 

Other Regulations

 

We hold, through certain of our subsidiaries, certain licenses for radio transmission facilities granted by the FCC, including licenses for common carrier microwave and commercial mobile radio services in Puerto Rico, including specialized mobile radio and paging facilities, as well as private mobile radio services including industrial/business radio facilities, which are subject to additional regulation by the FCC. Our FCC license relating to the 1670 to 1675 MHz spectrum band contains certain conditions related to the services that may be provided thereunder, the technical equipment used in connection therewith and the circumstances under which it may be renewed. We are required to obtain the FCC’s approval prior to the transfer of control of any of our FCC licenses.

 

United Kingdom

 

As a result of European Union initiatives to consolidate and update telecommunications and broadcasting regulation and prepare for increasing convergence in the broadcasting and telecommunications industries, the Communications Act 2003 was enacted in the U.K. in July 2003. This act consolidates previous U.K. broadcasting and telecommunications legislation and replaced various U.K. regulatory bodies including the Office of Telecommunications (“OFTEL”), the Independent Television Commission (“ITC”), the Broadcasting Standards Commission, the Radio Authority and the Radiocommunications Agency, with a single body, the Office of Communications (“OFCOM”), to regulate broadcasting and telecommunications.

 

In addition to the various provisions in the Communications Act 2003 regulating U.K. electronic wireless systems, there are additional statutory provisions regulating site development and the safe use of electronic communications equipment in the U.K. as further described below.

 

Site Rental Business Regulations

 

Planning Regulations. Town and Country Planning legislation operated by local planning authorities regulates development across the U.K., including the location, height, visibility and appearance of sites and the number and size of antennas located on such sites. Different town planning regulations apply in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. Local authority planning approval is generally required prior to the construction or modification of sites, and planning authorities can also refuse permission or impose restrictions on such developments.

 

Tower structures near airfields or affected by aircraft safeguarding provisions also require civil aviation or Ministry of Defense clearance prior to construction, and radio frequencies emitted from wireless systems must observe international frequency clearance restrictions.

 

Frequency Licenses. As a result of the Communications Act 2003, the frequency licenses previously issued by the former Radiocommunications Agency have been superseded by equivalent licenses issued by OFCOM as the successor agency. CCUK holds over 300 frequency licenses used to provide fixed point-to-point telecommunication backhaul radio links for its Northern Ireland network for T-Mobile. These telecommunication frequency licenses must be renewed annually with the payment of a fee.

 

15


Table of Contents

Wireless electronic communications systems located on CCUK sites were subject to separate licensing obligations under the Telecommunications Act 1984. At the end of 2003, the statutory requirement for these systems licenses was replaced by general and special conditions published pursuant to provisions contained in the Communications Act 2003.

 

Health & Safety Regulations. The use of radio frequencies by CCUK’s or a customer’s electronic equipment is subject to compliance with health and safety legislation and to guidance issued by the National Radiological Protection Board (“NRPB”). The U.K. government commissioned, and in 2000 published, the “Stewart Report”, a report conducted by an independent expert group to consider the safety of mobile phones and base stations. The report basically concludes that there is no evidence of a general health risk, but suggests a precautionary approach and recommends the adoption of guidelines established by the International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection (“ICNIRP”), which guidelines are stricter than those of the NRPB. Although the ICNIRP guidelines have not yet been adopted in the U.K., mobile operators and CCUK generally follow such guidelines.

 

A January 2004 report, requested by the NRPB and conducted by the independent Advisory Group on Non-Ionising Radiation (“AGNIR”), basically concludes that evidence indicated that radio frequency levels in the vicinity of mobile base stations were low and unlikely to pose a health risk. The AGNIR report also basically concludes that epidemiological studies overall did not support causal associations between radio frequency exposure and the risk of cancer, in particular from mobile phone use, nor any other adverse health effect from radio frequency exposures at levels below ICNIRP guidelines. The report noted, however, that long-term effects are not yet known.

 

The NRPB has stated that in early 2004 it will recommend new exposure guidelines for electromagnetic fields and it is anticipated that the guidelines will be the ICNIRP or similar guidelines.

 

Transmission Business Regulations

 

The Communications Act 2003, the Town and Country Planning regulations, requirements for frequency licenses, modification of requirements for licenses for telecommunications network systems and the health and safety provisions referred to above, also apply to CCUK’s broadcast transmission network sites and services.

 

Frequency Licenses. CCUK holds a number of licenses under the Wireless Telegraphy Acts 1949, 1968 and 1998 as amended by the Communications Act 2003, authorizing the use of certain allocated radio frequencies, including frequency licenses relating to (1) the broadcast transmission spectrum allocated to CCUK’s terrestrial analog and digital broadcast transmission services, (2) fixed point-to-point links for analog and digital broadcast relay and distribution services, and (3) spectrum used by CCUK’s two DTT multiplexes.

 

All these frequency licenses have to be renewed annually with the payment of a fee. The BBC, Virgin Radio, talkSPORT and Switchdigital have each contracted to pay their portion of these fees. CCUK is also obliged to pay these fees in respect of its DTT and fixed link broadcast spectrum licenses.

 

DTT Multiplex Operator Licenses. In August 2002, CCUK was granted two 12-year DTT multiplex operator licenses by the ITC (now part of OFCOM) to provide DTT broadcasting services in the U.K., with a 12-year renewal option. Each of these two licenses is subject to service conditions including conditions regarding signal quality, marketing, and fairness and open competition regarding contracts with content providers. In addition, CCUK is obligated to implement certain power increases. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Transmission Business.”

 

Australia

 

Federal Regulation

 

Carrier licenses and nominated carrier declarations issued under the Federal Telecommunications Act 1997 authorize the use of network units for the supply of telecommunications services to the public. The definition of “network units” includes line links and base stations used for wireless telephony services but does not include tower infrastructure. Accordingly, CCAL as a tower owner and operator does not require a carrier license. Similarly,

 

16


Table of Contents

because CCAL does not own any transmitters or spectrum, it does not currently require any apparatus or spectrum licenses issued under the Federal Radiocommunications Act 1992.

 

Carriers have a statutory obligation to provide other carriers with access to sites and, if there is a dispute (including a pricing dispute), the matter may be referred to the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission for resolution. As a non-carrier, CCAL is not subject to this regime and negotiates site access on a commercial basis.

 

While the Federal Telecommunications Act 1997 grants certain exemptions from planning laws for the installation of “low impact facilities,” towers are expressly excluded from the definition of “low impact facilities.” Accordingly, in connection with the construction and structural enhancement of towers, CCAL is subject to state and local planning laws which vary on a site by site basis. For a limited number of sites, CCAL is also required to install aircraft warning lighting in compliance with federal aviation regulations.

 

Local Regulations

 

In Australia there are various local, state and territory laws and regulations which relate to, among other things, town planning and zoning restrictions, standards and approvals for the design, construction or alteration of a structure or facility, and environmental regulations. As in the U.S., these laws vary greatly, but typically require tower owners to obtain approval from government bodies prior to tower construction and to comply with environmental laws on an ongoing basis.

 

Environmental Matters

 

To date, we have not incurred any material fines or penalties or experienced any material adverse effects to our business as a result of any domestic or international environmental regulations or matters. See “Business—Risk Factors.”

 

Our operations are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the management, use, storage, disposal, emission, and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials and wastes. As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to certain environmental laws that impose strict, joint-and-several liability for the cleanup of on-site or off-site contamination relating to existing or historical operations, and we could also be subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to such contamination. We are potentially subject to environmental and cleanup liabilities in the U.S., U.K. and Australia.

 

As licensees and site owners, we are also subject to regulations and guidelines that impose a variety of operational requirements relating to radio frequency emissions. As employers, we are subject to OSHA and similar guidelines regarding employee protection from radio frequency exposure. The potential connection between radio frequency emissions and certain negative health effects, including some forms of cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. To date, the results of these studies have been inconclusive.

 

We have compliance programs and monitoring projects to help assure that we are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the costs of compliance with existing or future environmental laws will not have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information contained in this document, when evaluating your investment in our securities.

 

17


Table of Contents

Substantial Level of Indebtedness—Our substantial level of indebtedness may adversely affect our ability to react to changes in our business. We may also be limited in our ability to use debt to fund future capital needs.

 

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. The following chart sets forth certain important credit information and is presented as of December 31, 2003, after giving effect to the completion of the cash tender offers for our 9% senior notes and our 9 1/2% senior notes (dollars in thousands).

 

Total indebtedness

   $ 3,204,901

Redeemable preferred stock

     506,702

Stockholders’ equity

     1,959,918

Debt and redeemable preferred stock to equity ratio

     1.89x

 

As a result of our substantial indebtedness:

 

  we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

  we may find it more difficult to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements;

 

  we will be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, reducing the available cash flow to fund other projects;

 

  we may have limited flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or in the industry; and

 

  we may have a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies in our industry with less debt.

 

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to generate enough cash flow from operations or that we will be able to obtain enough capital to service our debt or pay our obligations under our preferred stock. In addition, we may need to refinance some or all of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our subsidiary debt or renegotiate the terms of such debt, we may not be able to meet our debt service requirements, including interest payments on the notes, in the future. In addition, our various credit facilities will require periodic interest payments on amounts borrowed thereunder, which amounts can be substantial.

 

Restrictive Debt Covenants—The terms of our debt instruments limit our ability to receive cash dividends from our subsidiaries or otherwise take a number of actions that our management might otherwise believe to be in our best interests. In addition, if we fail to comply with our covenants, our debt may be accelerated.

 

Currently we have debt instruments that restrict our ability to incur more indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, sell assets and engage in certain mergers and acquisitions. Our subsidiaries, under their debt instruments, are also required to maintain specific financial ratios. Our ability to comply with the restrictions of these instruments and to satisfy our debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance. If we fail to comply with the debt restrictions, we will be in default under those instruments, which in some cases may cause the maturity of substantially all of our indebtedness to be accelerated.

 

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. We conduct all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our only source of cash to pay interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness or to pay dividends or make other distributions on our capital stock is distributions relating to our ownership interest in our subsidiaries from the cash flows and net earnings generated by such subsidiaries or from proceeds of debt or equity offerings. The terms of the amended 2000 credit facility restrict CCOC’s ability to pay dividends or to make distributions, and in any event, any such permitted dividends or distributions may only be paid if no default has occurred under the applicable instrument. Further, under the terms of the Crown Atlantic credit facility, Crown Atlantic is prohibited from making any dividends or distributions to us. For the year ended December 31, 2003, Crown Atlantic produced 12.5% of our consolidated revenue.

 

18


Table of Contents

If our subsidiaries are unable to dividend cash to us when we need it, we may be unable to pay dividends or satisfy our obligations, including interest and principal payments, under our debt instruments. The restrictions relating to our credit facilities and other indebtedness may also effect our decisions relating to certain strategic growth opportunities.

 

Our Business Depends on the Demand for Wireless Communications and Towers—We may be adversely affected by any slowdown in the growth of, or reduction in demand for, wireless communications.

 

Demand for our sites depends on demand for communication sites from wireless carriers, which, in turn, depends on the demand for wireless services. The willingness of wireless carriers to utilize our infrastructure is affected by numerous factors, including:

 

  consumer demand for wireless services;

 

  availability and location of our sites and alternative sites;

 

  cost of capital, including interest rates;

 

  availability of capital to wireless carriers;

 

  willingness to co-locate equipment;

 

  local restrictions on the proliferation of towers;

 

  cost of building towers; and

 

  technological changes affecting the number of communications sites needed to provide wireless communications services to a given geographic area.

 

A slowdown in the growth of, or reduction in, demand in a particular wireless segment may adversely affect the demand for our sites. Moreover, wireless carriers often operate with substantial indebtedness, and financial problems for our customers may result in accounts receivable going uncollected, the loss of a customer (and associated lease revenue) or a reduced ability of these customers to finance expansion activities. A slowdown in the deployment of equipment for new wireless technology, the consolidation of wireless carriers, the sharing of networks by wireless carriers or the increased use of alternative sites may also adversely affect the demand for our sites. Finally, advances in technology, such as the development of new antenna systems, new terrestrial deployment technologies and new satellite systems, may reduce the need for land-based, or terrestrial, transmission networks or our sites. To some extent, almost all of the above factors have occurred in recent years with an adverse effect on our business, and such factors are likely to persist in the future. The occurrence of any of these factors may negatively impact our revenues, result in an impairment of our assets or otherwise have a material adverse effect on us.

 

A Substantial Portion of Our Revenues Is Derived From a Small Number of Customers, Including Verizon Wireless, the BBC, T-Mobile and Cingular—The loss or consolidation of, or network sharing among, any of our limited number of customers may materially decrease revenues.

 

Approximately 63.7% of our revenues are derived from 10 customers, including Verizon Wireless, the BBC, T-Mobile and Cingular, which represented 13.7%, 13.2%, 10.1% and 9.1% of our revenues, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003. The loss of any one of our large customers as a result of bankruptcy, consolidation or merger with other customers of ours or otherwise may materially decrease our revenues and have other adverse effects on our business.

 

In addition, a substantial portion of our revenues is received from a few major wireless carrier and broadcast customers, particularly those customers that have transferred their tower assets to us. We cannot guarantee that the

 

19


Table of Contents

leases (including management service agreements) with such carriers will not be terminated or that these carriers will renew such agreements.

 

Our broadcast transmission business is substantially dependent on our contracts with the BBC. We cannot guarantee that the BBC will renew our contracts or that they will not attempt to negotiate terms that are not as favorable to us as those in place now. If we were to lose these BBC contracts, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. The initial term of our analog transmission contract with the BBC can be terminated on March 31, 2007, and the initial terms of our two DTT contracts with the BBC expire on October 31, 2008 and October 31, 2010, respectively.

 

A substantial portion of our U.K. broadcast transmission operations is conducted using sites owned by NTL, our principal broadcast competitor in the U.K. NTL also utilizes our sites for its broadcast transmission operations. This site sharing arrangement with NTL may be terminated on December 31, 2015, or any 10-year anniversary of that date, with five years’ prior notice by either us or NTL, and may be terminated sooner if there is a continuing breach of the agreement. We cannot guarantee that this agreement will not be terminated, which may have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Wireless service providers frequently enter into agreements with their competitors allowing them to utilize one another’s wireless communications facilities to accommodate customers who are out of range of their home providers’ services. In addition, wireless service providers have also entered into agreements allowing two or more carriers to share a single wireless network or jointly develop a tower portfolio in certain locations. Such agreements may be viewed by wireless service providers as a superior alternative to leasing space for their own antennas on our sites. The proliferation of these roaming, network sharing and joint development agreements may have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Economic and Wireless Telecommunications Industry Slowdown—an economic or wireless telecommunications industry slowdown may materially and adversely affect our business (including reducing demand for our towers and network services) and the business of our customers.

 

In recent years, the economies of the countries in which we operate, particularly in the wireless telecommunications industry, have experienced significant general slowdowns which have negatively affected the factors described in these risk factors, influencing demand for tower space and network services. Similar slowdowns in the future may reduce consumer demand for wireless services, or negatively impact the debt and equity markets, thereby causing carriers to delay or abandon implementation of new systems and technologies, including 3G and other wireless broadband services. Further, the war on terrorism, the threat of additional terrorist attacks, the political and economic uncertainties resulting therefrom and other unforeseen events may impose additional risks upon and adversely affect the wireless telecommunications industry and us.

 

We believe that the recent economic slowdowns, particularly in the wireless telecommunications industry, have already harmed, and similar slowdowns may further harm, the financial condition or operations of wireless service providers, some of which, including customers of ours, have filed for bankruptcy protection.

 

We Operate Our Business In a Competitive Industry and Some of Our Competitors Have Significantly More Resources or Less Debt Than We Do—As a result of this competition, we may find it more difficult to achieve favorable lease rates on our sites.

 

We face competition for site rental customers from various sources, including:

 

  other large independent tower owners;

 

  wireless carriers that own and operate their own towers and lease antenna space to other carriers;

 

  alternative facilities such as rooftops, broadcast towers and utility poles;

 

20


Table of Contents
  new alternative deployment methods;

 

  site development companies that acquire antenna space on existing towers for wireless carriers and manage new tower construction; and

 

  local independent tower operators.

 

Wireless carriers that own and operate their own tower portfolios generally are substantially larger and have greater financial resources than we have. Further, the financial status of certain of our competitors may lead to increased competition in certain areas. Competition for tenants on sites may adversely affect lease rates and service income.

 

New Technologies May Make Our Site Leasing Services Less Desirable to Potential Tenants and Result in Decreasing Revenues—Such new technologies may decrease demand for site leases and negatively impact our revenues.

 

The development and deployment of signal combining technologies, which permit one antenna to service multiple frequencies and, thereby, multiple customers, may reduce the need for our antenna space or broadcast transmission services. In addition, other technologies which may be developed and emerge may serve as substitutes and alternatives to leasing which might otherwise be anticipated or expected on our sites had such technologies not existed.

 

Mobile satellite systems and other new technologies may compete with land-based wireless communications systems, thereby reducing the demand for tower space and other services we provide. The FCC has granted license applications for several low-earth orbiting satellite systems that are intended to provide mobile voice or data services. The growth in delivery of video services by direct broadcast satellites may also adversely affect demand for our antenna space.

 

Any reduction in site leasing demand resulting from multiple frequency antennas, satellite or other technologies may negatively impact our revenues or otherwise have a material adverse effect on us.

 

New Technologies May Not Perform as Projected—2.5G/3G and other technologies, including digital terrestrial television, may not deploy or be adopted by customers as rapidly or in the manner projected.

 

There can be no assurances that 2.5G/3G or other new wireless technologies, including DTT, will be introduced or deployed as rapidly or in the manner previously or presently projected by the wireless or broadcast industries. The deployment of 3G has already been significantly delayed from prior projections. In addition, demand and customer adoption rates for such new technologies may be lower or slower than anticipated for numerous reasons. As a result, growth opportunities and demand for site rental or broadcast transmission as a result of such technologies may not be realized at the times or to the extent previously or presently anticipated.

 

We Generally Lease or Sublease the Land Under Our Towers and May Not Be Able to Maintain These Leases—If we fail to protect our rights against persons claiming superior rights in our communications sites, our business may be adversely affected.

 

Our real property interests relating to our communications sites consist primarily of leasehold and sub-leasehold interests, fee interests, easements, licenses and rights-of-way. A loss of these interests may interfere with our ability to conduct our business and generate revenues. For various reasons, we may not always have the ability to access, analyze and verify all information regarding titles and other issues prior to completing an acquisition of sites. Further, we may not be able to renew ground leases on commercially viable terms. Approximately 12% of our sites are on land where our property interests in such land have a final expiration date of less than 10 years. Our inability to protect our rights to the land under our towers may have a material adverse affect on us.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our International Operations Expose Us to Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates—We may suffer losses as a result of changes in currency exchange rates.

 

We conduct business in countries outside the U.S., which exposes us to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. For the year ended December 31, 2003, approximately 44.3% of our consolidated revenues and approximately 79.8% of our consolidated capital expenditures originated outside the U.S., all of which were denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, principally British pounds sterling and Australian dollars. We have not historically engaged in significant hedging activities relating to our non-U.S. dollar operations, and we may suffer future losses as a result of changes in currency exchange rates.

 

We May Need Additional Financing, Which May Not Be Available, for Strategic Growth Opportunities or Contractual Obligations—If we are unable to raise capital in the future when needed, we may not be able to fund future growth opportunities.

 

Over time, we may require significant capital expenditures for strategic growth opportunities or contractual obligations. Verizon has the right, after July 1, 2007, to require us to purchase for cash its interest in Crown Atlantic. See “Business—The Company—U.S. Operations.”

 

As of December 31, 2003, after giving effect to the completion of the cash tender offers for our 9% senior notes and our 9 1/2% senior notes in January 2004, we had consolidated cash and cash equivalents of $191.4 million. We also had approximately $1.5 billion in outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities at that date. Our ability to borrow under the credit facilities is limited by the covenants contained in those agreements, including covenants relating to current financial performance (as defined in the various credit agreements), levels of indebtedness and debt service requirements. Under the terms of the credit facilities, we could draw approximately $396 million in additional borrowings as of February 18, 2004 while remaining in compliance with these covenants.

 

We may need additional sources of debt or equity capital in the future to fund future growth opportunities. Additional financing may not be available or may be restricted by the terms of our credit facilities and the terms of our other outstanding indebtedness. Additional sales of equity securities will dilute our existing stockholders. If we are unable to raise capital when our needs arise, we may not be able to fund future growth opportunities.

 

Fluctuations in Market Interest Rates—Fluctuations in market interest rates may increase interest expense relating to our floating rate indebtedness.

 

Certain of the financial instruments we have used to obtain capital, including our 2000 credit facility, as amended, and Crown Atlantic’s credit facility, are subject to market risks from fluctuations in market interest rates, specifically the London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”). As of December 31, 2003, approximately 57.0% of our financial instruments are long-term fixed interest rate notes and debentures; however, a fluctuation in LIBOR of one percentage point for all of 2004 would impact our interest expense by approximately $14.0 million. As of December 31, 2003, we have approximately $1,484.8 million of floating rate indebtedness, of which $83.8 million has been effectively converted to fixed rate indebtedness through the use of an interest rate swap agreement.

 

Laws and Regulations Which Could Change at Any Time and With Which We Could Fail to Comply Regulate Our Business—If we fail to comply with applicable laws or regulations, we may be fined or even lose our right to conduct some of our business.

 

A variety of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations apply to our business. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties or require us to assume indemnification obligations or breach contractual provisions. We cannot guarantee that existing or future laws or regulations, including state and local tax laws, will not adversely affect our business, increase delays or result in additional costs. These factors may have a material adverse effect on us.

 

22


Table of Contents

Variability In Demand For Network Services Business Reduces the Predictability of Our Results—Our network services business has historically experienced significant volatility in demand.

 

The operating results of our network services business for any particular period may vary significantly and should not necessarily be considered indicative of longer-term results. Network services revenues have also been adversely impacted in the U.S. in recent years due to reduced antenna installation activity and our strategic decision to reduce our network service offerings. As a result, our network services business has and should continue to become less significant to our operations.

 

We Are Heavily Dependent on Our Senior Management—If we lose members of our senior management, we may not be able to find appropriate replacements on a timely basis and our business may be adversely affected.

 

Our existing operations and continued future development depend to a significant extent upon the performance and active participation of certain key individuals as employees, including our chief executive officer. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in retaining the services of these or other key personnel. If we were to lose any of these individuals, we may not be able to find or integrate appropriate replacements on a timely basis and we may be materially adversely affected.

 

Emissions From Antennas on Our Sites or Wireless Devices May Create Health Risks—We may suffer from future claims if the radio frequency emissions from equipment on our sites is demonstrated to cause negative health effects.

 

The FCC, NRPB and other government agencies impose requirements and other guidelines on its licensees relating to radio frequency emissions. The potential connection between radio frequency emissions and certain negative health effects, including some forms of cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. To date, the results of these studies have been inconclusive. We cannot guarantee that claims relating to radio frequency emissions will not arise in the future or that the results of such studies will not be adverse to us.

 

Public perception of possible health risks associated with cellular and other wireless communications may slow or diminish the growth of wireless companies, which may in turn slow or diminish our growth. In particular, negative public perception of, and regulations regarding, these perceived health risks may slow or diminish the market acceptance of wireless communications services.

 

Our exposure to the potential risk of harm due to radio frequency emissions may increase as the number of rooftop sites in our portfolios, including the BT sites, increases. See “Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts—BT Site Agreement”. Rooftop sites may tend to be more accessible to a wider range of personnel (including personnel with little or no knowledge of wireless communications equipment) than towers, increasing the number of persons who may be potentially exposed to emissions emanating from equipment located on such sites.

 

If a connection between radio emissions and possible negative health effects were established, our operations, costs and revenues would be materially and adversely affected. We do not maintain any significant insurance with respect to these matters.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Certificate of Incorporation and Competition Laws May Have Effects That Conflict with the Interests of Our Stockholders—Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and operative agreements and domestic and international competition laws may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or for us to acquire control of a third party even if such a change in control would be beneficial to you.

 

We have a number of anti-takeover devices in place that will hinder takeover attempts and may reduce the market value of our common stock. Our anti-takeover provisions include:

 

23


Table of Contents
  a staggered board of directors;

 

  a shareholder rights agreement;

 

  the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock without approval of the holders of common stock; and

 

  advance notice requirements for director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings.

 

Our by-laws permit special meetings of the stockholders to be called only upon the request of a majority of the board of directors, and deny stockholders the ability to call such meetings. Further, our BBC contracts may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain change of control events described in such contracts. Such provisions, as well as the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, may impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination or discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

In addition, domestic and international competition laws may prevent or discourage us from acquiring towers or tower networks in certain geographical areas or impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination or discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock may adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

 

Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. As of February 26, 2004, we had 221,325,639 shares of common stock outstanding. In addition, we have reserved 24,771,821 shares of common stock for issuance under our various stock compensation plans, 1,639,990 shares of common stock upon exercise of outstanding warrants, 21,237,303 shares of common stock for the conversion of our 4% senior notes and 16,066,944 shares of common stock for the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock.

 

A small number of shareholders own a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock. If any one of these shareholders, or any group of our shareholders, sells a large quantity of shares of our common stock, or the public market perceives that existing shareholders might sell shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock may significantly decline.

 

The holders of our 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock and our 6.25% convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 8 1/4% per annum (approximately $16.5 million) and 6.25% per annum (approximately $19.9 million), respectively, payable on a quarterly basis. We have the option to pay the dividends on such series of preferred stock in cash or in shares of our common stock. We have historically paid such dividends with shares of our common stock, and we expect to continue to do so. The number of shares of our common stock required to be issued to pay such dividends is dependent upon the current market value of our common stock at the time such dividend is required to be paid. From time to time we have elected to repurchase the shares of common stock issued as dividends, effectively paying the dividends in cash (utilizing cash from an unrestricted investment subsidiary), in order to mitigate or offset the dilutive effect of the common stock issued to pay such dividends upon the shares of our common stock otherwise outstanding. We may continue to repurchase shares of common stock issued as dividends on our preferred stock in order to mitigate such dilution; however, there can be no assurances that we will do so.

 

We Have Experienced Disputes With Customers and Suppliers—Such disputes may lead to increased tensions, damaged relationships or litigation which may result in the loss of a key customer or supplier.

 

We have experienced certain conflicts or disputes between ourselves and some of our customers and service providers. Most of these disputes relate to the interpretation of terms in our contracts. While we seek to resolve such

 

24


Table of Contents

conflicts amicably and have generally resolved customer and supplier disputes on commercially reasonable terms, such disputes may lead to increased tensions and damaged relationships between ourselves and these entities, some of whom are key customers or suppliers of ours. In addition, if we are unable to resolve these differences amicably, we may be forced to litigate these disputes in order to enforce or defend our rights. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these disputes. Damaged relationships or litigation with our key customers or suppliers may lead to decreased revenues (including as a result of losing a customer) or increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Internet Access to Reports

 

We maintain an internet website at www.crowncastle.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K (and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are made available, free of charge, through the investor relations section of our internet website at http://investor.crowncastle.com/edgar.cfm as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

Our principal corporate offices are located in Houston, Texas; Canonsburg, Pennsylvania; Warwick, United Kingdom; and Sydney, Australia.

 

Location


   Title

   

Size

(Sq. Ft.)


   Use

Houston, TX

   Leased *   24,300    Corporate office

Canonsburg, PA

   Owned     124,000    Corporate office

Warwick, U.K.

   Owned     50,000    Corporate office

Sydney, Australia

   Leased     10,500    Corporate office

* We previously owned the 100,250 square foot building in which this leased office space is located. In March 2003, we sold the building to a third party and entered into a lease for the office space shown above.

 

In the U.S., we also lease and maintain five additional regional offices (called “Area Offices”) located in (1) Albany, New York, (2) Alpharetta, Georgia, (3) Charlotte, North Carolina, (4) Louisville, Kentucky and (5) Phoenix, Arizona. The principal responsibilities of these offices are to manage the leasing of tower space on a local basis, maintain the towers already located in the region and service our customers in the area. During 2003, we disposed of two office buildings (a 100,250 square foot building in Houston, Texas and a 48,500 square foot building in Canonsburg, Pennsylvania) for which we received total proceeds of approximately $11.7 million.

 

In the U.K., we also lease and maintain three regional offices in Altringham, Bristol and Hemel Hempstead, England, which provide service and support for our site rental business. In addition, we lease approximately 11,300 square feet of office space in central London which we do not use or contemplate using. The London space is subleased on a short-term basis and the sublease payments offset our current rent obligation under the lease.

 

In the U.S., our interests in our tower sites are comprised of a variety of ownership interests, leases created by long-term lease agreements, easements, licenses or rights-of-way granted by government entities. In the U.S., 19% of the sites are occupied by guyed towers, which are located on an average of approximately 136,000 square feet of land. The remaining 81% are non-guyed (monopole, self-support, etc.), which are located on an average of approximately 20,500 square feet of land. These tracts support the towers, equipment shelters and, where applicable, guy wires to stabilize the structure. The actual square footage of any particular site depends on a number of things, including the topography of the site, the size of the area the landlord is willing to lease, the number of customers locating on the tower and the type of structure at the site, as self-supporting and monopole tower structures typically require less land area than a guyed tower. Our land leases, subleases and licenses generally have five- or ten-year initial terms and frequently contain one or more renewal options. As of December 31, 2003, 8,855 of our U.S. sites, or approximately 83% of our U.S. portfolio, were leased, subleased or licensed, while 1,787 or approximately 17%

 

25


Table of Contents

were owned in fee or through a permanent easement or similar interest. Under the 2000 credit facility and the Crown Atlantic credit facility, as amended, our senior lenders have liens on a substantial number of our land leases and other property interests in the U.S.

 

In the U.K., tower sites range from less than 400 square feet for a small rural TV booster station to over 50 acres for a high-power radio station. As in the U.S., the site accommodates the towers, equipment buildings or shelters and, where applicable, guy wires to support the structure. Land is either owned freehold, which is usual for the larger sites, or is held on leases that generally have terms of between 10 and 21 years. As of December 31, 2003, we owned 417 freehold sites and had approximately 2,332 land leases in the U.K. In addition, we have a master lease agreement with respect to 738 BT sites (primarily rooftops).

 

In Australia, our interests in sites are comprised of mainly leases and licenses granted by private, governmental and semi-governmental entities and individuals. The sites range from approximately 250 square feet to 2,500 square feet. Our land leases generally have terms up to 15 years through sequential leases and options to renew. For each of our 1,388 towers owned as of December 31, 2003, site tenure takes the form of a land lease or occupation license.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

We are periodically involved in legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Most of these proceedings involve disputes with landlords, carriers or vendors, collection matters involving bankrupt customers, appeals of zoning and variance matters or wrongful termination claims. While the outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect any pending matters to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Item 4. Submissions of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None.

 

26


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Price Range of Common Stock

 

The Common Stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “CCI”. The following table sets forth for the calendar periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of the Common Stock as reported by NYSE.

 

     High

   Low

2002:

             

First Quarter

   $ 11.55    $ 5.10

Second Quarter

     7.30      3.62

Third Quarter

     4.05      1.00

Fourth Quarter

     4.38      1.68

2003:

             

First Quarter

   $ 5.75    $ 3.16

Second Quarter

     9.00      5.25

Third Quarter

     11.05      7.70

Fourth Quarter

     13.10      9.35

 

As of February 26, 2004, there were approximately 688 holders of record of the Common Stock.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. It is our current policy to retain our cash provided by operating activities to finance the expansion of our operations or reduce our debt. Future declaration and payment of cash dividends, if any, will be determined in light of the then-current conditions, including our earnings, operations, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by the terms of our debt instruments and the terms of the certificates of designations in respect of our convertible preferred stock.

 

The holders of our 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock and our 6.25% convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 8 1/4% per annum and 6.25% per annum, respectively, payable on a quarterly basis. We have the option to pay the dividends on such series of preferred stock in cash or in shares of our common stock. We have historically paid such dividends with shares of our common stock, and we expect to continue to do so. The number of shares of our common stock required to be issued to pay such dividends is dependent upon the current market value of our common stock at the time such dividend is required to be paid. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, dividends on our 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock were paid with 1,400,000, 4,290,000 and 2,190,000 shares of common stock, respectively, and dividends on our 6.25% convertible preferred stock were paid with 1,781,764, 6,338,153 and 3,253,469 shares of common stock, respectively. The shares of common stock issued to pay such dividends will continue to have a dilutive effect upon the shares of our common stock otherwise outstanding, and declines in the fair market value of our common stock will increase the effective dilution. In 2002 and 2003, as allowed by the Deposit Agreement relating to dividend payments on the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock, we repurchased 3,745,000 and 1,825,000 shares of common stock, respectively, from the dividend paying agent for a total of $12.2 million and $12.4 million in cash, respectively. We utilized cash from an unrestricted investment subsidiary for such stock repurchases, effectively satisfying that portion of the dividend requirements with cash. We have also purchased shares of our common stock on other occasions (see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”). We may choose to continue such issuances and purchases of stock in the future in order to avoid further dilution caused by the issuance of common stock as dividends on our preferred

 

27


Table of Contents

stock. As of February 18, 2004, we had approximately $85.1 million in cash remaining at our unrestricted investment subsidiary which could be used for future purchases of common stock.

 

Issuance of Unregistered Securities

 

We made no unregistered sales of equity securities during 2003.

 

Equity Compensation Plans

 

Certain information with respect to our equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12 herein.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the Company set forth below for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and as of December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent accountants. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2000, and the results for the year ended December 31, 2000 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 1999 as a result of business and tower acquisitions consummated in 1999 and 2000. Results of operations of these acquired businesses and towers are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the periods after the respective dates of acquisition. In addition, we have various transactions recorded in our financial statements that are non-recurring in nature. As such, our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2002, and the results for the year ended December 31, 2002 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2001. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.

 

28


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,

 
     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                        

Net revenues:

                                        

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 267,894     $ 446,039     $ 575,961     $ 677,839     $ 786,788  

Network services and other

     77,865       203,126       322,990       223,694       143,560  
    


 


 


 


 


Total net revenues

     345,759       649,165       898,951       901,533       930,348  
    


 


 


 


 


Costs of operations:

                                        

Site rental and broadcast transmission

     114,436       194,424       238,748       270,024       307,511  

Network services and other

     42,312       120,176       228,485       176,175       110,268  
    


 


 


 


 


Total costs of operations

     156,748       314,600       467,233       446,199       417,779  
    


 


 


 


 


General and administrative

     43,823       76,944       102,539       94,222       94,888  

Corporate development(a)

     5,403       10,489       12,337       7,483       5,564  

Restructuring charges

     5,645       —         19,416       17,147       1,291  

Asset write-down charges

     —         —         24,922       55,796       14,317  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges(b)

     2,173       3,127       6,112       5,349       20,654  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     130,106       238,796       328,491       301,928       324,152  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     1,861       5,209       (62,099 )     (26,591 )     51,703  

Interest and other income (expense)(c)

     17,731       32,266       8,548       66,418       (148,474 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (110,908 )     (241,294 )     (297,444 )     (302,570 )     (289,647 )
    


 


 


 


 


Loss before income taxes, minority interests and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     (91,316 )     (203,819 )     (350,995 )     (262,743 )     (386,418 )

Provision for income taxes

     (275 )     (246 )     (16,478 )     (12,276 )     (7,518 )

Minority interests

     (2,756 )     (721 )     1,306       2,498       (2,394 )
    


 


 


 


 


Loss before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     (94,347 )     (204,786 )     (366,167 )     (272,521 )     (396,330 )

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles:

                                        

Costs of start-up activities

     (2,414 )     —         —         —         —    

Asset retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefits of $636

     —         —         —         —         (2,035 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss

     (96,761 )     (204,786 )     (366,167 )     (272,521 )     (398,365 )

Dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock(d)

     (28,881 )     (59,469 )     (79,028 )     19,638       (53,945 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss after deduction of dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

   $ (125,642 )   $ (264,255 )   $ (445,195 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


 


 


Per common share—basic and diluted:

                                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (0.94 )   $ (1.48 )   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.08 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (0.02 )     —         —         —         (0.01 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (0.96 )   $ (1.48 )   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


 


 


Common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (in thousands)

     131,466       178,588       214,246       218,028       216,947  
    


 


 


 


 


Other Data:

                                        

Summary cash flow information:

                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 92,608     $ 165,495     $ 131,930     $ 208,932     $ 260,039  

Net cash used for investing activities

     (1,509,146 )     (1,957,687 )     (895,136 )     (176,917 )     (8,876 )

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     1,670,402       1,707,091       1,109,309       (335,086 )     (313,662 )

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(e)

     —         —         —         —         —    

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                                        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 549,328     $ 453,833     $ 804,602     $ 516,172     $ 462,427  

Short-term investments

     —         38,000       72,963       115,697       —    

Investments

     —         137,000       128,500       —         —    

Property and equipment, net

     2,468,101       4,303,037       4,844,912       4,828,033       4,741,945  

Total assets

     3,836,650       6,401,885       7,375,458       6,892,601       6,737,591  

Total debt

     1,542,343       2,602,687       3,423,097       3,226,960       3,449,992  

Redeemable preferred stock(f)

     422,923       842,718       878,861       756,014       506,702  

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,617,747       2,420,862       2,364,648       2,208,498       1,984,413  

(a) Corporate development expenses represent costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and development of new business initiatives. These expenses consist primarily of allocated compensation, benefits and overhead costs that are not directly related to the administration or management of existing towers.
(b) Represents charges related to the issuance of stock and stock options to certain employees and executives, and the issuance of common stock and stock options in connection with certain acquisitions.
(c) For the year ended December 31, 2002, includes gains of $79.1 million on debt purchases and charges of $29.1 million for losses from, and write-downs of, investments in unconsolidated affiliates. For the year ended December 31, 2003, includes losses of $137.8 million on debt and preferred stock purchases and redemptions and a loss on the issuance of the interest in Crown Atlantic of $8.1 million.
(d) Includes gains of $99.4 million on purchases of preferred stock in 2002 and net gains of $0.3 million on purchases of preferred stock in 2003.
(e) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent income (loss) before income taxes, minority interests, cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the interest component of operating leases, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock classified as liabilities. For the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $91.3 million, $203.8 million, $351.0 million, $262.7 million and $386.4 million, respectively.
(f) The 1999 amount represents the 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock and the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock. The 2000, 2001 and 2002 amounts represent the 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock, the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock and the 6.25% convertible preferred stock. The 2003 amount represents the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock and the 6.25% convertible preferred stock.

 

29


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion is intended to assist in understanding our consolidated financial condition as of December 31, 2003 and our consolidated results of operations for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. The statements in this discussion regarding the industry outlook, our expectations regarding the future performance of our businesses and the other nonhistorical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. See “—Cautionary Statement for Purposes of Forward-Looking Statements”. This discussion should be read in conjunction with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.

 

Overview

 

Our primary business is leasing towers that we own to major wireless service providers in the three countries in which we operate—the United States (U.S.), the United Kingdom (U.K.) and Australia. Our customers use our tower sites to locate antennas and other equipment necessary for the transmission of wireless signals for mobile telephones and other devices. This leasing activity represents approximately 68% of our consolidated revenues. In the U.K., our subsidiary CCUK also operates broadcast transmission networks for both analog and digital radio and television. This broadcast transmission business represents approximately 17% of our consolidated revenues. We also provide network services in the U.S. and U.K. which consist primarily of project management services for antenna installations on our company-owned tower sites on behalf of wireless service providers.

 

Our site rental leasing and broadcast transmission revenues combined represent approximately 85% of our consolidated revenues, and are derived from the core businesses we are seeking to grow to increase the utilization of our existing tower site assets. Typically, these revenues result from long-term (5-10 year) contracts with our customers with renewal terms at the option of the customer. As a result, in any given year approximately 90% to 95% of our site rental and broadcast transmission revenue has been contracted for in a prior year and is of a recurring nature. When we discuss growth in this core business, we are generally describing the rate at which we are adding revenues to the previously contracted base, sometimes referred to as the revenue “run-rate”.

 

The network services business is not typically recurring and is largely incidental to our site rental and broadcast transmission business. It usually has lower margins and is not a key to our future growth. Such activities are generally pursued at the request of a customer in order to facilitate our leasing activities, or otherwise to better serve our customers’ site requirements. Network services revenues declined as a percentage of our total revenues during 2002 and 2003, and we expect such decline to continue in the foreseeable future.

 

The growth of our business depends substantially on the condition of the wireless communications and broadcast industries. We believe that the demand for new communications sites will continue, although possibly not at the levels experienced prior to 2002. The level of demand for new sites declined in 2002 as compared to 2001, as evidenced by a decrease of approximately 40% in the number of new tenants we were able to add to our sites. While the total number of new additions on our towers decreased for the first half of 2003 as compared to the first half of 2002, the rate of new tenant additions during the second half of 2003 was approximately constant with the rate of new additions that we experienced during the second half of 2002. During the second half of 2003, we began to see signs of increased activity in the form of additional applications for our U.S. sites by wireless carriers. While there can be no assurances that these applications will result in additional tenant additions to our towers, we believe this increase in expressions of interest reflects a renewed focus by our U.S. carriers on the quality of their wireless networks. We expect that, due to increased competition, wireless carriers will continue to seek operating and capital efficiencies by (1) outsourcing certain network services and the build-out and operation of new and existing infrastructure and (2) utilizing third-party tower sites as a common location for the placement of their antennas and transmission equipment alongside the equipment of other wireless service providers.

 

The willingness of wireless carriers to utilize our infrastructure and related services is affected by numerous factors, including:

 

  consumer demand for wireless services;

 

30


Table of Contents
  availability and location of our sites and alternative sites;

 

  cost of capital, including interest rates;

 

  availability of capital to wireless carriers;

 

  willingness to co-locate equipment;

 

  local restrictions on the proliferation of towers;

 

  cost of building towers;

 

  technological changes affecting the number of communications sites needed to provide wireless communications services to a given geographic area;

 

  our ability to efficiently satisfy their service requirements; and

 

  tax policies.

 

Our revenues that are derived from the provision of transmission services to the broadcasting industry will be affected by, among other things:

 

  consumer demand for digital television broadcasts from tower-mounted antenna systems, or “digital terrestrial television broadcasts”, principally in the U.K.;

 

  cost of capital, including interest rates;

 

  zoning restrictions on towers; and

 

  the cost of building towers and networks.

 

As an important part of our business strategy, we will seek to:

 

  (1) maximize utilization of our tower capacity to grow revenues organically,

 

  (2) grow our margins by taking advantage of the relatively fixed nature of the operating costs associated with our site rental business,

 

  (3) allocate capital efficiently as we selectively build new towers for wireless carriers, acquire other assets or purchase our own securities, and

 

  (4) utilize the expertise of U.S., U.K. (including our broadcast transmission expertise) and Australian personnel to extend revenues around our existing assets.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The following is a discussion of the accounting policies that we believe (1) are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and (2) require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Site rental and broadcast transmission revenues are recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the relevant lease, agreement or contract. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, these revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis, regardless of whether the payments from the customer are received in equal monthly amounts.

 

31


Table of Contents

Some agreements provide for rent-free periods at the beginning of the lease term, while others call for rent to be prepaid for some period. If the payment terms call for fixed escalations (as in fixed dollar or fixed percentage increases), the effect of such increases is spread evenly over the term of the agreement. As a result of this accounting method, a portion of the revenue recognized in a given period represents cash collected in other periods. For 2001, 2002 and 2003, the non-cash portion of our site rental and broadcast transmission revenues amounted to approximately $23.6 million, $26.4 million and $28.8 million, respectively.

 

Network services revenues are generally recognized under the completed contract method. Under the completed contract method, revenues and costs for a particular project are recognized in total at the completion date. When using the completed contract method of accounting for network services revenues, we must accurately determine the completion date for the project in order to record the revenues and costs in the proper period. For antenna installations, we consider the project complete when the customer can begin transmitting its signal through the antenna. We must also be able to estimate losses on uncompleted contracts, as such losses must be recognized as soon as they are known. The completed contract method is used for projects that require relatively short periods of time to complete (generally less than one year). We do not believe that our use of the completed contract method for network services projects produces operating results that differ substantially from the percentage-of-completion method.

 

Some of our arrangements with our customers call for the performance of multiple revenue-generating activities. Generally, these arrangements include both site rental and network services. In such cases, we determine whether the multiple deliverables are to be accounted for separately or on a combined basis. In order to be accounted for separately, the undelivered items must (1) have stand-alone value to the customer, (2) have reliably determinable fair value on a separate basis, and (3) have delivery which is probable and under our control. Allocation of recognized revenue in such arrangements is based on the relative fair value of the separately delivered items. We have generally determined that it is appropriate to account for antenna installation activities separately from the customer’s subsequent site rentals.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

 

As part of our normal accounting procedures, we must evaluate our outstanding accounts receivable to estimate whether they will be collected. This is a subjective process that involves making judgments about our customers’ ability and willingness to pay these accounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded as an offset to accounts receivable in order to present a net balance that we believe will be collected. In estimating the appropriate balance for this allowance, we consider (1) specific reserves for accounts we believe may prove to be uncollectible and (2) additional reserves, based on historical collections, for the remainder of our accounts. Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to costs of operations, and deductions from the allowance are recorded when specific accounts receivable are written off as uncollectible. If our estimate of uncollectible accounts should prove to be inaccurate at some future date, the results of operations for the period could be materially affected by any necessary correction to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

 

We review the carrying values of property and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the sum of the estimated future cash flows (undiscounted) from the asset is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset. Our determination that an adverse event or change in circumstance has occurred will generally involve (1) a deterioration in an asset’s financial performance compared to historical results, (2) a shortfall in an asset’s financial performance compared to forecasted results or (3) a change in strategy affecting the utility of the asset. Our measurement of the fair value of an impaired asset will generally be based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows.

 

Depreciation expense for our property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of our various classes of assets. The substantial portion of our property and equipment represents the cost of our towers and broadcast transmission equipment, which are depreciated with an estimated useful life of 20 years.

 

32


Table of Contents

On January 1, 2002, we adopted the new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with that new standard, we test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, regardless of whether adverse events or changes in circumstances have occurred. This annual impairment test involves (1) a step to identify potential impairment at a reporting unit level based on fair values, and (2) a step to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. Our measurement of the fair value for goodwill is based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit. The most important estimates for such calculations are the expected additions of new tenants on our towers, the terminal multiple for our projected cash flows and our weighted-average cost of capital.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2003, we performed our annual update of the impairment test for goodwill. The results of this test indicated that goodwill was not impaired at any of our reporting units. We have included the results of the joint venture transactions with Verizon Communications in our most recent evaluations. Future declines in our site leasing and network services business could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. If an impairment were to occur in the future, the calculations to measure the impairment could result in the write-off of some portion, to substantially all, of our goodwill.

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities on our balance sheet related to events that impact our financial statements and tax returns in different periods. In order to compute these deferred tax balances, we first analyze the differences between the book basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities (referred to as “temporary differences”). These temporary differences are then multiplied by current tax rates to arrive at the balances for the deferred income tax assets and liabilities. If deferred tax assets exceed deferred tax liabilities, we must estimate whether those net deferred asset amounts will be realized in the future. A valuation allowance is then provided for the net deferred asset amounts that are not likely to be realized.

 

The change in our net deferred income tax balances during a period results in a deferred income tax provision or benefit in our statement of operations. If our expectations about the future tax consequences of past events should prove to be inaccurate, the balances of our deferred income tax assets and liabilities could require significant adjustments in future periods. Such adjustments could cause a material effect on our results of operations for the period of the adjustment.

 

Results of Operations

 

Our primary sources of revenues are from:

 

  (1) renting antenna space on towers and rooftops sites,

 

  (2) providing analog and digital broadcast transmission services in the U.K., and

 

  (3) providing network services, including the installation of antennas on our sites.

 

Site rental revenues in the U.S. are received primarily from wireless communications companies, including those operating in the following categories of wireless communications:

 

  cellular;

 

  personal communications services (“PCS”), a digital service operating at a higher frequency range than cellular;

 

  enhanced specialized mobile radio (“ESMR”), a service operating in the SMR frequency range using enhanced technology;

 

  wireless data services;

 

33


Table of Contents
  point-to-point radio;

 

  paging; and

 

  specialized mobile radio (“SMR”), a service operating in the frequency range used for two-way radio communication by public safety, trucking companies, and other dispatch service users.

 

Site rental revenues are generally recognized on a monthly basis under lease agreements, which typically have original terms of five to ten years (with three or four optional renewal periods of five years each).

 

Broadcast transmission services revenues in the U.K. are received for both analog and digital transmission services. Monthly analog transmission revenues are principally received from the BBC under a contract with an initial 10-year term through March 31, 2007 (the first date on which such contract may be terminated with twelve months prior notice by either party). Digital transmission services revenues from the BBC are recognized under a contract with an initial term of 12 years through October 31, 2010. In addition, in connection with the launch of Freeview, we receive digital transmission services revenues from the BBC, BSkyB and other TV content providers under contracts with initial terms of six years. See “Item 1. Business—The Company—U.K. Operations—Significant Contracts”.

 

Site rental revenues in the U.K. are received from other broadcast transmission service providers (primarily NTL under a reciprocal site-sharing agreement) and wireless communications companies, including the U.K. cellular operators. Site rental revenues are generally recognized on a monthly basis under lease agreements with original terms of three to 12 years. Such lease agreements generally require annual payments in advance, and include rental rate adjustment provisions between one and three years from the commencement of the lease.

 

Network services revenues in the U.S. consist of revenues from:

 

  (1) antenna installations, substantially all on towers owned or managed by us,

 

  (2) site acquisition,

 

  (3) site development and construction, and

 

  (4) other services.

 

Network services revenues are received primarily from wireless communications companies. Network services revenues in the U.S. are recognized under service contracts which generally provide for billings on a fixed price basis. Demand for our network services fluctuates from period to period and within periods. See “Item 1. Business—Risk Factors”. Consequently, the operating results of our network services businesses for any particular period may vary significantly, and should not be considered as indicative of longer-term results. In 2002 and continuing to 2003, we made a strategic decision to reduce our network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites.

 

Network services revenues in the U.K. consist of (1) antenna installation, (2) network design and site selection, site acquisition and site development and (3) site management and other services. Network design and development and related services are provided to a number of broadcasting and related organizations and certain U.K. wireless carriers. These services are often subject to a competitive bid, and a significant proportion result from an operator coming onto an existing CCUK site. Revenues from such services are recognized on either a fixed price or a time and materials basis. Site management and other services, consisting of both network monitoring and equipment maintenance, are carried out in the U.K. for a number of emergency service organizations. CCUK receives revenues for such services under contracts with original terms of between three and five years. Such contracts provide fixed prices for network monitoring and variable pricing dependent on the level of equipment maintenance carried out in a given period.

 

34


Table of Contents

Costs of operations for site rental in the U.S. primarily consist of:

 

  land leases;

 

  property taxes;

 

  repairs and maintenance;

 

  employee compensation and related benefits costs;

 

  utilities;

 

  insurance; and

 

  monitoring costs.

 

For any given tower, such costs are relatively fixed over a monthly or an annual time period. As such, operating costs for owned towers do not generally increase significantly as additional customers are added.

 

Costs of operations for broadcast transmission services in the U.K. consist primarily of employee compensation and related benefits costs, utilities, rental payments under the Site-Sharing Agreement with NTL, circuit costs, repairs and maintenance on both transmission equipment and structures, property taxes and insurance. Site rental operating costs in the U.K. consist primarily of leases of land or rooftop sites, property taxes, repairs and maintenance, employee compensation and related benefits costs, utilities and insurance. With the exception of land and rooftop leases, the majority of such costs are relatively fixed in nature, with increases in revenue from new installations on existing sites generally being achieved without a corresponding increase in costs. Generally, leases of land and rooftop sites have a revenue sharing component that averages 20% to 60% of additional revenues added from subsequent tenants.

 

Costs of operations for network services consist primarily of employee compensation and related benefits costs, subcontractor services, consulting fees, and other on-site construction and materials costs. Certain costs incurred in connection with antenna installations are capitalized as property and equipment since they represent assets owned by us. As such, those costs are not included in our results of operations in the year incurred, but rather will be charged to depreciation expense over the life of the assets.

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of:

 

  employee compensation, training, recruitment and related benefits costs;

 

  professional and consulting fees;

 

  office rent and related expenses;

 

  state franchise taxes; and

 

  travel costs.

 

Corporate development expenses represent costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and development of new business initiatives. These expenses consist primarily of:

 

  allocated compensation and related benefits costs;

 

  external professional fees; and

 

  overhead costs that are not directly related to the administration or management of existing towers.

 

35


Table of Contents

Depreciation, amortization and accretion charges relate to our property and equipment (which consists primarily of tower sites, broadcast transmission equipment, associated buildings, construction equipment and vehicles) and other intangible assets. Depreciation of tower sites and broadcast transmission equipment is generally computed with a useful life of 20 years. Amortization of other intangible assets (the value of certain site rental contracts at CCUSA) is computed with a useful life of 10 years. Depreciation of buildings is generally computed with useful lives ranging from 20 to 40 years. Depreciation of construction equipment and vehicles is generally computed with useful lives of 10 years and 5 years, respectively.

 

We have various transactions recorded in our financial statements (as described below) that are non-recurring in nature. As such, our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2002, and the results for the year ended December 31, 2002 are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

During 2002, U.S. wireless carriers developed significantly fewer new communications sites than were developed in 2001. As a result, the pace at which we were able to add new tenants to our sites decreased by approximately 40% during 2002. While the total number of new additions on our towers decreased for the first half of 2003 as compared to the first half of 2002, the rate of new tenant additions during the second half of 2003 was approximately constant with the rate of new additions that we experienced during the second half of 2002. During the second half of 2003, we began to see signs of increased activity in the form of additional applications for our U.S. sites by wireless carriers. While there can be no assurances that these applications will result in additional tenant additions to our towers, we believe this increase in expressions of interest reflects a renewed focus by our U.S. carriers on the quality of their wireless networks.

 

A summary of site rental and broadcast transmission revenues by country is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

     (In thousands of dollars)

United States and Puerto Rico

   $ 352,097    $ 417,955    $ 449,426

United Kingdom

     205,523      236,342      310,634

Australia

     18,341      23,542      26,728
    

  

  

Total

   $ 575,961    $ 677,839    $ 786,788
    

  

  

 

Network services revenues have also been adversely impacted in the U.S. due to reduced antenna installation activity related to the decrease in new tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. Network services revenues declined as a percentage of our total revenues during 2002 and 2003, and we expect such decline as a percentage of total revenues to continue in the foreseeable future.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following information is derived from our historical Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods indicated.

 

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2001


   

Year Ended

December 31, 2002


   

Year Ended

December 31, 2003


 
     Amount

   

Percent

of Net

Revenues


    Amount

   

Percent

of Net

Revenues


    Amount

   

Percent

of Net

Revenues


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues:

                                          

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 575,961     64.1 %   $ 677,839     75.2 %   $ 786,788     84.6 %

Network services and other

     322,990     35.9       223,694     24.8       143,560     15.4  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Total net revenues

     898,951     100.0       901,533     100.0       930,348     100.0  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Operating expenses:

                                          

Costs of operations:

                                          

Site rental and broadcast transmission

     238,748     41.5       270,024     39.8       307,511     39.1  

Network services and other

     228,485     70.7       176,175     78.8       110,268     76.8  
    


       


       


     

Total costs of operations

     467,233     52.0       446,199     49.5       417,779     44.9  

General and administrative

     102,539     11.4       94,222     10.5       94,888     10.2  

Corporate development

     12,337     1.4       7,483     0.8       5,564     0.6  

Restructuring charges

     19,416     2.1       17,147     1.9       1,291     0.1  

Asset write-down charges

     24,922     2.8       55,796     6.2       14,317     1.5  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     6,112     0.7       5,349     0.6       20,654     2.2  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     328,491     36.5       301,928     33.5       324,152     34.9  
    


 

 


 

 


 

Operating income (loss)

     (62,099 )   (6.9 )     (26,591 )   (3.0 )     51,703     5.6  

Other income (expense):

                                          

Interest and other income (expense)

     8,548     1.0       66,418     7.4       (148,474 )   (16.0 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (297,444 )   (33.1 )     (302,570 )   (33.5 )     (289,647 )   (31.1 )
    


 

 


 

 


 

Loss before income taxes, minority interests and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (350,995 )   (39.0 )     (262,743 )   (29.1 )     (386,418 )   (41.5 )

Provision for income taxes

     (16,478 )   (1.8 )     (12,276 )   (1.4 )     (7,518 )   (0.8 )

Minority interests

     1,306     0.1       2,498     0.3       (2,394 )   (0.3 )
    


 

 


 

 


 

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (366,167 )   (40.7 )     (272,521 )   (30.2 )     (396,330 )   (42.6 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset retirement obligations

     —       —         —       —         (2,035 )   (0.2 )
    


 

 


 

 


 

Net loss

   $ (366,167 )   (40.7 )%   $ (272,521 )   (30.2 )%   $ (398,365 )   (42.8 )%
    


 

 


 

 


 

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002—Consolidated

 

Site rental and broadcast transmission revenues for 2003 were $786.8 million, an increase of $108.9 million, or 16.1%, from 2002. Of this increase, $22.0 million was attributable to CCUSA, $74.3 million was attributable to CCUK, $3.2 million was attributable to CCAL and $9.5 million was attributable to Crown Atlantic. Network services and other revenues for 2003 were $143.6 million, a decrease of $80.1 million from 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $75.3 million decrease in network services and other revenues from CCUSA and

 

  (2) a $12.6 million decrease in network services and other revenues from Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

  (3) a $6.8 million increase in network services and other revenues from CCUK and

 

  (4) a $1.0 million increase in network services and other revenues from CCAL.

 

Total revenues for 2003 were $930.3 million, a net increase of $28.8 million from 2002. The increases in site rental and broadcast transmission revenues reflect the new tenant additions on our tower sites, contractual escalations on existing leases and a full year of digital broadcast transmission revenues from Freeview. The increases or decreases in network services and other revenues reflect fluctuations in demand for antenna installations from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of total revenues for CCUSA and Crown Atlantic.

 

37


Table of Contents

Site rental and broadcast transmission costs of operations for 2003 were $307.5 million, an increase of $37.5 million from 2002. Of this increase, $4.1 million was attributable to CCUSA, $30.8 million was attributable to CCUK, $1.8 million was attributable to CCAL and $0.8 million was attributable to Crown Atlantic. Network services and other costs of operations for 2003 were $110.3 million, a decrease of $65.9 million from 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $69.0 million decrease in network services and other costs of operations from CCUSA and

 

  (2) a $6.8 million decrease in network services and other costs of operations from Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

  (3) a $9.4 million increase in network services and other costs of operations from CCUK and

 

  (4) a $0.6 million increase in network services and other costs of operations from CCAL.

 

Total costs of operations for 2003 were $417.8 million, a net decrease of $28.4 million from 2002. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental and broadcast transmission as a percentage of site rental and broadcast transmission revenues increased to 60.9% for 2003 from 60.2% for 2002, because of higher margins from the CCUSA, CCUK and Crown Atlantic operations, partially offset by lower margins from the CCAL operations. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 23.2% for 2003 from 21.2% for 2002 because of higher margins from the CCUSA, CCAL and Crown Atlantic operations, partially offset by lower margins from the CCUK operations.

 

The growth of CCUK’s operations relative to CCUSA and Crown Atlantic has increased the impact that CCUK’s margins have on our consolidated results, and CCUK’s margins tend to be lower than our U.S. businesses due to the higher costs associated with our U.K. broadcast business and the costs from the revenue sharing component of leases for land and rooftop sites in the U.K. Such costs for revenue sharing will increase on certain sites to be developed in the future under amended agreements with British Telecom (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”).

 

General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $94.9 million, an increase of $0.7 million from 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $2.1 million increase in expenses at CCAL,

 

  (2) a $0.8 million increase in expenses at Crown Atlantic, and

 

  (3) a $5.1 million increase in expenses at our corporate office segment, related primarily to new business initiatives we are pursuing, partially offset by

 

  (4) a $5.2 million decrease in expenses related to the CCUSA operations, related primarily to lower staffing levels after the recent restructurings, and

 

  (5) a $2.2 million decrease in expenses at CCUK.

 

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 10.2% for 2003 from 10.5% for 2002, primarily because of lower overhead costs as a percentage of revenues for CCUK. CCUK’s general and administrative expenses for 2002 include a charge of approximately $2.6 million for a bad debt provision related to the liquidation of ITV Digital, a former customer of CCUK.

 

Corporate development expenses for 2003 were $5.6 million, compared to $7.5 million for 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in salary costs.

 

During 2003, we recorded cash restructuring charges of $1.3 million, compared to $17.1 million for 2002. Such charges related to employee severance payments, lease termination costs and costs of office closures. See “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”.

 

38


Table of Contents

During 2003, we recorded asset write-down charges of $14.3 million, compared to $55.8 million for 2002. Such non-cash charges related to the abandonment of a portion of our construction in process and the write-down of certain other assets. We may record such charges in the future. See “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2003, we performed our annual update of the impairment test for goodwill. The results of this test indicated that goodwill was not impaired at any of our reporting units. We have included the results of the joint venture transactions with Verizon Communications in our most recent evalutions (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”). Future declines in our site leasing and network services business could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. If an impairment were to occur in the future, the calculations to measure the impairment could result in the write-off of some portion, to substantially all, of our goodwill.

 

For 2003, we recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $20.7 million related to the issuance of stock and stock options to certain employees and executives, compared to $5.3 million for 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to the issuance, during the first quarter of 2003, of restricted common stock to our executives and certain employees and the issuance of common stock to the non-executive members of our Board of Directors. See “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”.

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $324.2 million, an increase of $22.2 million from 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $0.9 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from CCUSA,

 

  (2) an $18.2 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from CCUK,

 

  (3) a $2.7 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from CCAL, and

 

  (4) a $0.5 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from Crown Atlantic.

 

Interest and other income (expense) for 2003 resulted primarily from:

 

  (1) losses of approximately $116.0 million from purchases and redemptions of our debt securities (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”),

 

  (2) losses of approximately $21.8 million from purchases and the redemption of shares of our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”),

 

  (3) a loss on the issuance of the interest in Crown Atlantic of $8.1 million (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”),

 

  (4) our share of losses incurred by unconsolidated affiliates and

 

  (5) costs incurred in connection with unsuccessful investment projects, partially offset by

 

  (6) interest income and foreign exchange gains from invested cash balances.

 

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock for 2003 was $289.6 million, a decrease of $12.9 million, or 4.3%, from 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) purchases and redemptions of our debt securities in 2002 and 2003 (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”),

 

  (2) reductions in outstanding bank indebtedness at CCUK and Crown Atlantic, and

 

  (3) lower interest rates on bank indebtedness at CCUSA and Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

39


Table of Contents
  (4) the issuance of the 4% senior notes, the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes in 2003 (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”),

 

  (5) an increase in outstanding bank indebtedness at CCUSA (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”), and

 

  (6) dividends on the 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”).

 

The provision for income taxes of $7.5 million for 2003 consists primarily of a non-cash deferred tax liability recognized by CCUK. CCUK’s deferred tax liability resulted from differences between book and tax basis for its property and equipment.

 

Minority interests represent the minority partner’s interest in Crown Atlantic’s operations (43.1% through April 30, 2003 and 37.245% since May 1, 2003), the minority partner’s interest in the operations of the Crown Castle GT joint venture (17.8% through April 30, 2003) and the minority shareholder’s 22.4% interest in the CCAL operations. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002—Operating Segments

 

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular presentation of the financial results for our operating segments.

 

CCUSA. CCUSA’s site rental revenues for 2003 were $346.2 million, an increase of $22.0 million, or 6.8%, from 2002. Network services and other revenues for 2003 were $55.6 million, a decrease of $75.3 million from 2002. Total revenues for 2003 were $401.7 million, a net decrease of $53.4 million from 2002. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. The decrease in network services and other revenues reflects a decrease in demand for antenna installation from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of CCUSA’s total revenues. Site rental costs of operations for 2003 were $115.0 million, an increase of $4.1 million from 2002. Network services and other costs of operations for 2003 were $37.5 million, a decrease of $69.0 million from 2002. Total costs of operations for 2003 were $152.5 million, a net decrease of $64.9 million from 2002. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues increased to 66.8% for 2003 from 65.8% for 2002. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 32.5% for 2003 from 18.6% for 2002. General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $51.0 million, a decrease of $5.2 million from 2002. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.7% for 2003 from 12.3% for 2002. For 2003, CCUSA recorded restructuring charges and asset write-down charges of $1.6 million and $9.8 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). CCUSA recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $6.7 million for 2003 and $2.1 million for 2002 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $184.4 million, an increase of $0.9 million from 2002. Interest and other income (expense) for 2003 was $(2.0) million, compared to $(1.2) million for 2002. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2003 was $40.1 million, an increase of $1.8 million from 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in outstanding bank indebtedness, partially offset by lower interest rates on bank indebtedness.

 

CCUK. CCUK’s site rental and broadcast transmission revenues for 2003 were $310.6 million, an increase of $74.3 million, or 31.4%, from 2002. Network services and other revenues for 2003 were $71.2 million, an increase of $6.8 million from 2002. Total revenues for 2003 were $381.9 million, an increase of $81.1 million from 2002. The increase in site rental and broadcast transmission revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and a full year of digital broadcast transmission revenues from Freeview. The increase in network services and other revenues reflects continued demand for antenna installation from our tenants. Site rental and broadcast transmission costs of operations for 2003 were $144.3 million, an increase of $30.8 million from 2002. Network services and other costs of operations for 2003 were $63.5 million, an increase of $9.4 million from 2002. Total costs of operations for 2003 were $207.9 million, an increase of $40.1 million from 2002. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental and broadcast

 

40


Table of Contents

transmission as a percentage of site rental and broadcast transmission revenues increased to 53.5% for 2003 from 51.9% for 2002. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues decreased to 10.8% for 2003 from 16.0% for 2002. General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $7.8 million, a decrease of $2.2 million from 2002. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 2.1% for 2003 from 3.3% for 2002. For 2003, CCUK recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $6.7 million, compared to $1.9 million for 2002 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $79.7 million, an increase of $18.2 million from 2002. Interest and other income (expense) for 2003 was $(30.0) million, compared to $1.5 million for 2002. Included in such amount for 2003 is a loss of approximately $28.9 million from the redemption of the CCUK bonds. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2003 was $30.8 million, an increase of $2.1 million from 2002. CCUK’s provision for income taxes of $7.1 million for 2003 consists of a non-cash deferred tax liability. This deferred tax liability resulted from an excess of basis differences for its property and equipment over its available tax net operating losses. CCUK’s operating results for 2003 were impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates (see “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”).

 

CCAL. CCAL’s site rental revenues for 2003 were $26.7 million, an increase of $3.2 million, or 13.5%, from 2002. Network services and other revenues for 2003 were $3.5 million, an increase of $1.0 million from 2002. Total revenues for 2003 were $30.2 million, an increase of $4.2 million from 2002. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. Site rental costs of operations for 2003 were $10.7 million, an increase of $1.8 million from 2002. Network services and other costs of operations for 2003 were $2.2 million, an increase of $0.6 million from 2002. Total costs of operations for 2003 were $12.9 million, an increase of $2.4 million from 2002. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues decreased to 60.0% for 2003 from 62.1% for 2002. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 36.8% for 2003 from 34.7% for 2002. General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $7.8 million, an increase of $2.1 million from 2002. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 25.9% for 2003 from 22.2% for 2002. Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $16.4 million, an increase of $2.7 million from 2002. Interest and other income (expense) was $1.5 million for 2003, compared to $0.4 million for 2002. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2003 was $3.8 million, compared to $3.4 million for 2002.

 

Crown Atlantic. Crown Atlantic’s site rental revenues for 2003 were $103.3 million, an increase of $9.5 million, or 10.1%, from 2002. Network services and other revenues for 2003 were $13.3 million, a decrease of $12.6 million from 2002. Total revenues for 2003 were $116.5 million, a net decrease of $3.1 million from 2002. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. The decrease in network services and other revenues reflects a decrease in demand for antenna installation from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of Crown Atlantic’s total revenues. Site rental costs of operations for 2003 were $37.5 million, an increase of $0.8 million from 2002. Network services and other costs of operations for 2003 were $7.0 million, a decrease of $6.8 million from 2002. Total costs of operations for 2003 were $44.5 million, a net decrease of $6.0 million from 2002. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues increased to 63.7% for 2003 from 60.9% for 2002. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 47.1% for 2003 from 46.4% for 2002. General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $6.3 million, an increase of $0.8 million from 2002. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 5.4% for 2003 from 4.6% for 2002. For 2003, Crown Atlantic recorded restructuring charges (credits) and asset write-down charges of $(0.3) million and $4.5 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). Crown Atlantic recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $1.3 million for 2003 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $41.9 million, an increase of $0.5 million from 2002. Interest and other income (expense) for 2003 was $(8.0) million, resulting primarily from a loss on the issuance of the interest in Crown Atlantic of $8.1 million (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”). Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2003 was $14.9 million, a decrease of $3.5 million from 2002. This decrease was attributable to lower interest rates on, and reductions in, outstanding bank indebtedness.

 

41


Table of Contents

Corporate Office and Other. General and administrative expenses for 2003 were $21.9 million, an increase of $5.1 million from 2002. Corporate development expenses for 2003 were $5.6 million, a decrease of $1.9 million from 2002. For 2003 and 2002, the corporate office recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $5.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation, amortization and accretion for 2003 was $1.8 million, compared to $1.9 million for 2002. Interest and other income (expense) for 2003 was $(110.0) million compared to $65.6 million for 2002. The 2003 amount was primarily attributable to losses on debt and preferred stock purchases and redemptions of approximately $108.9 million. Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock for 2003 was $200.0 million, a decrease of $13.7 million from 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to purchases and redemptions of our debt securities in 2002 and 2003, partially offset by the issuance of the 4% senior notes, the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes in 2003 (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”).

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001—Consolidated

 

Site rental and broadcast transmission revenues for 2002 were $677.8 million, an increase of $101.9 million, or 17.7%, from 2001. Of this increase, $54.1 million was attributable to CCUSA, $30.8 million was attributable to CCUK, $5.2 million was attributable to CCAL and $11.8 million was attributable to Crown Atlantic. Network services and other revenues for 2002 were $223.7 million, a decrease of $99.3 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $122.8 million decrease in network services and other revenues from CCUSA and

 

  (2) a $9.6 million decrease in network services and other revenues from Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

  (3) a $32.3 million increase in network services and other revenues from CCUK and

 

  (4) a $0.8 million increase in network services and other revenues from CCAL.

 

Total revenues for 2002 were $901.5 million, a net increase of $2.6 million from 2001. The increases in site rental and broadcast transmission revenues reflect the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. However, after excluding the new tenants from acquired tower sites in 2001, the level of tenant leasing activity on our sites declined by approximately 40% in 2002 as compared to 2001. The increases or decreases in network services and other revenues reflect fluctuations in demand for antenna installation from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of total revenues for CCUSA and Crown Atlantic.

 

Site rental and broadcast transmission costs of operations for 2002 were $270.0 million, an increase of $31.3 million from 2001. Of this increase, $7.7 million was attributable to CCUSA, $17.1 million was attributable to CCUK, $1.8 million was attributable to CCAL and $4.7 million was attributable to Crown Atlantic. Network services and other costs of operations for 2002 were $176.2 million, a decrease of $52.3 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $70.9 million decrease in network services and other costs of operations from CCUSA and

 

  (2) an $8.4 million decrease in network services and other costs of operations from Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

  (3) a $26.4 million increase in network services and other costs of operations from CCUK and

 

  (4) a $0.6 million increase in network services and other costs of operations from CCAL.

 

Total costs of operations for 2002 were $446.2 million, a net decrease of $21.0 million from 2001. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental and broadcast transmission as a percentage of site rental and broadcast transmission revenues increased to 60.2% for 2002 from 58.5% for 2001 because of higher margins

 

42


Table of Contents

attributable to incremental revenues from the CCUSA and CCAL operations. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues decreased to 21.2% for 2002 from 29.3% for 2001 because of lower margins from the CCUSA and CCAL operations.

 

General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $94.2 million, a decrease of $8.3 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $5.0 million decrease in expenses related to the CCUSA operations,

 

  (2) a $2.6 million decrease in expenses at Crown Atlantic,

 

  (3) a $1.4 million decrease in expenses at CCUK, and

 

  (4) a $0.5 million decrease in expenses at CCAL, partially offset by

 

  (5) a $1.2 million increase in expenses at our corporate office.

 

The decreases in general and administrative expenses resulted primarily from lower staffing levels after the restructurings of our business announced in 2001 and 2002, partially offset by a charge of approximately $2.6 million for a bad debt provision at CCUK related to the liquidation of ITV Digital, a former customer of CCUK. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 10.5% for 2002 from 11.4% for 2001 because of lower overhead costs as a percentage of revenues for CCAL, CCUK and Crown Atlantic.

 

Corporate development expenses for 2002 were $7.5 million, compared to $12.3 million for 2001. This decrease was attributable to a decrease in expenses at our corporate office.

 

For 2002, we recorded cash restructuring charges of $17.1 million, compared to $19.4 million for 2001. Such charges related to employee severance payments and costs of office closures. See “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”.

 

During 2002, we recorded asset write-down charges of $55.8 million, compared to $24.9 million for 2001. Such non-cash charges related to the abandonment of a portion of our construction in process for certain open projects, the cancellation of certain build-to-suit agreements and write-downs of the related construction in process, write-downs of certain inventories and property equipment, and write-downs of three office buildings. See “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”.

 

For 2002, we recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $5.3 million related to the issuance of stock and stock options to certain employees and executives, compared to $6.1 million for 2001. See “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”.

 

Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $301.9 million, a decrease of $26.6 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to:

 

  (1) a $60.5 million decrease in goodwill amortization resulting from the adoption of a new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets, of which $9.8 million was attributable to CCUSA, $47.5 million was attributable to CCUK and $3.2 million was attributable to Crown Atlantic, partially offset by

 

  (2) a $15.5 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from CCUK,

 

  (3) a $16.4 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment, offset by a $1.1 million decrease in amortization of other intangible assets, from CCUSA,

 

  (4) a $2.6 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from CCAL, and

 

  (5) a $0.3 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment from Crown Atlantic.

 

43


Table of Contents

Interest and other income (expense) for 2002 resulted primarily from:

 

  (1) interest income and foreign exchange gains from invested cash balances, and

 

  (2) gains of approximately $79.1 million on debt purchases, partially offset by

 

  (3) charges of approximately $29.1 million for our share of losses incurred by, and the write-down of our investments in, unconsolidated affiliates, and

 

  (4) costs incurred in connection with unsuccessful investment projects.

 

Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $302.6 million, an increase of $5.1 million, or 1.7%, from 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to interest on the 9 3/8% senior notes, partially offset by lower interest rates on bank indebtedness at CCUSA and Crown Atlantic. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

The provision for income taxes of $12.3 million for 2002 consists primarily of a non-cash deferred tax liability recognized by CCUK. CCUK’s deferred tax liability resulted from differences between book and tax basis for its property and equipment.

 

Minority interests represent the minority partner’s 43.1% interest in Crown Atlantic’s operations, the minority partner’s 17.8% interest in the operations of the Crown Castle GT joint venture and the minority shareholder’s 22.4% interest in the CCAL operations.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001—Operating Segments

 

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular presentation of the financial results for our operating segments.

 

CCUSA. CCUSA’s site rental revenues for 2002 were $324.2 million, an increase of $54.1 million, or 20.0%, from 2001. Network services and other revenues for 2002 were $130.9 million, a decrease of $122.8 million from 2001. Total revenues for 2002 were $455.1 million, a net decrease of $68.7 million from 2001. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. The decrease in network services and other revenues reflects a decrease in demand for antenna installation from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of CCUSA’s total revenues. Site rental costs of operations for 2002 were $110.8 million, an increase of $7.7 million from 2001. Network services and other costs of operations for 2002 were $106.6 million, a decrease of $70.9 million from 2001. Total costs of operations for 2002 were $217.4 million, a net decrease of $63.1 million from 2001. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues increased to 65.8% for 2002 from 61.8% for 2001. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues decreased to 18.6% for 2002 from 30.1% for 2001. General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $56.2 million, a decrease of $5.0 million from 2001. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.3% for 2002 from 11.7% for 2001. For 2002, CCUSA recorded restructuring charges and asset write-down charges of $4.3 million and $39.2 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). CCUSA recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $2.1 million for 2002 and 2001 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $183.5 million, an increase of $5.5 million from 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to a $16.4 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment, partially offset by a $9.8 million decrease in goodwill amortization and a $1.1 million decrease in amortization of other intangible assets resulting from the adoption of a new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”). Interest and other income (expense) for 2002 was $(1.2) million, a decrease of $2.6 million from 2001. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $38.4 million, a decrease of $14.9 million from 2001. This decrease was attributable to lower interest rates on bank indebtedness.

 

44


Table of Contents

CCUK. CCUK’s site rental and broadcast transmission revenues for 2002 were $236.3 million, an increase of $30.8 million, or 15.0%, from 2001. Network services and other revenues for 2002 were $64.5 million, an increase of $32.3 million from 2001. Total revenues for 2002 were $300.8 million, an increase of $63.1 million from 2001. The increase in site rental and broadcast transmission revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites, partially offset by a temporary disruption in digital broadcast transmission revenues (see “Item 1. Business—The Company-U.K. Operations”). The increase in network services and other revenues reflects continued demand for antenna installation from our tenants. Site rental and broadcast transmission costs of operations for 2002 were $113.6 million, an increase of $17.1 million from 2001. Network services and other costs of operations for 2002 were $54.1 million, an increase of $26.4 million from 2001. Total costs of operations for 2002 were $167.7 million, an increase of $43.4 million from 2001. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental and broadcast transmission as a percentage of site rental and broadcast transmission revenues decreased to 51.9% for 2002 from 53.0% for 2001. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 16.0% for 2002 from 13.7% for 2001. General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $10.0 million, a decrease of $1.4 million from 2001. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 3.3% for 2002 from 4.8% for 2001. For 2002, CCUK recorded restructuring charges and asset write-down charges of $8.5 million and $3.2 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). For 2002, CCUK recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $1.9 million, compared to $2.6 million for 2001 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $61.5 million, a decrease of $32.0 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $47.5 million decrease in goodwill amortization resulting from the adoption of a new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”), partially offset by a $15.5 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment. Interest and other income (expense) for 2002 was $1.5 million, a decrease of $3.9 million from 2001. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $28.7 million, an increase of $2.0 million from 2001. CCUK’s provision for income taxes of $11.9 million for 2002 consists of a non-cash deferred tax liability. This deferred tax liability resulted from an excess of basis differences for its property and equipment over its available tax net operating losses.

 

CCAL. CCAL’s site rental revenues for 2002 were $23.5 million, an increase of $5.2 million, or 28.4%, from 2001. Network services and other revenues for 2002 were $2.5 million, an increase of $0.8 million from 2001. Total revenues for 2002 were $26.0 million, an increase of $6.0 million from 2001. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the impact of tower acquisitions, the new tenant additions on our tower sites and termination fees from a customer. Site rental costs of operations for 2002 were $8.9 million, an increase of $1.8 million from 2001. Network services and other costs of operations for 2002 were $1.6 million, an increase of $0.6 million from 2001. Total costs of operations for 2002 were $10.5 million, an increase of $2.4 million from 2001. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues increased to 62.1% for 2002 from 60.9% for 2001. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues decreased to 34.7% for 2002 from 38.0% for 2001. General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $5.8 million, a decrease of $0.5 million from 2001. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 22.2% for 2002 from 31.3% for 2001. Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $13.7 million, an increase of $2.6 million from 2001. Interest and other income (expense) was $0.4 million for 2002 and 2001. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $3.4 million, an increase of $1.0 million from 2001.

 

Crown Atlantic. Crown Atlantic’s site rental revenues for 2002 were $93.8 million, an increase of $11.8 million, or 14.4%, from 2001. Network services and other revenues for 2002 were $25.8 million, a decrease of $9.6 million from 2001. Total revenues for 2002 were $119.6 million, a net increase of $2.1 million from 2001. The increase in site rental revenues reflects the new tenant additions on our tower sites and contractual escalations on existing leases. The decrease in network services and other revenues reflects a decrease in demand for antenna installation from our tenants, along with our strategic decision to reduce our U.S. network services offerings to primarily the management of antenna installations on our sites. We expect that network services and other revenues will continue to decline as a percentage of Crown Atlantic’s total revenues. Site rental costs of operations for 2002 were $36.7 million, an increase of $4.7 million from 2001. Network services and other costs of operations for 2002 were $13.8 million, a decrease of $8.4 million from 2001. Total costs of operations for 2002 were $50.5 million, a net decrease of $3.7 million from 2001. Gross margins (net revenues less costs of operations) for site rental as a percentage of site rental revenues decreased to 60.9% for 2002 from 61.0% for 2001. Gross margins for network services and other as a percentage of network services and other revenues increased to 46.4% for 2002 from 37.3%

 

45


Table of Contents

for 2001. General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $5.5 million, a decrease of $2.6 million from 2001. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 4.6% for 2002 from 7.0% for 2001. For 2002, Crown Atlantic recorded restructuring charges and asset write-down charges of $0.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $41.4 million, a decrease of $2.9 million from 2001. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million decrease in goodwill amortization resulting from the adoption of a new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”), partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in depreciation related to property and equipment. Interest and other income (expense) for 2002 was $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.1 million from 2001. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $18.4 million, a decrease of $2.2 million from 2001.

 

Corporate Office and Other. General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $16.8 million, an increase of $1.2 million from 2001. Corporate development expenses for 2002 were $7.5 million, compared to $12.3 million for 2001. For 2002, the corporate office recorded restructuring charges and asset write-down charges of $3.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively (see “—Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges”). For 2002 and 2001, the corporate office recorded non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $1.4 million (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Depreciation and amortization for 2002 was $1.9 million, an increase of $0.2 million from 2001. Interest and other income (expense) for 2002 was $65.6 million, an increase of $64.5 million from 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to gains on debt purchases of approximately $79.1 million, partially offset by charges of approximately $29.1 million for our share of losses incurred by, and the write-down of our investments in, unconsolidated affiliates. Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs for 2002 was $213.7 million, an increase of $19.3 million from 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to interest on the 9 3/8% senior notes, which were issued in May of 2001.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Since inception, we have generally funded our activities, other than acquisitions and investments, through cash provided by operations, excess proceeds from contributions of equity capital and borrowings under our senior credit facilities. We have financed acquisitions and investments with the proceeds from equity contributions, borrowings under our senior credit facilities and issuances of debt securities.

 

Our goal is to maximize net cash from operating activities and fund all capital spending and debt service from our operating cash flow, without reliance on additional borrowing or the use of our cash. However, due to the risk factors outlined in “Item 1. Business—Risk Factors”, there can be no assurance that this will be possible. As part of our strategy to achieve increases in net cash from operating activities, we seek to lower our interest expense by reducing outstanding debt balances or lowering interest rates. Such reductions can be made either by using a portion of our existing cash balances to purchase our debt securities, or with attractive refinancing opportunities.

 

Our business strategy contemplates substantial capital expenditures, although significantly reduced from previous years’ levels, in connection with the further improvement, maintenance and selective expansion of our existing tower portfolios. During 2004, we expect that the majority of our discretionary capital expenditures will occur at CCUK in connection with the development of the sites acquired from British Telecom and selected expansion of certain broadcast infrastructure for additional services.

 

During 2002 and 2003, we made substantial progress in our efforts to (1) maximize net cash from operating activities and (2) make efficient use of our capital spending. A summary of our net cash provided by operating activities and capital expenditures (both amounts from our consolidated statement of cash flows) is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

     (In thousands of dollars)

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 131,930    $ 208,932    $ 260,039

Capital expenditures

     683,102      277,262      118,912

 

46


Table of Contents

The increase in net cash from operating activities for 2003 as compared to 2002 is largely due to growth in our core site leasing and broadcast business, partially offset by (1) approximately $16.4 million in cash interest payments on the 10 5/8% discount notes, which did not begin until May of 2003, (2) the acceleration of approximately $11.6 million in interest payments due to the redemption of the CCUK bonds which occurred in November of 2003, and (3) the continued decline in our network services business. During 2002 and 2003, we experienced improved collections of accounts receivable and other improvements in working capital as compared to prior years. However, there can be no assurance that accounts receivable collections or working capital improvements will continue to have a positive impact on net cash provided by operating activities. Furthermore, changes in working capital, and particularly changes in accrued interest, can have a dramatic impact on our net cash from operating activities for interim periods, largely due to the timing of interest payments on our various senior notes issues.

 

For the year ending December 31, 2004, we currently expect that our net cash provided by operating activities will be between approximately $235.0 million and $250.0 million. We expect that our net cash from operating activities will be positively impacted by continued growth in our core site leasing and broadcast business in 2004, but we do not expect to benefit from improvements in working capital to the same extent as in 2003. For the year ending December 31, 2004, we currently expect that our cash interest payments will total approximately $216.3 million, compared to approximately $213.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Capital expenditures were $118.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, of which $15.3 million were for CCUSA, $91.5 million were for CCUK, $3.4 million were for CCAL, $8.5 million were for Crown Atlantic and $0.2 million were for CCIC. During 2004, we expect to spend approximately $20.0 million to $40.0 million for tower improvements, including enhancements to the structural capacity of our towers in order to support the anticipated leasing, and approximately $40.0 million for maintenance activities. For the year ending December 31, 2004, we currently expect that our total capital expenditures will be between approximately $70.0 million and $90.0 million. As such, we expect that our capital expenditures for this period will be fully funded by net cash from operating activities, as discussed above.

 

In March of 2003, CCUK paid £21.2 million (approximately $33.2 million) of the final £50.0 million site access fee payment due to British Telecom. In addition, CCUK had reached agreement with British Telecom to defer the remaining £28.8 million (approximately $47.9 million) payment until the end of October 2003. In October of 2003, CCUK reached agreement to amend certain provisions of its agreements with British Telecom. Under the terms of these amended agreements, CCUK was not required to make the remaining £28.8 million site access fee payment to British Telecom. The revised agreements allow CCUK to continue to develop British Telecom exchange sites with British Telecom funding the common area capital expenditures required to develop the sites and CCUK receiving 40% of the revenue of all co-located tenants on the sites developed. No revisions were made to the financial arrangements associated with the British Telecom sites developed prior to October 1, 2003.

 

We expect that the construction of new tower sites (primarily improvements to CCUK’s rooftop sites) will continue to have an impact on our liquidity. We expect that once integrated, these new towers will have a positive impact on liquidity, but will require some period of time to offset the initial adverse impact on liquidity. In addition, we believe that as new towers become operational and we begin to add tenants, they should result in a long-term increase in liquidity. Our decisions regarding the construction of new towers are discretionary, and depend upon expectations of achieving acceptable rates of return given current market conditions. Such decisions are influenced by the availability of capital and expected returns on alternative investments. We have increased our minimum acceptable level for internal rates of return on new tower builds given current market conditions, and expect to continue to decrease the number of new towers built in the foreseeable future.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we disposed of two office buildings and received proceeds of approximately $11.7 million. In addition, we paid approximately $12.6 million to the Federal Communications Commission for the purchase of 5 MHz of spectrum.

 

To fund the execution of our business strategy, we expect to use our available cash balances and cash provided by future operations. We do not currently expect to utilize further borrowings available under our U.S. credit facilities in any significant amounts. We may have additional cash needs to fund our operations in the future should our financial performance deteriorate. We may also have additional cash needs in the future if additional tower acquisitions, build-to-suit or other opportunities arise. If we do not otherwise have cash available, or borrowings

 

47


Table of Contents

under our credit facilities have otherwise been utilized, when our cash need arises, we would be forced to seek additional debt or equity financing or to forego the opportunity. In the event we determine to seek additional debt or equity financing, there can be no assurance that any such financing will be available, on commercially acceptable terms or at all, or permitted by the terms of our existing indebtedness.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we had consolidated cash and cash equivalents of $462.4 million (including $52.6 million at CCUSA, $26.2 million at CCUK, $20.9 million at CCAL, $7.4 million at Crown Atlantic, $151.0 million in an unrestricted investment subsidiary and $204.3 million at CCIC), consolidated long-term debt of $3,450.0 million, consolidated redeemable preferred stock of $506.7 million and consolidated stockholders’ equity of $1,984.4 million. On January 7, 2004, we utilized approximately $271.0 million of our cash to purchase an aggregate of $245.1 million in outstanding principal amount of our 9% senior notes and 9 1/2% senior notes, including accrued interest thereon. As more fully discussed below, such purchases were made pursuant to cash tender offers that commenced in December of 2003.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, our net cash provided by (used for) financing activities was $1,109.3 million, $(335.1) million and $(313.7) million, respectively. The amounts for 2002 and 2003 are largely due to financing transactions we have completed in an effort to lower our future cash interest payments and simplify our capital structure. Following is a summary of significant financing transactions completed in 2003 and January of 2004.

 

In 2003, Crown Atlantic and CCUK repaid $55.0 million and $89.8 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under their credit facilities. Crown Atlantic and CCUK utilized cash provided by their operations to effect these repayments. In February of 2004, Crown Atlantic amended its credit facility to reduce the available borrowings from $301.1 million to $250.0 million.

 

In March, June and September of 2003, we paid our quarterly dividends on the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock by issuing a total of 1.8 million shares of our common stock. As allowed by the Deposit Agreement relating to dividend payments on the 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock, we repurchased the 1.8 million shares of common stock from the dividend paying agent for a total of $12.4 million in cash. We utilized cash from an unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock repurchases. We may choose to continue such issuances and repurchases of stock in the future in order to avoid further dilution caused by the issuance of common stock as dividends on our preferred stock.

 

From March through October of 2003, we purchased shares of our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock in public market transactions. Such shares of preferred stock had an aggregate redemption amount and carrying value of $222.9 million. We utilized $241.4 million in cash ($9.4 million from an unrestricted investment subsidiary and $232.0 million from CCIC) to effect these preferred stock purchases. The preferred stock purchases resulted in a net loss of $18.5 million. On December 15, 2003, we redeemed the remaining outstanding shares of our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock at a price of 106.375% of the liquidation preference. On the redemption date, such remaining shares had an aggregate redemption and liquidation value of $47.0 million. We utilized $50.0 million of our cash to effect this redemption. The redemption resulted in a loss of $3.0 million, which is included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. Prior to July 1, 2003, gains and losses from purchases of our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock were presented as part of dividends on preferred stock in our consolidated statement of operations. Since that date, such gains and losses are presented as part of interest and other income (expense) due to the adoption of a new accounting standard for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”). The redemption of the 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock, along with the other 2003 purchases discussed above, will result in decreased dividends of approximately $36.0 million per year.

 

In April and July of 2003, the restrictions expired with respect to the first two thirds of the outstanding restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003 (see “—Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions”). Most of the executives and employees elected to sell a portion of their vested shares in order to pay their minimum respective tax liabilities, and we arranged to purchase these shares in order to facilitate the stock sales. We purchased approximately 1.1 million of such shares of common stock (approximately 0.6 million shares at a price of $6.22 per share and approximately 0.5 million shares at a price of $9.88 per share) for a total of $9.0 million in cash. We utilized cash from an unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock purchases.

 

48


Table of Contents

In May of 2003, we purchased approximately 5.1 million shares of our common stock from Verizon Communications for $31.0 million in cash (see “—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”).

 

In October of 2003, we purchased debt securities with an aggregate principal amount and carrying value of $18.2 million in public market transactions. We utilized $20.1 million of our cash to effect these debt purchases. The debt purchases resulted in losses of $2.4 million.

 

On May 30, 2003, we announced that we had elected to redeem all of the 10 5/8% discount notes at the contractual redemption price of 105.313% of the outstanding principal amount. On July 7, 2003, we utilized $255.5 million of our cash to redeem the $239.2 million in outstanding principal amount of the 10 5/8% discount notes, including accrued interest thereon of $3.7 million. The redemption resulted in a loss of $18.9 million, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($6.2 million) and the redemption premium ($12.7 million). Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. The redemption of the 10 5/8% discount notes, combined with the issuance of the 4% senior notes (as discussed below), will result in decreased interest expense of approximately $16.2 million per year.

 

On July 2, 2003, we issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4% senior notes for proceeds of $223.1 million (after underwriting discounts of $6.9 million). The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used to fund a portion of the redemption price for the 10 5/8% discount notes as discussed above. Semi-annual interest payments for the 4% senior notes are due on each January 15 and July 15, beginning on January 15, 2004. The maturity date of the 4% senior notes is July 15, 2010. The 4% senior notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, in whole or in part at any time, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $10.83 per share of common stock. Conversion of all of the 4% senior notes would result in the issuance of 21.2 million shares of our common stock.

 

On October 10, 2003, we entered into an amendment of the 2000 credit facility. The amended credit agreement consists of two term loan facilities and a revolving line of credit aggregating $1.6 billion. After closing of the amended credit agreement, the Term A loan had a balance of $192.5 million, the Term B loan had a balance of $1.1 billion, and there were no amounts drawn under the $350.0 million revolving line of credit. The maturity date of the Term B loan was extended to September 30, 2010. Upon closing of the amended credit agreement, we received $702.0 million in gross proceeds from the increased Term B loan. We utilized (1) $100.0 million of such proceeds to reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Term A loan and (2) $59.0 million of such proceeds to repay the remaining amounts borrowed under the CCUK credit facility, including accrued interest and fees. In addition, on November 10, 2003, we used approximately $248.3 million of such proceeds to redeem the CCUK bonds, including accrued interest thereon of approximately $11.6 million. The redemption resulted in a loss of $28.9 million, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($3.8 million) and the redemption premium ($25.1 million). Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. The remaining proceeds from the increased Term B loan were used for general corporate purposes, including the purchase of our public debt securities and our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock. In connection with the amendment of the 2000 credit facility and the retirement of CCUK’s indebtedness, we have designated CCUK as a restricted subsidiary for purposes of the amended credit agreement as well as under our bond indentures.

 

On December 2, 2003, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.5% senior notes for net proceeds of $293.3 million. The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used to fund a portion of the purchase price in connection with the cash tender offer for our 10 3/8% discount notes and 11 1/4% discount notes (as discussed below). On December 11, 2003, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.5% Series B senior notes for net proceeds of $292.5 million. The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used to fund the purchase price in connection with the cash tender offer for our 9% senior notes and 9 1/2% senior notes (as discussed below) and for general corporate purposes. Semi-annual interest payments for the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes are due on each June 1 and December 1, beginning on June 1, 2004. The maturity date of the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes is December 1, 2013.

 

On November 24, 2003, we commenced cash tender offers and consent solicitations for all of our outstanding 10 3/8% discount notes and 11 1/4% discount notes. On December 18, 2003, in accordance with the terms of the tender offers, the purchase prices for the tendered notes were determined to be 104.569% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity for the 10 3/8% discount notes and 104.603% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity for

 

49


Table of Contents

the 11 1/4% discount notes. Such purchase prices include a consent payment of $20.00 for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the tendered notes. On December 24, 2003, we (1) utilized approximately $456.2 million of our cash to purchase the $436.3 million in outstanding principal amount at maturity of the tendered 10 3/8% discount notes and (2) utilized approximately $200.2 million of our cash to purchase the $191.4 million in outstanding principal amount at maturity of the tendered 11 1/4% discount notes. The purchase of the tendered 10 3/8% discount notes resulted in a loss of $42.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($5.4 million) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($37.5 million). The purchase of the tendered 11 1/4% discount notes resulted in a loss of $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($1.7 million) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($21.2 million). Such losses are included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. Upon completion of these tender offers, the outstanding balances for the 10 3/8% discount notes and the 11 1/4% discount notes were $12.3 million and $10.9 million, respectively.

 

On December 5, 2003, we commenced cash tender offers and consent solicitations for all of our outstanding 9% senior notes and 9 1/2% senior notes. On December 31, 2003, in accordance with the terms of the tender offers, the purchase prices for the tendered notes (excluding accrued interest through the purchase date) were determined to be 107.112% of the outstanding principal amount for the 9% senior notes and 109.140% of the outstanding principal amount for the 9 1/2% senior notes. Such purchase prices include a consent payment of $20.00 for each $1,000 principal amount of the tendered notes. On January 7, 2004, we (1) utilized approximately $147.0 million of our cash to purchase the $135.6 million in outstanding principal amount of the tendered 9% senior notes, including accrued interest thereon of $1.8 million, and (2) utilized approximately $124.0 million of our cash to purchase the $109.5 million in outstanding principal amount of the tendered 9 1/2% senior notes, including accrued interest thereon of $4.5 million. The purchase of the tendered 9% senior notes resulted in a loss of $12.5 million for the first quarter of 2004, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($2.8 million) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($9.7 million). The purchase of the tendered 9 1/2% senior notes resulted in a loss of $11.7 million for the first quarter of 2004, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($1.7 million) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($10.0 million). Such losses will be included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations for the three months ending March 31, 2004. The 9% senior notes and 9 1/2% senior notes that were tendered through December 31, 2003 have been classified as current maturities of long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003. Upon completion of these tender offers, the outstanding balances for the 9% senior notes and the 9 1/2% senior notes were $26.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

 

The purchase of the tendered 10 3/8% discount notes, 11 1/4% discount notes, 9% senior notes and 9 1/2% senior notes, combined with the issuance of the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes (as discussed above), will result in decreased interest payments of approximately $44.4 million per year. When these transactions are combined with (1) the purchases and redemption of the 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock, (2) the October 2003 purchases of debt securities, (3) the redemption of the 10 5/8% discount notes, and (4) the issuance of the 4% senior notes, all as discussed above, our interest payments and preferred stock dividend requirements have decreased by approximately $98.5 million per year.

 

We seek to allocate our available capital among the investment alternatives that provide the greatest risk-adjusted returns given current market conditions. As such, we may continue to acquire sites, build new towers and make improvements to existing towers when the expected returns from such expenditures meet our investment criteria. In addition, we may continue to utilize a portion of our available cash balances to purchase our own stock (either common or preferred) or debt securities from time to time as market prices make such investments attractive.

 

As of February 18, 2004, our restricted U.S., U.K. and Australian subsidiaries had approximately $341.3 million of unused borrowing availability under the amended 2000 credit facility (as discussed above). As of February 18, 2004, Crown Atlantic had unused borrowing availability under its amended credit facility of approximately $55.0 million. Our various credit facilities require our subsidiaries to maintain certain financial covenants and place restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, incur debt and liens, pay

 

50


Table of Contents

dividends, make capital expenditures, undertake transactions with affiliates and make investments. These facilities also limit the ability of the borrowing subsidiaries to pay dividends to CCIC.

 

The primary factors that determine our subsidiaries’ ability to comply with their debt covenants are (1) their current financial performance (as defined in the various credit agreements), (2) their levels of indebtedness and (3) their debt service requirements. Since we do not currently expect that our subsidiaries will need to utilize significant additional borrowings under their credit facilities, the primary risk of a debt covenant violation would result from a deterioration of a subsidiary’s financial performance. In addition, certain of the credit facilities will require that financial performance increase in future years as covenant calculations become more restrictive. Should a covenant violation occur in the future as a result of a shortfall in financial performance (or for any other reason), we might be required to make principal payments earlier than currently scheduled and may not have access to additional borrowings under these facilities as long as the covenant violation continues. Any such early principal payments would have to be made from our existing cash balances.

 

As a holding company, CCIC will require distributions or dividends from its subsidiaries, or will be forced to use its remaining cash balances, to fund its debt obligations, including interest payments on the notes. The terms of the indebtedness of our subsidiaries limit their ability to distribute cash to CCIC. Subject to certain financial covenants, the terms of the amended 2000 credit facility permit the distribution of funds to CCIC in order for it to pay (1) up to $17.5 million of its annual corporate overhead expenses and (2) interest payments on its existing indebtedness. There can be no assurance, however, that our subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash from their operations to make all of such permitted distributions. As a result, we could be required to apply a portion of our remaining cash to fund interest payments on the notes. If we do not retain sufficient funds or raise additional funds from any future financing, we may not be able to make our interest payments on the notes.

 

If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or renegotiate the terms of such debt prior to maturity, we may not be able to meet our debt service requirements, including interest payments on the notes, in the future. Our 4% senior notes, our 9% senior notes, our 9 1/2% senior notes, our 10 3/4% senior notes, our 9 3/8% senior notes, our 7.5% senior notes and our 7.5% Series B senior notes require annual cash interest payments of approximately $9.2 million, $2.4 million, $0.5 million, $46.1 million, $38.2 million, $22.5 million and $22.5 million, respectively. Prior to May 15, 2004 and August 1, 2004, the interest expense on our 10 3/8% discount notes and our 11 1/4% discount notes, respectively, will be comprised solely of the amortization of original issue discount. Thereafter, the 10 3/8% discount notes and the 11 1/4% discount notes will require annual cash interest payments of approximately $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively. In addition, our U.S. credit facilities require periodic interest payments on amounts borrowed thereunder, which amounts are substantial.

 

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2003:

 

     Years Ending December 31,

     2004

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   Thereafter

   Totals

     (In thousands of dollars)

Long-term debt (a)

   $ 302,338    $ 115,260    $ 201,790    $ 76,855    $ 11,000    $ 2,763,597    $ 3,470,840

Interest payments on long-term debt (b)

     218,158      209,554      200,893      195,783      193,617      596,092      1,614,097

Capital lease obligations

     2,594      823      440      298      —        —        4,155

Operating lease obligations (c)

     163,085      159,533      156,724      154,358      153,117      926,161      1,712,978

Redeemable preferred stock

     —        —        —        —        —        518,050      518,050
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

     $ 686,175    $ 485,170    $ 559,847    $ 427,294    $ 357,734    $ 4,803,900    $ 7,320,120
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


(a) Amount for 2004 includes payments made in January 2004 in connection with the tender offers for the 9% senior notes ($145.2 million) and 9 1/2% senior notes (119.5 million). Such amounts have been classified as current maturities of long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.
(b) Interest payments on floating rate debt are estimated based on rates in effect during the first quarter of 2004. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(c) Amounts relate primarily to ground lease obligations for our tower sites, and are based on the assumption that payments will be made through the end of the period for which we hold renewal rights.

 

We have issued letters of credit to various landlords, insurers and other parties in connection with certain contingent retirement obligations under various tower site land leases and certain other contractual obligations. The letters of credit were issued through one of CCUSA’s lenders in amounts aggregating $12.8 million and expire on various dates through October 2005.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal of, or to pay interest on, our debt obligations, and our ability to refinance any such debt obligations, will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, our ability to refinance any indebtedness in the future would depend in part on our maintaining adequate credit ratings from the commercial rating agencies. Such credit ratings are dependent on all the liquidity and performance factors discussed above, as well as general expectations that the rating agencies have regarding the outlook for our business and our industry. We anticipate that we may need to refinance a substantial portion of our indebtedness on or prior to its scheduled maturity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effect any required refinancings of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. See “Item 1. Business—Risk Factors”.

 

Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications

 

On May 2, 2003, we entered into several agreements (the “Agreements”), dated effective May 1, 2003, relating to our two joint ventures with Verizon Communications (“Verizon”): the Crown Castle Atlantic venture (“Crown Atlantic”) and the Crown Castle GT venture (“Crown Castle GT”). Under the Agreements, certain termination rights under which Verizon could have required us to purchase Verizon’s interest in either or both ventures at any time were converted to put and call rights with an extended exercise date of July 1, 2007. We also acquired all of Verizon’s interest in Crown Castle GT in exchange for additional interests in Crown Atlantic and certain other consideration. In addition, the shares of our common stock previously held by the ventures were distributed to Verizon. Following the transactions, we own 100% of Crown Castle GT and 62.755% of Crown Atlantic. Further details of the transaction and its accounting treatment are discussed below.

 

Pursuant to the Agreements, we acquired all of Verizon’s equity interests in Crown Castle GT (11.0% after the distribution of the shares of our common stock from Crown Castle GT to Verizon, as discussed below) in exchange for consideration consisting of (1) the transfer to a Verizon affiliate of a 13.3% equity interest in Crown Atlantic (with an estimated fair value of $63.6 million), representing consideration for the Verizon Crown Castle GT partner’s interest in the operating assets held by Crown Castle GT, (2) approximately $5.9 million in cash, representing the working capital of Crown Castle GT allocable to the Verizon Crown Castle GT partner’s interest reduced by the working capital of Crown Atlantic allocable to the 13.3% equity interest in Crown Atlantic transferred to the Verizon affiliate, and (3) the transfer to a Verizon affiliate of approximately 58 tower sites from the two ventures (for which our proportion of their estimated fair value aggregated $11.6 million). For the purpose of performing the purchase price allocation, the fair value measurement for the exchange of the venture interests was determined based on the current financial performance of Crown Castle GT’s tower sites, using a valuation multiple derived from the current market performance of our common stock.

 

Pursuant to the Agreements, Crown Castle GT distributed 5.1 million shares of our common stock previously held by Crown Castle GT to the Verizon Crown Castle GT partner, resulting in a reduction in Verizon’s interest in Crown Castle GT by a fixed percentage of 6.8%. The fixed percentage reduction was agreed upon at the time of the formation of Crown Castle GT. We then purchased such shares from Verizon (at a negotiated price of $6.122 per share) for $31.0 million in cash. We utilized cash from an unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect this stock purchase.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Agreements, Crown Atlantic distributed 15.6 million shares of our common stock previously held by Crown Atlantic to the Verizon Crown Atlantic partner, resulting in a reduction in Verizon’s interest in Crown Atlantic by a fixed percentage of 19%. The fixed percentage reduction was agreed upon at the time of the formation of Crown Atlantic. Pursuant to the registration rights contained in the Crown Atlantic formation agreement dated December 8, 1998, as amended by the Agreements, we filed a registration statement relating to the sale of such distributed shares on July 1, 2003. Such registration statement became effective on July 21, 2003. Subsequent to that date, Verizon has sold all of the 15.6 million shares of our common stock to third parties.

 

We have accounted for the acquisition of the minority interest in Crown Castle GT using the purchase method. In connection with the purchase price allocation for the transaction, we recorded (1) a net decrease in the carrying value of our tower sites (included in property and equipment) of $33.7 million, (2) goodwill of $48.3 million, none

 

52


Table of Contents

of which is currently expected to be deductible for tax purposes, (3) other intangible assets (included in deferred financing costs and other assets) of $4.0 million, (4) the elimination of minority interest related to Crown Castle GT of $55.4 million, (5) an increase in minority interest related to Crown Atlantic of $76.2 million, and (6) a loss on the issuance of the interest in Crown Atlantic of $8.1 million (included in interest and other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations). The net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites resulted from a purchase price allocation adjustment based on the estimated replacement cost of Crown Castle GT’s towers, along with the net book value of the tower sites transferred to Verizon from the two ventures. The increase in goodwill resulted primarily from the fair value of the acquired portion of Crown Castle GT in excess of the related minority interest, along with the net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites. The amounts recorded for the net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites and the increase in other intangible assets represent the proportionate share of such allocated amounts acquired by us from Verizon.

 

On or after July 1, 2007, the exercise of the put right by Verizon or the call right by us will require us to purchase all of Verizon’s equity interests in Crown Atlantic for cash equal to the then fair market value of such interest. Verizon retains certain protective rights regarding the tower networks held by both Crown Atlantic and Crown Castle GT. These protective rights will remain in place after the Crown Atlantic put or call right is exercised. The protective rights relate primarily to ensuring Verizon Wireless’ quiet enjoyment as a tenant on the Crown Atlantic and Crown Castle GT sites, and such rights terminate should Verizon Wireless cease to occupy the sites.

 

Reporting Requirements Under the Indentures Governing the Company’s Debt Securities (the “Indentures”)

 

The following information (as such capitalized terms are defined in the Indentures) is presented solely as a requirement of the Indentures; such information is not intended as an alternative measure of financial position, operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles). Furthermore, our measure of the following information may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

We have designated Crown Atlantic and certain investment subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Summarized financial information for (1) CCIC and our Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) our Unrestricted Subsidiaries is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

     Company and
Restricted
Subsidiaries


   Unrestricted
Subsidiaries


   Consolidation
Eliminations


    Consolidated
Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 304,009    $ 158,418    $ —       $ 462,427

Other current assets

     170,344      8,989      —         179,333

Property and equipment, net

     4,036,461      705,484      —         4,741,945

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     573,381      —        (573,381 )     —  

Goodwill

     1,151,336      55,377      —         1,206,713

Other assets, net

     117,798      29,375      —         147,173
    

  

  


 

     $ 6,353,329    $ 957,643    $ (573,381 )   $ 6,737,591
    

  

  


 

Current liabilities

   $ 620,496    $ 23,034    $ —       $ 643,530

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     2,987,850      195,000      —         3,182,850

Other liabilities

     205,213      6,550      —         211,763

Minority interests

     48,655      159,678      —         208,333

Redeemable preferred stock

     506,702      —        —         506,702

Stockholders’ equity

     1,984,413      573,381      (573,381 )     1,984,413
    

  

  


 

     $ 6,353,329    $ 957,643    $ (573,381 )   $ 6,737,591
    

  

  


 

 

53


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended December 31, 2003

    Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
    

Company and

Restricted

Subsidiaries


   

Unrestricted

Subsidiaries


   

Consolidated

Total


   

Company and

Restricted

Subsidiaries


   

Unrestricted

Subsidiaries


    Consolidated
Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues

   $ 223,202     $ 30,644     $ 253,846     $ 813,827     $ 116,521     $ 930,348  

Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and accretion)

     101,590       11,924       113,514       373,234       44,545       417,779  

General and administrative

     21,550       3,452       25,002       83,073       11,815       94,888  

Corporate development

     1,987       —         1,987       5,564       —         5,564  

Restructuring charges (credits)

     —         —         —         1,580       (289 )     1,291  

Asset write-down charges

     6,455       345       6,800       9,807       4,510       14,317  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     80       4       84       19,302       1,352       20,654  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     72,230       10,663       82,893       281,582       42,570       324,152  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     19,310       4,256       23,566       39,685       12,018       51,703  

Interest and other income (expense)

     (101,027 )     (578 )     (101,605 )     (140,662 )     (7,812 )     (148,474 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (70,286 )     (3,359 )     (73,645 )     (274,714 )     (14,933 )     (289,647 )

Provision for income taxes

     4,102       —         4,102       (7,518 )     —         (7,518 )

Minority interests

     860       (2,118 )     (1,258 )     3,463       (5,857 )     (2,394 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset retirement obligations

     —         —         —         (1,935 )     (100 )     (2,035 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (147,041 )   $ (1,799 )   $ (148,840 )   $ (381,681 )   $ (16,684 )   $ (398,365 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Tower Cash Flow and Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow for CCIC and our Restricted Subsidiaries is as follows under the indentures governing the 4% senior notes, the 9% senior notes, the 9 1/2% senior notes, the 10 3/4% senior notes, the 9 3/8% senior notes, the 7.5% senior notes and the 7.5% Series B senior notes:

 

     (In thousands
of dollars)
 

Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended December 31, 2003

   $ 104,605  
    


Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003

   $ 357,520  

Less: Tower Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003

     (383,433 )

Plus: four times Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended December 31, 2003

     418,420  
    


Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003

   $ 392,507  
    


 

Related Party Transactions

 

For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, CCA had revenues from Verizon Wireless of $44.0 million, $45.5 million and $44.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, CCUSA had revenues from Verizon Wireless of $84.5 million, $101.5 million and $82.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, our total receivables from Verizon Wireless amounted to $8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively. Verizon Wireless is a majority owned subsidiary of Verizon Communications, our partner in CCA (see “—Joint Ventures With Verizon Communications”).

 

54


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges

 

In July 2001, we announced a restructuring of our business in order to increase operational efficiency and better align costs with anticipated revenues. As part of the restructuring, we reduced our global staff by approximately 312 full-time employees, closed five offices in the United States and closed our development offices in Brazil and Europe. The actions taken for the restructuring were substantially completed as of the end of 2001. In connection with the restructuring, we recorded cash charges of approximately $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 related to employee severance payments ($13.9 million) and costs of office closures ($5.5 million).

 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded cash charges of $8.5 million in connection with a restructuring of our CCUK business announced in March 2002. Such charges relate to staff reductions (approximately 212 employees) ($7.4 million) and the disposition of certain service lines ($1.1 million). For the year ended December 31, 2002, we also recorded cash charges of $3.1 million related primarily to additional employee severance payments at our corporate office in connection with the July 2001 restructuring. In October 2002, we announced a restructuring of our U.S. business in order to flatten its organizational structure to better align with customer demand and enhance our regional focus to improve customer service. As part of the restructuring, we reduced our U.S. workforce by approximately 230 employees and closed some smaller offices. The actions taken for the October 2002 restructuring were substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2003. In connection with this restructuring, we recorded cash charges of approximately $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 related to employee severance payments ($3.3 million) and costs of office closures ($2.8 million).

 

The continued execution of the October 2002 restructuring plan lead to further headcount reductions in the U.S. business during the second quarter of 2003. As a result, we reduced our U.S. workforce by approximately 60 employees (approximately 9%) and initiated efforts to sublease vacated office space at two of our locations. The actions taken for this restructuring were substantially completed at June 30, 2003. In connection with this restructuring, we recorded cash charges of approximately $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 related to employee severance payments and lease termination costs.

 

We have recorded asset write-down charges of $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 in connection with the restructuring of our business announced in July 2001. Such non-cash charges related to the write-down of certain inventories ($11.9 million), property and equipment ($8.5 million), and other assets ($4.5 million) that were deemed to have no value as a result of the restructuring.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, we abandoned a portion of our construction in process related to certain open projects, cancelled certain build-to-suit agreements and wrote down the value of the related construction in process, wrote down the value of certain inventories, and wrote down the value of three office buildings. As a result, we recorded asset write-down charges of $39.2 million for CCUSA, $11.1 million for Crown Atlantic and $2.3 million for the corporate office. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we also recorded asset write-down charges of $3.2 million for CCUK related to certain inventories and property and equipment.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we abandoned an additional portion of our construction in process and certain other assets and recorded asset write-down charges of $9.8 million for CCUSA and $4.5 million for Crown Atlantic. We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of our goodwill and our property and equipment as required by SFAS 142 and SFAS 144. Implicit in the determination of fair value for such long-lived assets are certain assumptions regarding the future leasing of our communication sites. Should future business conditions require the amendment of previous assumptions we may abandon additional portions of our construction in process if the leasing potential of open projects is determined to be below acceptable levels. As a result, our assets could be deemed impaired and a charge to earnings would be required.

 

Compensation Charges Related to Stock and Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions

 

We have recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges related to certain stock options granted to employees and executives prior to our IPO. Such charges amounted to approximately $1.4 million for each of the two years ended December 31, 2002.

 

55


Table of Contents

We have issued shares of our common stock and stock options in connection with an acquisition by CCUK. Such shares and options were deemed to be compensation to the former shareholders of the acquired company (who remained employed by us). As a result, CCUK is recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $8.4 million over a five-year period ending in 2005.

 

We have issued shares of our common stock in connection with an acquisition by CCUSA. A portion of such shares were deemed to be compensation to the former shareholders of the acquired company (who remained employed by us). As a result, CCUSA has recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $5.9 million over a three-year period ended in 2003.

 

On January 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value method of accounting (using the “prospective method” of transition) for stock-based employee compensation awards granted on or after that date (see “—Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards”). As a result, we are recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges for stock options granted in 2003. Such charges will amount to approximately $0.8 million over a five-year period ending in 2008.

 

In February of 2003, we issued 105,000 shares of common stock to the non-executive members of our Board of Directors as part of their annual compensation for services on the Board. These shares had a grant-date fair value of $3.95 per share. In connection with these shares, we recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

During the first quarter of 2003, we granted approximately 5.8 million shares of restricted common stock to our executives and certain employees. These restricted shares had a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $4.15 per share, determined based on the closing market price of our common stock on the grant dates. The restrictions on the shares will expire in various annual amounts over the vesting period of five years, with provisions for accelerated vesting based on the market performance of our common stock. In connection with restricted shares, we are recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $24.0 million over the vesting period. Such charges will be reduced in the event that any of the restricted shares are forfeited before they become vested. At December 31, 2003, future charges related to the restricted shares amounted to $8.1 million (presented as unearned stock compensation in stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet).

 

On April 29, 2003, the market performance of our common stock reached the first target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003. This first target level was reached when the market price of our common stock closed at or above $5.54 per share for twenty consecutive trading days. As a result, the restrictions expired with respect to one third of such outstanding shares during the second quarter of 2003. The acceleration of the vesting for these shares resulted in the recognition of non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

On July 30, 2003, the market performance of our common stock reached the second target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003. This second target level was reached when the market price of our common stock closed at or above $8.30 per share (150% of the first target level of $5.54 per share) for twenty consecutive trading days. As a result, the restrictions expired with respect to an additional third of such shares during the third quarter of 2003. The acceleration of the vesting for these shares resulted in the recognition of non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. In order to reach the third (and final) target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003, the market price of our common stock would have to close at or above $12.45 per share (150% of the second target level of $8.30 per share) for twenty consecutive trading days.

 

In February of 2004, we issued 35,400 shares of common stock to the non-executive members of our Board of Directors as part of their annual compensation for services on the Board. These shares have a grant-date fair value of $11.85 per share. In connection with these shares, we will recognize non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $0.4 million for the first quarter of 2004.

 

56


Table of Contents

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is to be recognized in the period in which it is incurred and can be reasonably estimated. Such asset retirement costs are to be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the asset’s estimated useful life. Fair value estimates of liabilities for asset retirement obligations will generally involve discounted future cash flows. Periodic accretion of such liabilities due to the passage of time is to be recorded as an operating expense. The provisions of SFAS 143 were effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002, with initial application as of the beginning of the fiscal year. We adopted the requirements of SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in the recognition of liabilities amounting to $4.1 million for contingent retirement obligations under certain tower site land leases (included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet), the recognition of asset retirement costs amounting to $1.4 million (included in property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet), and the recognition of a charge for the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle amounting to $2.0 million (net of related income tax benefits of $0.6 million). Accretion expense related to liabilities for contingent retirement obligations (included in depreciation, amortization and accretion on our consolidated statement of operations) amounted to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2003, liabilities for contingent retirement obligations amounted to $4.8 million. If the provisions of SFAS 143 had been applied during all periods presented, liabilities for contingent retirement obligations would have amounted to $3.0 million and $3.3 million at January 1, 2001 and December 31, 2001, respectively.

 

In November 2002, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force released its final consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”). EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting for arrangements under which multiple revenue-generating activities will be performed, including the determination of whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. The guidance in EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. We adopted the provisions of EITF 00-21 as of July 1, 2003, and such adoption did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the provisions of SFAS 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results of operations. We adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 as of December 31, 2002. On January 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation using the “prospective” method of transition as provided by SFAS 148. Under this transition method, we will recognize compensation cost for all employee awards granted on or after January 1, 2003. The adoption of this new accounting method did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”). In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised version of FIN 46. FIN 46 clarifies existing accounting literature regarding the consolidation of entities in which a company holds a “controlling financial interest”. A majority voting interest in an entity has generally been considered indicative of a controlling financial interest. FIN 46 specifies other factors (“variable interests”) which must be considered when determining whether a company holds a controlling financial interest in, and therefore must consolidate, an entity (“variable interest entities”). The provisions of FIN 46, as revised, are effective for the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. We will adopt the provisions of FIN 46 as of March 31, 2004, and do not expect that such adoption will have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 requires that

 

57


Table of Contents

mandatorily redeemable financial instruments issued in the form of shares be classified as liabilities, and specifies certain measurement and disclosure requirements for such instruments. The provisions of SFAS 150 were effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. We adopted the requirements of SFAS 150 as of July 1, 2003. We determined that (1) our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock was to be reclassified as a liability upon adoption of SFAS 150 and (2) our 8 1/4% convertible preferred stock and our 6.25% convertible preferred stock were not to be reclassified as liabilities, since the conversion features caused them to be contingently redeemable rather than mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. In addition, the dividends on our 12 3/4% exchangeable preferred stock are included in interest expense on our consolidated statement of operations beginning on July 1, 2003.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132 (revised 2003), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (“SFAS 132(R)”). SFAS 132(R) revises the required disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. SFAS 132(R) replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (which was originally issued in February 1998), but retains its disclosure requirements. SFAS 132(R) requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans, and requires that certain disclosures be included in interim financial statements. SFAS 132(R) will apply to our disclosures for CCUK’s defined benefit plan. The provisions of SFAS 132(R) are generally effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003; however, many of the new disclosure requirements for information about foreign plans, as well as information about future benefit payments, do not become effective until fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. The interim-period disclosure requirements of SFAS 132(R) are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2003. We have adopted the annual reporting requirements of SFAS 132(R) as of December 31, 2003, except for the disclosure about future benefit payments. We will provide such disclosure about future benefit payments as of December 31, 2004. We will adopt the interim-period reporting requirements as of March 31, 2004.

 

Cautionary Statement for Purposes of Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (including statements contained in “Item 1. Business”, “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”), as well as other written and oral statements made or incorporated by reference from time to time by us in other reports, filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, press releases, conferences, conference calls, or otherwise, may be deemed to be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are subject to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of that section. This information includes, without limitation, expectations, projections, estimates and other forward-looking information regarding results of operations, revenues, liquidity, costs and expenses and margins; our competitive position; demand for our assets, including leasing rates; timing of and demand for technological advances; the effect of changes in accounting standards; adversarial proceedings and other contingent liabilities; funding of our operations and debt service; cash from operating activities; issuances or purchases of our securities; capital expenditures and financial condition; and wireless telecommunications industry conditions. These statements are based on current expectations and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no assurances that such expectations will prove correct.

 

When used in this report, the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to be among the statements that identify forward-looking statements. Important factors which could affect actual results and cause actual results to differ materially from those results which might be projected, forecast, estimated or budgeted in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in “—Overview” above and “Item 1. BusinessRisk Factors.”

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

As a result of our international operating, investing and financing activities, we are exposed to market risks, which include changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates which may adversely affect our results

 

58


Table of Contents

of operations and financial position. In attempting to minimize the risks and/or costs associated with such activities, we seek to manage exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates where economically prudent to do so.

 

Certain of the financial instruments we have used to obtain capital are subject to market risks from fluctuations in market interest rates. The majority of our financial instruments, however, are long-term fixed interest rate notes and debentures. A fluctuation in market interest rates of one percentage point in 2004 would impact our interest expense by approximately $14.0 million. As of December 31, 2003, we have approximately $1,484.8 million of floating rate indebtedness, of which $83.8 million has been effectively converted to fixed rate indebtedness through the use of an interest rate swap agreement.

 

The majority of our foreign currency transactions are denominated in the British pound sterling or the Australian dollar, which are the functional currencies of CCUK and CCAL, respectively. As a result of CCUK’s and CCAL’s transactions being denominated and settled in such functional currencies, the risks associated with currency fluctuations are primarily associated with foreign currency translation adjustments. However, since we are now able to access cash distributions from CCUK upon its inclusion in our restricted borrowing group, we are subject to currency fluctuations on any such amounts distributed (see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”). We do not currently hedge against foreign currency translation risks and do not currently believe that foreign currency exchange risk is significant to our operations.

 

The foreign currency exchange rates used to translate the 2003 financial statements for CCUK and CCAL were as follows:

 

    

CCUK

(British pound sterling)


  

CCAL

(Australian dollar)


Average exchange rate for:

             

January 2003

   $ 1.6175    $ 0.5829

February 2003

     1.6079      0.5956

March 2003

     1.5825      0.6015

April 2003

     1.5739      0.6100

May 2003

     1.6224      0.6468

June 2003

     1.6609      0.6652

July 2003

     1.6221      0.6607

August 2003

     1.5939      0.6518

September 2003

     1.6155      0.6635

October 2003

     1.6792      0.6948

November 2003

     1.6897      0.7158

December 2003

     1.7501      0.7385

Ending exchange rate for:

             

March 2003

     1.5790      0.6045

June 2003

     1.6529      0.6713

September 2003

     1.6620      0.6797

December 2003

     1.7842      0.7520

 

59


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Crown Castle International Corp. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditors

   61

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2002 and 2003

   62

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003

   63

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003

   64

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003

   65

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   66

 

60


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Crown Castle International Corp.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crown Castle International Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Crown Castle International Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2003 the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”, in 2002 the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, and in 2001 the Company changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

KPMG LLP

 

Houston, Texas

February 18, 2004

 

61


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands of dollars, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 516,172     $ 462,427  

Receivables:

                

Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $15,309 and $9,160 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively

     125,950       80,659  

Other

     9,914       1,394  

Short-term investments

     115,697       —    

Inventories

     45,616       15,542  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     53,732       81,738  
    


 


Total current assets

     867,081       641,760  

Property and equipment, net

     4,828,033       4,741,945  

Goodwill

     1,067,041       1,206,713  

Deferred financing costs and other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $47,453 and $48,585 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively

     130,446       147,173  
    


 


     $ 6,892,601     $ 6,737,591  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 63,852     $ 40,749  

Accrued interest

     59,811       49,063  

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     14,661       19,117  

Deferred rental revenues and other accrued liabilities

     208,195       267,459  

Long-term debt, current maturities

     14,250       267,142  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     360,769       643,530  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     3,212,710       3,182,850  

Other liabilities

     183,227       211,763  
    


 


Total liabilities

     3,756,706       4,038,143  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

                

Minority interests

     171,383       208,333  

Redeemable preferred stock

     756,014       506,702  

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Common stock, $.01 par value; 690,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued: December 31, 2002—215,983,294 and December 31, 2003—220,758,321

     2,160       2,208  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,315,215       3,333,402  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     39,323       257,435  

Unearned stock compensation

     —         (8,122 )

Accumulated deficit

     (1,148,200 )     (1,600,510 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     2,208,498       1,984,413  
    


 


     $ 6,892,601     $ 6,737,591  
    


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Net revenues:

                        

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 575,961     $ 677,839     $ 786,788  

Network services and other

     322,990       223,694       143,560  
    


 


 


       898,951       901,533       930,348  
    


 


 


Operating expenses:

                        

Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and accretion):

                        

Site rental and broadcast transmission

     238,748       270,024       307,511  

Network services and other

     228,485       176,175       110,268  

General and administrative

     102,539       94,222       94,888  

Corporate development

     12,337       7,483       5,564  

Restructuring charges

     19,416       17,147       1,291  

Asset write-down charges

     24,922       55,796       14,317  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     6,112       5,349       20,654  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     328,491       301,928       324,152  
    


 


 


       961,050       928,124       878,645  
    


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     (62,099 )     (26,591 )     51,703  

Other income (expense):

                        

Interest and other income (expense)

     8,548       66,418       (148,474 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (297,444 )     (302,570 )     (289,647 )
    


 


 


Loss before income taxes, minority interests and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (350,995 )     (262,743 )     (386,418 )

Provision for income taxes

     (16,478 )     (12,276 )     (7,518 )

Minority interests

     1,306       2,498       (2,394 )
    


 


 


Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (366,167 )     (272,521 )     (396,330 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefits of $636

     —         —         (2,035 )
    


 


 


Net loss

     (366,167 )     (272,521 )     (398,365 )

Dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     (79,028 )     19,638       (53,945 )
    


 


 


Net loss after deduction of dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

   $ (445,195 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


Net loss

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (398,365 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (10,154 )     92,905       214,434  

Derivative instruments:

                        

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

     (10,336 )     (7,883 )     (1,308 )

Amounts reclassified into results of operations

     2,166       5,964       6,874  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

     —         (8,417 )     (1,888 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (384,491 )     (189,952 )     (180,253 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for derivative financial instruments

     178       —         —    
    


 


 


Comprehensive loss

   $ (384,313 )   $ (189,952 )   $ (180,253 )
    


 


 


Per common share—basic and diluted:

                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.08 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         (0.01 )
    


 


 


Net loss

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


Common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (in thousands)

     214,246       218,028       216,947  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net loss

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (398,365 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     328,491       301,928       324,152  

Losses (gains) on purchases and redemptions of long-term debt

     —         (79,138 )     116,028  

Amortization of deferred financing costs, discounts on long-term debt and dividends on preferred stock

     91,753       94,567       73,440  

Losses on purchases and redemption of preferred stock

     —         —         21,803  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     6,112       5,349       20,654  

Asset write-down charges

     24,922       55,796       14,317  

Minority interests and loss on issuance of interest in joint venture

     (1,306 )     (2,498 )     10,508  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         2,035  

Equity in losses (earnings) and write-downs of unconsolidated affiliates

     3,276       29,108       1,817  

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of acquisitions:

                        

(Increase) decrease in receivables

     (20,686 )     71,771       61,443  

Increase in deferred rental revenues and other liabilities

     140,649       4,021       45,457  

(Increase) decrease in inventories, prepaid expenses and other assets

     (91,957 )     46,222       4,457  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     4,175       (44,483 )     (26,652 )

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     12,668       (1,190 )     (11,055 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     131,930       208,932       260,039  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Maturities of investments

     311,000       280,463       171,760  

Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment

     —         30,321       13,520  

Capital expenditures

     (683,102 )     (277,262 )     (118,912 )

Purchases of investments

     (337,463 )     (194,697 )     (56,063 )

Investments in affiliates and other

     (29,920 )     (11,293 )     (13,308 )

Acquisitions of assets and minority interest in joint venture

     (155,651 )     (4,449 )     (5,873 )
    


 


 


Net cash used for investing activities

     (895,136 )     (176,917 )     (8,876 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     650,000       —         1,532,000  

Proceeds from issuance of capital stock

     358,207       1,032       7,992  

Purchases and redemptions of long-term debt

     —         (142,820 )     (1,165,038 )

Purchases and redemption of capital stock

     —         (94,470 )     (343,734 )

Net borrowings (payments) under revolving credit agreements

     96,829       (50,000 )     (203,098 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

     —         (46,155 )     (112,250 )

Incurrence of financing costs

     (12,161 )     (2,673 )     (29,534 )

Proceeds from issuance of subsidiary stock to minority shareholder

     16,434       —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     1,109,309       (335,086 )     (313,662 )
    


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     4,666       14,641       8,754  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     350,769       (288,430 )     (53,745 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     453,833       804,602       516,172  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 804,602     $ 516,172     $ 462,427  
    


 


 


Supplementary schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

                        

Amounts recorded in connection with acquisitions (see Notes 2 and 7):

                        

Fair value of net assets recorded, including goodwill and other intangible assets

   $ 157,458     $ —       $ 18,607  

Minority interest acquired

     —         —         55,381  

Minority interest issued

     —         —         (68,115 )

Issuance of common stock

     1,807       —         —    

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                        

Interest paid

   $ 194,927     $ 206,861     $ 213,917  

Income taxes paid

     492       407       466  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands of dollars, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock

   

Additional

Paid-In

Capital


   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

Income (Loss)


   

Unearned

Stock

Compensation


    Accumulated
Deficit


    Total

 
     

Foreign

Currency

Translation

Adjustments


   

Derivative

Instruments


   

Minimum

Pension

Liability

Adjustment


       
    Shares

    ($.01 Par)

               

Balance, January 1, 2001

  198,912,094     $ 1,989     $ 2,894,095     $ (25,100 )   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (450,122 )   $ 2,420,862  

Issuances of capital stock

  16,710,505       167       359,847       —         —         —         —         —         360,014  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

  —         —         4,228       —         —         —         —         —         4,228  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         (10,154 )     —         —         —         —         (10,154 )

Derivative instruments:

                                                                     

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

  —         —         —         —         (10,336 )     —         —         —         (10,336 )

Amounts reclassified into results of operations

  —         —         —         —         2,166       —         —         —         2,166  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for derivative financial instruments

  —         —         —         —         178       —         —         —         178  

Dividends on preferred stock

  3,181,764       32       42,853       —         —         —         —         (79,028 )     (36,143 )

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (366,167 )     (366,167 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2001

  218,804,363       2,188       3,301,023       (35,254 )     (7,992 )     —         —         (895,317 )     2,364,648  

Issuances of capital stock

  306,678       3       1,029       —         —         —         —         —         1,032  

Purchases of capital stock

  (13,755,900 )     (137 )     (33,344 )     —         —         —         —         —         (33,481 )

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

  —         —         3,733       —         —         —         —         —         3,733  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         92,905       —         —         —         —         92,905  

Derivative instruments:

                                                                     

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

  —         —         —         —         (7,883 )     —         —         —         (7,883 )

Amounts reclassified into results of operations

  —         —         —         —         5,964       —         —         —         5,964  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —         —         —         —         —         (8,417 )     —         —         (8,417 )

Dividends on preferred stock

  10,628,153       106       42,774       —         —         —         —         (79,786 )     (36,906 )

Gains on purchases of preferred stock

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         99,424       99,424  

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (272,521 )     (272,521 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2002

  215,983,294       2,160       3,315,215       57,651       (9,911 )     (8,417 )     —         (1,148,200 )     2,208,498  

Issuances of capital stock, net of forfeitures

  7,365,611       74       31,889       —         —         —         (23,972 )     —         7,991  

Purchases and retirement of capital stock

  (8,034,053 )     (80 )     (52,515 )     —         —         —         —         —         (52,595 )

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

  —         —         1,512       —         —         —         15,850       —         17,362  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         215,521       —         (1,087 )     —         —         214,434  

Derivative instruments:

                                                                     

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedging instruments

  —         —         —         —         (1,308 )     —         —         —         (1,308 )

Amounts reclassified into results of operations

  —         —         —         —         6,874       —         —         —         6,874  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —         —         —         —         —         (1,888 )     —         —         (1,888 )

Dividends on preferred stock

  5,443,469       54       37,301       —         —         —         —         (54,294 )     (16,939 )

Gains on purchases of preferred stock

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         349       349  

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (398,365 )     (398,365 )
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

  220,758,321     $ 2,208     $ 3,333,402     $ 273,172     $ (4,345 )   $ (11,392 )   $ (8,122 )   $ (1,600,510 )   $ 1,984,413  
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

65


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Crown Castle International Corp. (“CCIC”) and its majority and wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company owns, operates and manages wireless communications sites and broadcast transmission networks. The Company also provides complementary services to its customers, including initial antenna installation and subsequent augmentation, site acquisition, site development and construction, network design and site selection, site management and other services. The Company’s communications sites are located throughout the United States, in Puerto Rico, in the United Kingdom and in Australia. In the United States, Puerto Rico and Australia, the Company’s primary business is the leasing of antenna space to wireless operators under long-term contracts. In the United Kingdom, the Company’s primary businesses are the operation of television and radio broadcast transmission networks and the leasing of antenna space to wireless operators in the United Kingdom.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Cash Equivalents

 

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Investments

 

As of December 31, 2002, all investments (consisting of government agency debt securities) were classified as held-to-maturity since the Company had the positive intent and ability to hold such investments until they matured. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost. Gross unrealized holding gains amounted to $764,000 at December 31, 2002. Investments classified as current assets mature within one year.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventories include work in process amounting to $30,038,000 and $4,548,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed utilizing the straight-line method at rates based upon the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets. Additions, renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed. Upon the sale or retirement of an asset, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized. The carrying value of property and equipment and other long-lived assets, including other intangible assets with finite useful lives, will be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the sum of the estimated future cash flows (undiscounted) expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of an asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset.

 

66


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price for an acquired business over the allocated value of the related net assets (see Note 4). Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over a 20 year life. On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the new accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets (see “Recent Accounting Pronouncements”). In accordance with that new standard, goodwill is no longer amortized, but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis. This annual impairment test involves (1) a step to identify potential impairment at a reporting unit level based on fair values, and (2) a step to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. Our measurement of the fair value for goodwill is based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Costs incurred to obtain financing are deferred and amortized over the estimated term of the related borrowing.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Site rental revenues are recognized on a monthly basis under lease or management agreements with terms generally ranging from five years to 25 years. Broadcast transmission revenues are recognized on a monthly basis under transmission contracts with terms generally ranging from three years to 12 years.

 

Network services revenues are generally recognized under a method which approximates the completed contract method. This method is used because these services are typically completed in relatively short periods of time and financial position and results of operations do not vary significantly from those which would result from use of the percentage-of-completion method. These services are considered complete when the terms and conditions of the contract or agreement have been completed. Costs and revenues associated with contracts not complete at the end of a period are deferred and recognized when the installation becomes operational. Any losses on contracts are recognized at such time as they become known.

 

Some of the Company’s arrangements with its customers call for the performance of multiple revenue-generating activities. Generally, these arrangements include both site rental and network services. In such cases, the Company determines whether the multiple deliverables are to be accounted for separately or on a combined basis. In order to be accounted for separately, the undelivered items must (1) have stand-alone value to the customer, (2) have reliably determinable fair value on a separate basis, and (3) have delivery which is probable and under the control of the Company. Allocation of recognized revenue in such arrangements is based on the relative fair value of the separately delivered items.

 

Corporate Development Expenses

 

Corporate development expenses represent costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and development of new business initiatives.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates.

 

Per Share Information

 

Per share information is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period for the basic computation and, if dilutive, the weighted-average number of potential common shares resulting

 

67


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

from the assumed conversion of outstanding stock options, warrants, convertible preferred stock and convertible senior notes for the diluted computation.

 

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
    

(In thousands of dollars,

except per share amounts)

 

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (396,330 )

Dividends on preferred stock

     (79,028 )     (79,786 )     (54,294 )

Gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     —         99,424       349  
    


 


 


Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle applicable to common stock for basic and diluted computations

     (445,195 )     (252,883 )     (450,275 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         (2,035 )
    


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stock for basic and diluted

computations

   $ (445,195 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period for basic and diluted computations (in thousands)

     214,246       218,028       216,947  
    


 


 


Per common share—basic and diluted:

                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.08 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         (0.01 )
    


 


 


Net loss

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


 

The calculations of common shares outstanding for the diluted computations exclude the following potential common shares. The inclusion of such potential common shares in the diluted per share computations would be antidilutive since the Company incurred net losses for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003.

 

     December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

     (In thousands)

Options to purchase shares of common stock at exercise prices currently ranging from $-0- to $39.75 per share

   23,873    22,975    18,994

Warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share

   640    640    640

Warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $26.875 per share

   1,000    1,000    1,000

Shares of 8 1/4% Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock which are convertible into shares of common stock

   7,442    7,442    7,442

Share of 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock which are convertible into shares of common stock

   10,915    8,625    8,625

Shares of restricted common stock

   —      —      1,873

4% Convertible Senior Notes which are convertible into shares of common stock

   —      —      21,237
    
  
  

Total potential common shares

   43,870    40,682    59,811
    
  
  

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Crown Castle UK Holdings Limited (“CCUK”) and Crown Castle Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. (“CCAL”) use the British pound sterling and the Australian dollar, respectively, as the functional currencies for their operations. The Company translates CCUK’s and CCAL’s results of operations using the average exchange rates for the period, and translates CCUK’s and CCAL’s assets and liabilities using the exchange rates at the end of the period. The cumulative effect of changes in the exchange rates are recorded as translation adjustments in stockholders’ equity.

 

68


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value for these instruments. The estimated fair value of the investment securities is based on quoted market prices. The estimated fair value of the Company’s public debt securities is based on quoted market prices, and the estimated fair value of the other long-term debt is determined based on the current rates offered for similar borrowings. The estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is based on the amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the balance sheet date. The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, along with the carrying amounts of the related assets (liabilities), are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2002

    December 31, 2003

 
    

Carrying

Amount


   

Fair

Value


   

Carrying

Amount


   

Fair

Value


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 516,172     $ 516,172     $ 462,427     $ 462,427  

Short-term investments (to be held to maturity)

     115,697       116,461       —         —    

Long-term debt

     (3,226,960 )     (2,886,091 )     (3,449,992 )     (3,651,057 )

Interest rate swap agreements, net

     (9,911 )     (9,911 )     (4,345 )     (4,345 )

 

The Company does not currently hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company used the “intrinsic value based method” of accounting for its stock-based employee compensation plans until December 31, 2002 (see Note 9). This method does not result in the recognition of compensation expense when employee stock options are granted if the exercise price of the options equals or exceeds the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. The exercise prices for the substantial portion of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 were equal to or in excess of the market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As such, no compensation cost was recognized for the substantial portion of the stock options granted during those years (see Note 9). On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting (using the “prospective method” of transition) for stock-based employee compensation awards granted on or after that date (see “Recent Accounting Pronouncements”). The following table shows the pro forma effect on the Company’s net loss and loss per share as if compensation cost had been recognized for stock options based on their fair value at the date of grant. The pro forma effect of stock options on the Company’s net loss for those years may not be representative of the pro forma effect for future years due to the impact of vesting and potential future awards.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
    

(In thousands of dollars,

except per share amounts)

 

Net loss, as reported

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (398,365 )

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss

     6,112       5,349       20,654  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards

     (35,861 )     (32,625 )     (34,918 )
    


 


 


Net loss, as adjusted

     (395,916 )     (299,797 )     (412,629 )

Dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     (79,028 )     19,638       (53,945 )
    


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stock for basic and diluted computations, as adjusted

   $ (474,944 )   $ (280,159 )   $ (466,574 )
    


 


 


Loss per common share—basic and diluted:

                        

As reported

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


As adjusted

   $ (2.22 )   $ (1.28 )   $ (2.15 )
    


 


 


 

69


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”). SFAS 133 requires that derivative instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet based on their fair values. Changes in the fair values of such derivative instruments are recorded either in results of operations or in other comprehensive income (loss), depending on the intended use of the derivative instrument. The initial application of SFAS 133 is reported as the effect of a change in accounting principle. The adoption of SFAS 133 resulted in a net transition adjustment gain of approximately $178,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), the recognition of approximately $363,000 of derivative instrument assets and the recognition of approximately $185,000 of derivative instrument liabilities. The amounts for this transition adjustment are based on current fair value measurements at the date of adoption of SFAS 133. The Company expects that the adoption of SFAS 133 will increase the volatility of other comprehensive income (loss) as reported in its future financial statements.

 

The derivative instruments recognized upon the Company’s adoption of SFAS 133 consist of interest rate swap agreements. Such agreements are used to manage interest rate risk on a portion of the Company’s floating rate indebtedness, and are designated as cash flow hedging instruments in accordance with SFAS 133. The interest rate swap agreements had notional amounts aggregating $150,000,000 at January 1, 2001, and effectively convert the interest payments on an equal amount of debt from a floating rate to a fixed rate. As such, the Company is protected from future increases in market interest rates on that portion of its indebtedness. To the extent that the interest rate swap agreements are effective in hedging the Company’s interest rate risk, the changes in their fair values are recorded as other comprehensive income (loss). Amounts recorded as other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified into results of operations in the same periods that the hedged interest costs are recorded in interest expense. The Company estimates that such reclassified amounts will be approximately $3,300,000 for the year ending December 31, 2004. To the extent that any portions of the interest rate swap agreements are deemed ineffective, the related changes in fair values are recognized in results of operations. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in consolidated stockholders’ equity includes $9,911,000 and $4,345,000, respectively, in losses related to derivative instruments.

 

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). SFAS 141 prohibits the use of the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations, and requires that the purchase method be used for all business combinations after June 30, 2001. SFAS 141 also changes the manner in which acquired intangible assets are identified and recognized apart from goodwill. Further, SFAS 141 requires additional disclosures regarding the reasons for business combinations, the allocation of the purchase price to recognized assets and liabilities and the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company has used the purchase method of accounting since its inception, so the adoption of SFAS 141 will not change its method of accounting for business combinations. The Company adopted the other recognition and disclosure requirements of SFAS 141 as of July 1, 2001 for any future business combinations. The transition provisions of SFAS 141 required that the carrying amounts for goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in prior purchase method business combinations be reviewed and reclassified in accordance with the new recognition rules; such reclassifications were to be made in conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 142. The application of these transition provisions of SFAS 141 as of January 1, 2002 resulted in a reclassification of other intangible assets with finite useful lives (the value of site rental contracts from the acquisition of Crown Communication) to deferred financing costs and other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value of such reclassified intangible assets were $26,000,000, $11,483,000 and $14,517,000 at January 1, 2002, respectively (see Note 4). The net book value of these intangible assets will be amortized using a revised life of 10 years.

 

SFAS 142 changes the accounting and disclosure requirements for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. The most significant provision of SFAS 142 is that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives will no longer be amortized, but rather will be tested for impairment on an annual basis. This annual impairment test will involve (1) a step to identify potential impairment at a reporting unit level based on fair values, and (2) a step to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. Intangible assets with finite useful lives will

 

70


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

continue to be amortized over such lives, and tested for impairment in accordance with the Company’s existing policies. SFAS 142 requires disclosures about goodwill and other intangible assets in the periods subsequent to their acquisition, including (1) changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, in total and by operating segment, (2) the carrying amounts of intangible assets subject to amortization and those which are not subject to amortization, (3) information about impairment losses recognized, and (4) the estimated amount of intangible asset amortization expense for the next five years. The provisions of SFAS 142 were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. In addition, the nonamortization provisions of SFAS 142 were to be immediately applied for goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in business combinations subsequent to June 30, 2001. The Company adopted the requirements of SFAS 142 as of January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 required that transitional impairment tests be performed at its adoption, and provided that resulting impairment losses for goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives be reported as the effect of a change in accounting principle. The Company completed its transitional impairment tests and determined that no impairment losses for goodwill and other intangible assets were to be recorded upon the adoption of SFAS 142. The Company’s depreciation and amortization expense has decreased by approximately $60,617,000 per year as a result of the adoption of SFAS 142. If amortization of goodwill had not been recorded, and if amortization of other intangible assets had been recorded using the revised life, the Company’s net loss and loss per share would have been as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars, except per share amount)  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (398,365 )

Add back: amortization of goodwill

     60,485       —         —    

Adjust: amortization of other intangible assets

     1,148       —         —    
    


 


 


Net loss, as adjusted

     (304,534 )     (272,521 )     (398,365 )

Dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     (79,028 )     19,638       (53,945 )
    


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stock for basic and diluted computations, as adjusted

   $ (383,562 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


Per common share—basic and diluted:

                        

Net loss, as reported

   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )

Amortization of goodwill

     0.28       —         —    

Adjustment for amortization of other intangible assets

     0.01       —         —    
    


 


 


Net loss, as adjusted

   $ (1.79 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


 

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is to be recognized in the period in which it is incurred and can be reasonably estimated. Such asset retirement costs are to be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the asset’s estimated useful life. Fair value estimates of liabilities for asset retirement obligations will generally involve discounted future cash flows. Periodic accretion of such liabilities due to the passage of time is to be recorded as an operating expense. The provisions of SFAS 143 were effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002, with initial application as of the beginning of the fiscal year. The Company adopted the requirements of SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in the recognition of liabilities amounting to $4,062,000 for contingent retirement obligations under certain tower site land leases (included in other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet), the recognition of asset retirement costs amounting to $1,391,000 (included in property and equipment on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet), and the recognition of a charge for the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle amounting to $2,035,000 (net of related income tax benefits of $636,000). Accretion expense related to liabilities for contingent retirement obligations (included in depreciation, amortization and accretion on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations) amounted to $428,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2003, liabilities for contingent retirement obligations amounted to $4,836,000. If the provisions of SFAS 143 had been applied during all periods presented, liabilities for contingent retirement obligations would have amounted to $3,007,000 and $3,330,000 at January 1, 2001 and December 31, 2001, respectively.

 

71


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In August 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”). SFAS 144 supersedes Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of (“SFAS 121”), but retains many of its fundamental provisions. SFAS 144 also clarifies certain measurement and classification issues from SFAS 121. In addition, SFAS 144 supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions for the disposal of a business segment as found in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions (“APB 30”). However, SFAS 144 retains the requirement in APB 30 to separately report discontinued operations, and broadens the scope of such requirement to include more types of disposal transactions. The scope of SFAS 144 excludes goodwill and other intangible assets that are not to be amortized, as the accounting for such items is prescribed by SFAS 142. The provisions of SFAS 144 were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and are to be applied prospectively. The adoption of the requirements of SFAS 144 as of January 1, 2002 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections (“SFAS 145”). SFAS 145 amends or rescinds a number of authoritative pronouncements, including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt (“SFAS 4”). SFAS 4 required that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt that were included in the determination of net income or loss be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. Upon adoption of SFAS 145, gains and losses from extinguishment of debt will no longer be classified as an extraordinary item, but rather will generally be classified as part of other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Any such gains or losses classified as an extraordinary item in prior periods were to be reclassified in future financial statement presentations. The provisions of SFAS 145 related to the rescission of SFAS 4 were effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002, with early application encouraged. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 as of January 1, 2002.

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”). SFAS 146 replaces the previous accounting guidance provided by Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)” (“EITF 94-3”). SFAS 146 requires that costs associated with exit or disposal activities be recognized when they are incurred, rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan (as provided by EITF 94-3). Examples of costs covered by SFAS 146 include certain employee severance costs and lease termination costs that are associated with a restructuring or discontinued operation. The provisions of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002, and are to be applied prospectively. The Company adopted the requirements of SFAS 146 as of January 1, 2003. See Note 14.

 

In November 2002, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force released its final consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”). EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting for arrangements under which multiple revenue-generating activities will be performed, including the determination of whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. The guidance in EITF 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company adopted the provisions of EITF 00-21 as of July 1, 2003, and such adoption did not have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the provisions of SFAS 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results of operations. The Company adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 as of December 31, 2002. On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair

 

72


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation using the “prospective” method of transition as provided by SFAS 148. Under this transition method, the Company will recognize compensation cost for all employee awards granted on or after January 1, 2003. The adoption of this new accounting method did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”). In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised version of FIN 46. FIN 46 clarifies existing accounting literature regarding the consolidation of entities in which a company holds a “controlling financial interest”. A majority voting interest in an entity has generally been considered indicative of a controlling financial interest. FIN 46 specifies other factors (“variable interests”) which must be considered when determining whether a company holds a controlling financial interest in, and therefore must consolidate, an entity (“variable interest entities”). The provisions of FIN 46, as revised, are effective for the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The Company will adopt the provisions of FIN 46 as of March 31, 2004, and does not expect that such adoption will have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 requires that mandatorily redeemable financial instruments issued in the form of shares be classified as liabilities, and specifies certain measurement and disclosure requirements for such instruments. The provisions of SFAS 150 were effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company adopted the requirements of SFAS 150 as of July 1, 2003. The Company determined that (1) its 12 3/4% Exchangeable Preferred Stock was to be reclassified as a liability upon adoption of SFAS 150 and (2) its 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock and its 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock were not to be reclassified as liabilities, since the conversion features caused them to be contingently redeemable rather than mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. In addition, the dividends on the Company’s 12 3/4% Exchangeable Preferred Stock are included in interest expense on its consolidated statement of operations beginning on July 1, 2003. See Note 8.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132 (revised 2003), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (“SFAS 132(R)”). SFAS 132(R) revises the required disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. SFAS 132(R) replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (which was originally issued in February 1998), but retains its disclosure requirements. SFAS 132(R) requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans, and requires that certain disclosures be included in interim financial statements. SFAS 132(R) will apply to the Company’s disclosures for CCUK’s defined benefit plan (see Note 10). The provisions of SFAS 132(R) are generally effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003; however, many of the new disclosure requirements for information about foreign plans, as well as information about future benefit payments, do not become effective until fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. The interim-period disclosure requirements of SFAS 132(R) are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2003. The Company has adopted the annual reporting requirements of SFAS 132(R) as of December 31, 2003, except for the disclosure about future benefit payments. The Company will provide such disclosure about future benefit payments as of December 31, 2004. The Company will adopt the interim-period reporting requirements as of March 31, 2004.

 

2. Acquisitions

 

During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company consummated a number of asset acquisitions which were accounted for using the purchase method. Results of operations and cash flows of the acquired assets are included in the consolidated financial statements for the periods subsequent to the respective dates of acquisition.

 

BellSouth Mobility Inc. and BellSouth Telecommunications Inc. (“BellSouth”)

 

The Company has an agreement with BellSouth (now part of Cingular) under which the Company acquired the operating rights for certain of their towers. During 2001, the Company closed on 77 towers and paid $25,600,000 in cash.

 

73


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

BellSouth DCS

 

The Company has an agreement with certain affiliates of BellSouth (“BellSouth DCS”, now part of Cingular) under which the Company acquired the operating rights for certain of their towers. During 2001, the Company closed on 13 towers and paid $5,547,000 in cash.

 

Crown Castle Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. (“CCAL”)

 

CCAL (a 77.6% owned subsidiary of the Company) had an agreement to purchase towers in Australia from Vodafone. During 2001, CCAL acquired 643 of such towers and paid $123,506,000 in cash.

 

3. Property and Equipment

 

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives


   December 31,

 
        2002

    2003

 
        (In thousands of dollars)  

Land and buildings

   0-40 years    $ 193,235     $ 188,732  

Telecommunications towers and broadcast transmission equipment

   5-20 years      5,377,156       5,630,056  

Transportation and other equipment

   3-15 years      18,476       28,018  

Office furniture and equipment

   2-10 years      119,877       127,857  
         


 


            5,708,744       5,974,663  

Less: accumulated depreciation

          (880,711 )     (1,232,718 )
         


 


          $ 4,828,033     $ 4,741,945  
         


 


 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $265,395,000, $300,461,000 and $322,421,000, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on telecommunications towers and broadcast transmission equipment was $593,752,000 and $852,748,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2003, minimum rentals receivable under existing operating leases for towers are as follows: years ending December 31, 2004—$786,090,000; 2005—$743,800,000; 2006—$709,796,000; 2007—$561,778,000; 2008—$527,623,000; thereafter—$2,099,793,000.

 

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

A summary of goodwill by operating segments is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

     CCUSA

   CCUK

   Crown
Atlantic


   Consolidated
Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 164,023    $ 817,514    $ 55,377    $ 1,036,914

Effect of exchange rate changes

     —        30,127      —        30,127
    

  

  

  

Balance at end of year

   $ 164,023    $ 847,641    $ 55,377    $ 1,067,041
    

  

  

  

 

74


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

   Crown
Atlantic


  

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 164,023     $ 847,641    $ 55,377    $ 1,067,041  

Goodwill acquired

     48,281       —        —        48,281  

Goodwill written off related to sale of subsidiary

     (610 )     —        —        (610 )

Effect of exchange rate changes

     —         92,001      —        92,001  
    


 

  

  


Balance at end of year

   $ 211,694     $ 939,642    $ 55,377    $ 1,206,713  
    


 

  

  


 

During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company performed its annual update of the impairment test for goodwill. The results of this test indicated that goodwill was not impaired at any of the Company’s reporting units. The Company has included the results of the joint venture transactions with Verizon Communications in its most recent evaluations (see Note 7).

 

The value of site rental contracts from acquisitions included in CCUSA are accounted for as other intangible assets with finite useful lives, and are included in deferred financing costs and other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. A summary of other intangible assets with finite useful lives is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

 
     Gross
Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


   

Net Book

Value


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 26,000    $ (11,483 )   $ 14,517  

Amortization expense

     —        (1,452 )     (1,452 )
    

  


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 26,000    $ (12,935 )   $ 13,065  
    

  


 


     Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     Gross
Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


   

Net Book

Value


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 26,000    $ (12,935 )   $ 13,065  

Other intangible assets acquired

     4,005      —         4,005  

Amortization expense

     —        (1,718 )     (1,718 )
    

  


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 30,005    $ (14,653 )   $ 15,352  
    

  


 


Estimated aggregate amortization expense:

                       

Years ending December 31, 2004 through 2008

          $ 1,852          
           


       

 

Effective May 1, 2003, the Company acquired all of Verizon Communications’ equity interests in Crown Castle GT in a transaction accounted for using the purchase method (see Note 7). In connection with the purchase price allocation for this transaction, the Company recorded goodwill of $48,281,000 and other intangible assets (representing the acquired portion of the estimated fair value of Crown Castle GT’s site rental contracts) of $4,005,000. These intangible assets will be amortized using an estimated useful life of 10 years.

 

75


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

2000 Credit Facility

   $ 700,000     $ 1,289,750  

CCUK Credit Facility

     144,855       —    

Crown Atlantic Credit Facility

     250,000       195,000  

9% Guaranteed Bonds due 2007

     201,188       —    

10 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007

     239,160       —    

4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010

     —         230,000  

10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, net of discount

     390,905       12,366  

9% Senior Notes due 2011

     165,700       161,712  

11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, net of discount

     170,777       10,979  

9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011

     114,265       114,265  

10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011

     442,885       428,695  

9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011

     407,225       407,225  

7.5% Senior Notes due 2013

     —         300,000  

7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013

     —         300,000  
    


 


       3,226,960       3,449,992  

Less: current maturities

     (14,250 )     (267,142 )
    


 


     $ 3,212,710     $ 3,182,850  
    


 


 

2000 Credit Facility

 

A subsidiary of the Company has a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (as amended, the “2000 Credit Facility”) which previously consisted of two term loan facilities and a revolving line of credit aggregating $1,200,000,000. On October 10, 2003, the Company entered into an amendment of the 2000 Credit Facility. The amended credit agreement consists of two term loan facilities and a revolving line of credit aggregating $1,642,500,000. After closing of the amended credit agreement, the Term A loan had a balance of $192,500,000, the Term B loan had a balance of $1,100,000,000, and there were no amounts drawn under the $350,000,000 revolving line of credit.

 

Upon closing of the amended credit agreement, the Company received $702,000,000 in gross proceeds from the increased Term B loan. The Company utilized (1) $100,000,000 of such proceeds to reduce the outstanding borrowings under the Term A loan and (2) $58,968,000 of such proceeds to repay the remaining amounts borrowed under the CCUK Credit Facility, including accrued interest and fees. In addition, on November 10, 2003, the Company used approximately $248,284,000 of such proceeds to redeem CCUK’s 9% Guaranteed Bonds, including accrued interest and redemption premiums. The remaining proceeds from the increased Term B loan are being used for general corporate purposes, including the purchase of the Company’s public debt securities and its 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In connection with the amendment of the 2000 Credit Agreement and the retirement of CCUK’s indebtedness, the Company has designated CCUK as a restricted subsidiary for purposes of the amended credit agreement as well as under the Company’s bond indentures. The amendment of the 2000 Credit Facility resulted in a loss of approximately $1,755,000 consisting of the write-off of certain financing costs. Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

The amount of available borrowings under the 2000 Credit Facility will decrease by stated amounts at the end of each calendar quarter beginning on (1) December 31, 2003 for the Term B loan and the revolving line of credit and (2) June 30, 2004 for the Term A loan. Any remaining borrowings under the Term A loan and the revolving line of credit must be repaid on September 15, 2007. Any remaining borrowings under the Term B loan must be repaid on September 30, 2010. Under certain circumstances, the Company’s subsidiaries may be required to make principal prepayments under the 2000 Credit Facility in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined), the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales or the net cash proceeds from certain borrowings. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $341,250,000 of borrowings was available under the 2000 Credit Facility, of which $25,000,000 was

 

76


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

available for letters of credit. There were no letters of credit outstanding under the 2000 Credit Facility as of December 31, 2003.

 

The 2000 Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of CCUSA, CCUK and CCAL, and the Company’s pledge of the capital stock of those subsidiaries. In addition, the 2000 Credit Facility is guaranteed by CCIC. Under the amended credit agreement, borrowings from the Term A loan and the revolving line of credit bear interest at rates per annum, at the Company’s election, equal to the bank’s prime rate plus a margin of 1.75% or a Eurodollar interbank offered rate (LIBOR) plus a margin of 2.75%. The interest rate margins on the Term A loan and the revolving line of credit may be reduced by up to 1.00% (non-cumulatively) based on a financial test, determined quarterly. Borrowings from the Term B loan bear interest at rates per annum, at the Company’s election, equal to the bank’s prime rate plus a margin of 2.50% or LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50%. The interest rate margins on the Term B loan may be reduced by up to 0.25% (non-cumulatively) based on a financial test, determined quarterly. Interest on prime rate loans is due quarterly, while interest on LIBOR loans is due at the end of the period (from one to six months) for which such LIBOR rate is in effect. At December 31, 2003, the interest rates in effect for the Term A loan and the Term B loan were 3.41% and 4.66%, respectively. The 2000 Credit Facility requires the borrower to maintain certain financial covenants and places restrictions on its ability to, among other things, incur debt and liens, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, dispose of assets, undertake transactions with affiliates and make investments.

 

CCUK Credit Facility

 

CCUK had a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (as amended, the “CCUK Credit Facility”). The amended CCUK Credit Facility consisted of a £120,000,000 (approximately $199,860,000) secured revolving loan facility. During 2003, CCUK repaid £55,000,000 (approximately $89,805,000) in outstanding borrowings under the CCUK Credit Facility. CCUK utilized cash provided by its operations to effect these repayments. On October 10, 2003, the Company repaid the remaining £35,000,000 (approximately $58,293,000) in outstanding borrowings under the CCUK Credit Facility, along with accrued interest and fees, utilizing proceeds from the amended 2000 Credit Facility. The repayment of the CCUK Credit Facility resulted in a loss of approximately $2,422,000, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

Crown Atlantic Credit Facility

 

Crown Atlantic has a credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (as amended, the “Crown Atlantic Credit Facility”) which consists of a $301,050,000 secured revolving line of credit. Available borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility are generally to be used to construct new towers and to finance a portion of the purchase price for towers and related assets of Crown Atlantic. The amount of available borrowings is determined based on the current financial performance (as defined) of Crown Atlantic’s assets. In addition, up to $25,000,000 of borrowing availability under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility can be used for letters of credit.

 

During 2002 and 2003, Crown Atlantic repaid $50,000,000 and $55,000,000, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility. Crown Atlantic utilized cash provided by its operations to effect these repayments. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $106,050,000 of borrowings was available under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility, of which $25,000,000 was available for letters of credit (see Note 16). There were no letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2003.

 

The amount of available borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility decrease by a stated amount at the end of each calendar quarter until March 31, 2006, at which time any remaining borrowings must be repaid. Under certain circumstances, Crown Atlantic may be required to make principal prepayments under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined), the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales or the net cash proceeds from certain sales of equity or debt securities.

 

The Crown Atlantic Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of the membership interest in Crown Atlantic and a security interest in Crown Atlantic’s tenant leases. Borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum, at Crown Atlantic’s election, equal to the bank’s prime rate plus 1.25% or a Eurodollar

 

77


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

interbank offered rate (LIBOR) plus 2.75%. The interest rate margins may be reduced by up to 1.25% (non-cumulatively) based on a financial test, determined quarterly. Interest on prime rate loans is due quarterly, while interest on LIBOR loans is due at the end of the period (from one to three months) for which such LIBOR rate is in effect. At December 31, 2003, the interest rate in effect for outstanding borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility was 2.66%. The Crown Atlantic Credit Facility requires Crown Atlantic to maintain certain financial covenants and places restrictions on Crown Atlantic’s ability to, among other things, incur debt and liens, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, dispose of assets, undertake transactions with affiliates and make investments.

 

9% Guaranteed Bonds due 2007 (“CCUK Bonds”)

 

CCUK had issued £125,000,000 (approximately $211,536,000) aggregate principal amount of the CCUK Bonds. On November 10, 2003, the Company utilized approximately $248,284,000 of proceeds from the amended 2000 Credit Facility to redeem the CCUK Bonds, including accrued interest thereon of approximately $11,635,000. The redemption resulted in a loss of $28,916,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($3,841,000) and the redemption premium ($25,075,000). Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

10 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007 (the “10 5/8% Discount Notes”)

 

The Company had originally issued $251,000,000 aggregate principal amount (at maturity) of the 10 5/8% Discount Notes. The 10 5/8% Discount Notes did not pay any interest until May 15, 2003, at which time semi-annual interest payments commenced and became due on each May 15 and November 15 thereafter. On May 30, 2003, the Company announced that it had elected to redeem all of the 10 5/8% Discount Notes at the contractual redemption price of 105.313% of the outstanding principal amount. On July 7, 2003, the Company utilized $255,537,000 of its cash to redeem the $239,160,000 in outstanding principal amount of the 10 5/8% Discount Notes, including accrued interest thereon of $3,670,000. The redemption resulted in a loss of $18,857,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($6,151,000) and the redemption premium ($12,706,000). Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The redemption of the 10 5/8% Discount Notes, combined with the issuance of the 4% Convertible Senior Notes (as discussed below), will result in decreased interest expense of approximately $16,211,000 per year.

 

4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010 (the “4% Convertible Senior Notes”)

 

On July 2, 2003, the Company issued $230,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4% Convertible Senior Notes for proceeds of $223,100,000 (after underwriting discounts of $6,900,000). The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used to fund a portion of the redemption price for the 10 5/8% Discount Notes. Semi-annual interest payments for the 4% Convertible Senior Notes are due on each January 15 and July 15, beginning on January 15, 2004. The maturity date of the 4% Convertible Senior Notes is July 15, 2010.

 

The 4% Convertible Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after July 18, 2008 at a price of 101.143% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price is reduced to 100.571% on July 15, 2009. The 4% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, in whole or in part at any time, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $10.83 per share of common stock. Conversion of all of the 4% Convertible Senior Notes would result in the issuance of 21,237,303 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the “10 3/8% Discount Notes”) and 9% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “9% Senior Notes”)

 

The Company had originally issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount (at maturity) of its 10 3/8% Discount Notes and $180,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9% Senior Notes. The 10 3/8% Discount Notes will not pay any interest until November 15, 2004, at which time semi-annual interest payments will commence and become due on each May 15 and November 15 thereafter. Semi-annual interest payments for the 9% Senior Notes are due on each May 15 and November 15. The maturity date of the 10 3/8% Discount Notes and the 9% Senior Notes

 

78


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

is May 15, 2011. The 10 3/8% Discount Notes are net of unamortized discount of $58,220,000 and $475,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

The 10 3/8% Discount Notes and the 9% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after May 15, 2004 at prices of 105.187% and 104.5%, respectively, of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption prices are reduced annually until May 15, 2007, after which time the 10 3/8% Discount Notes and the 9% Senior Notes are redeemable at par. In December of 2003 and January of 2004, the Company purchased a significant portion of the outstanding 10 3/8% Discount Notes and 9% Senior Notes in two cash tender offers and consent solicitations (see “Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities” below).

 

11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the “11 1/4% Discount Notes”) and 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “9 1/2% Senior Notes”)

 

The Company had originally issued $260,000,000 aggregate principal amount (at maturity) of its 11 1/4% Discount Notes and $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 1/2% Senior Notes. The 11 1/4% Discount Notes will not pay any interest until February 1, 2005, at which time semi-annual interest payments will commence and become due on each February 1 and August 1 thereafter. Semi-annual interest payments for the 9 1/2% Senior Notes are due on each February 1 and August 1. The maturity date of the 11 1/4% Discount Notes and the 9 1/2% Senior Notes is August 1, 2011. The 11 1/4% Discount Notes are net of unamortized discount of $32,273,000 and $721,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

The 11 1/4% Discount Notes and the 9 1/2% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2004 at prices of 105.625% and 104.75%, respectively, of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption prices are reduced annually until August 1, 2007, after which time the 11 1/4% Discount Notes and the 9 1/2% Senior Notes are redeemable at par. In December of 2003 and January of 2004, the Company purchased a significant portion of the outstanding 11 1/4% Discount Notes and 9 1/2% Senior Notes in two cash tender offers and consent solicitations (see “Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities” below).

 

10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “10 3/4% Senior Notes”)

 

The Company had originally issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10 3/4% Senior Notes. Semi-annual interest payments for the 10 3/4% Senior Notes are due on each February 1 and August 1. The maturity date of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes is August 1, 2011.

 

The 10 3/4% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2005 at a price of 105.375% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price is reduced annually until August 1, 2008, after which time the 10 3/4% Senior Notes are redeemable at par.

 

9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “9 3/8% Senior Notes”)

 

On May 10, 2001, the Company issued $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9 3/8% Senior Notes for proceeds of $441,000,000 (after underwriting discounts of $9,000,000). The proceeds from the sale of these securities are being used to fund the initial interest payments on the 9 3/8% Senior Notes and for general corporate purposes. Semi-annual interest payments for the 9 3/8% Senior Notes are due on each February 1 and August 1. The maturity date of the 9 3/8% Senior Notes is August 1, 2011.

 

The 9 3/8% Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2006 at a price of 104.688% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price is reduced annually until August 1, 2009, after which time the 9 3/8% Senior Notes are redeemable at par. Prior to August 1, 2004, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9 3/8% Senior Notes, at a price of 109.375% of the principal amount thereof, with the net cash proceeds from a public offering of the Company’s common stock.

 

79


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7.5% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “7.5% Senior Notes”) and 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 (the “7.5% Series B Senior Notes”)

 

On December 2, 2003, the Company issued $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% Senior Notes for net proceeds of $293,250,000. The proceeds from the sale of these securities were used to fund a portion of the purchase price in connection with the cash tender offer for the Company’s 10 3/8% Discount Notes and 11 1/4% Discount Notes (see “Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities” below). On December 11, 2003, the Company issued $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% Series B Senior Notes for net proceeds of $292,500,000. The proceeds from the sale of these securities will be used to fund the purchase price in connection with the cash tender offer for the Company’s 9% Senior Notes and 9 1/2% Senior Notes (see “Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities” below) and for general corporate purposes. Semi-annual interest payments for the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes are due on each June 1 and December 1, beginning on June 1, 2004. The maturity date of the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes is December 1, 2013.

 

The 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after December 1, 2008 at a price of 103.75% of the principal amount plus accrued interest. The redemption price is reduced annually until December 1, 2011, after which time the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes are redeemable at par. Prior to December 1, 2006, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes, at a price of 107.5% of the principal amount thereof, with the net cash proceeds from a public offering of the Company’s common stock.

 

Structural Subordination of the Debt Securities

 

The 4% Convertible Senior Notes, the 10 3/8% Discount Notes, the 9% Senior Notes, the 11 1/4% Discount Notes, the 9 1/2% Senior Notes, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes, the 9 3/8% Senior Notes, the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes (collectively, the “Debt Securities”) are senior indebtedness of the Company; however, they are unsecured and effectively subordinate to the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries, which include outstanding borrowings under the 2000 Credit Facility and the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility. The indentures governing the Debt Securities (the “Indentures”) place restrictions on the Company’s ability to, among other things, pay dividends and make capital distributions, make investments, incur additional debt and liens, issue additional preferred stock, dispose of assets and undertake transactions with affiliates. As of December 31, 2003, the Company was effectively precluded from paying dividends on its capital stock under the terms of the Indentures. In connection with the cash tender offers and consent solicitations for the Company’s 10 3/8% Discount Notes and 11 1/4% Discount Notes, substantially all of the restrictive covenants under the indentures for those two securities have been eliminated. In connection with the cash tender offers and consent solicitations for the Company’s 9% Senior Notes and 9 1/2% Senior Notes, substantially all of the restrictive covenants under the indentures for those two securities will be eliminated in January of 2004. See “Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities” below.

 

Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities

 

In August and September of 2002, the Company began purchasing its stock (both common and preferred) and debt securities in public market transactions (see Notes 8 and 9). Through December 31, 2002, the Company purchased debt securities with an aggregate principal amount (at maturity) of $244,590,000. Such debt securities had an aggregate carrying value (net of unamortized discounts) of $226,511,000. The Company utilized $142,820,000 in cash ($96,509,000 from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary and $46,311,000 from CCIC) to effect these debt purchases. The debt purchases resulted in gains of $79,138,000 ($0.36 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2002. Such gains are included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Company’s purchases of its debt securities in 2002 were as follows:

 

80


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

               Cash Paid

    
     Principal
Amount


   Carrying
Value


   CCIC

   Unrestricted
Subsidiary


   Total

  

Gains on

Purchases


     (In thousands of dollars)

10 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007

   $ 11,840    $ 11,701    $ 4,335    $ 4,149    $ 8,484    $ 2,859

10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011

     50,875      43,290      12,707      12,188      24,895      17,662

9% Senior Notes due 2011

     14,300      14,300      3,105      5,798      8,903      5,054

11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011

     56,950      46,595      11,587      15,304      26,891      19,137

9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011

     10,735      10,735      1,718      5,296      7,014      3,537

10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011

     57,115      57,115      12,859      26,520      39,379      16,178

9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011

     42,775      42,775      —        27,254      27,254      14,711
    

  

  

  

  

  

     $ 244,590    $ 226,511    $ 46,311    $ 96,509    $ 142,820    $ 79,138
    

  

  

  

  

  

 

In October of 2003, the Company purchased debt securities with an aggregate principal amount and carrying value of $18,178,000 in public market transactions. The Company utilized $20,146,000 of its cash to effect these debt purchases. The debt purchases resulted in losses of $2,397,000 which are included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

On November 24, 2003, the Company commenced cash tender offers and consent solicitations for all of its outstanding 10 3/8% Discount Notes and 11 1/4% Discount Notes. On December 18, 2003, in accordance with the terms of the tender offers, the purchase prices for the tendered notes were determined to be 104.569% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity for the 10 3/8% Discount Notes and 104.603% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity for the 11 1/4% Discount Notes. Such purchase prices include a consent payment of $20.00 for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the tendered notes. On December 24, 2003, the Company (1) utilized approximately $456,218,000 of its cash to purchase the $436,284,000 in outstanding principal amount at maturity of the tendered 10 3/8% Discount Notes and (2) utilized approximately $200,158,000 of its cash to purchase the $191,350,000 in outstanding principal amount at maturity of the tendered 11 1/4% Discount Notes. The purchase of the tendered 10 3/8% Discount Notes resulted in a loss of $42,948,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($5,443,000) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($37,505,000). The purchase of the tendered 11 1/4% Discount Notes resulted in a loss of $22,910,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($1,661,000) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($21,249,000). Such losses are included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

On December 5, 2003, the Company commenced cash tender offers and consent solicitations for all of its outstanding 9% Senior Notes and 9 1/2% Senior Notes. On December 31, 2003, in accordance with the terms of the tender offers, the purchase prices for the tendered notes (excluding accrued interest through the purchase date) were determined to be 107.112% of the outstanding principal amount for the 9% Senior Notes and 109.140% of the outstanding principal amount for the 9 1/2% Senior Notes. Such purchase prices include a consent payment of $20.00 for each $1,000 principal amount of the tendered notes. On January 7, 2004, the Company (1) utilized approximately $146,984,000 of its cash to purchase the $135,579,000 in outstanding principal amount of the tendered 9% Senior Notes, including accrued interest thereon of $1,763,000, and (2) utilized approximately $124,030,000 of its cash to purchase the $109,512,000 in outstanding principal amount of the tendered 9 1/2% Senior Notes, including accrued interest thereon of $4,508,000. The purchase of the tendered 9% Senior Notes resulted in a loss of $12,466,000 for the first quarter of 2004, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($2,823,000) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($9,643,000). The purchase of the tendered 9 1/2% Senior Notes resulted in a loss of $11,652,000 for the first quarter of 2004, consisting of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs ($1,642,000) and the excess of the total purchase price over the carrying value of the tendered notes ($10,010,000). Such losses will be included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the three months ending March 31, 2004. The 9% Senior Notes and 9 1/2% Senior Notes that were tendered through December 31, 2003 have been classified as current maturities of long-term debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003.

 

The Company’s purchases of its debt securities in 2003 and January of 2004, including the redemption of the CCUK Bonds, the redemption of the 10 5/8% Discount Notes, the purchases in public market transactions discussed

 

81


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

above and the purchases pursuant to the cash tender offers discussed above, resulted in losses of $116,028,000 ($0.53 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $24,118,000 for the three months ending March 31, 2004. Such purchases were as follows:

 

               Cash Paid

   Losses on Purchases

     Principal
Amount


   Carrying
Value


   2003

   January
2004


   2003

  

January

2004


     (In thousands of dollars)

9% Guaranteed Bonds due 2007

   $ 211,536    $ 211,536    $ 236,649    $ —      $ 28,916    $ —  

10 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007

     239,160      239,160      251,867      —        18,857      —  

10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011

     436,284      418,713      456,218      —        42,948      —  

9% Senior Notes due 2011

     139,567      139,567      4,197      145,221      294      12,466

11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011

     191,350      178,909      200,158      —        22,910      —  

9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011

     109,512      109,512      —        119,522      —        11,652

10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011

     14,190      14,190      15,949      —        2,103      —  
    

  

  

  

  

  

     $ 1,341,599    $ 1,311,587    $ 1,165,038    $ 264,743    $ 116,028    $ 24,118
    

  

  

  

  

  

 

Reporting Requirements Under the Indentures Governing the Company’s Debt Securities

 

The following information (as such capitalized terms are defined in the Indentures) is presented solely as a requirement of the Indentures; such information is not intended as an alternative measure of financial position, operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles). Furthermore, the Company’s measure of the following information may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

The Company has designated Crown Atlantic and certain investment subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Summarized financial information for (1) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

     Company
and
Restricted
Subsidiaries


   Unrestricted
Subsidiaries


   Consolidation
Eliminations


   

Consolidated

Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 304,009    $ 158,418    $ —       $ 462,427

Other current assets

     170,344      8,989      —         179,333

Property and equipment, net

     4,036,461      705,484      —         4,741,945

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     573,381      —        (573,381 )     —  

Goodwill

     1,151,336      55,377      —         1,206,713

Other assets, net

     117,798      29,375      —         147,173
    

  

  


 

     $ 6,353,329    $ 957,643    $ (573,381 )   $ 6,737,591
    

  

  


 

Current liabilities

   $ 620,496    $ 23,034    $ —       $ 643,530

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     2,987,850      195,000      —         3,182,850

Other liabilities

     205,213      6,550      —         211,763

Minority interests

     48,655      159,678      —         208,333

Redeemable preferred stock

     506,702      —        —         506,702

Stockholders’ equity

     1,984,413      573,381      (573,381 )     1,984,413
    

  

  


 

     $ 6,353,329    $ 957,643    $ (573,381 )   $ 6,737,591
    

  

  


 

 

82


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    

Three Months Ended

December 31, 2003 (Unaudited)


    Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     Company and
Restricted
Subsidiaries


    Unrestricted
Subsidiaries


    Consolidated
Total


    Company and
Restricted
Subsidiaries


    Unrestricted
Subsidiaries


    Consolidated
Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues

   $ 223,202     $ 30,644     $ 253,846     $ 813,827     $ 116,521     $ 930,348  

Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and accretion)

     101,590       11,924       113,514       373,234       44,545       417,779  

General and administrative

     21,550       3,452       25,002       83,073       11,815       94,888  

Corporate development

     1,987       —         1,987       5,564       —         5,564  

Restructuring charges (credits)

     —         —         —         1,580       (289 )     1,291  

Asset write-down charges

     6,455       345       6,800       9,807       4,510       14,317  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     80       4       84       19,302       1,352       20,654  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     72,230       10,663       82,893       281,582       42,570       324,152  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

     19,310       4,256       23,566       39,685       12,018       51,703  

Interest and other income (expense)

     (101,027 )     (578 )     (101,605 )     (140,662 )     (7,812 )     (148,474 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (70,286 )     (3,359 )     (73,645 )     (274,714 )     (14,933 )     (289,647 )

Provision for income taxes

     4,102       —         4,102       (7,518 )     —         (7,518 )

Minority interests

     860       (2,118 )     (1,258 )     3,463       (5,857 )     (2,394 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset retirement obligations

     —         —         —         (1,935 )     (100 )     (2,035 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (147,041 )   $ (1,799 )   $ (148,840 )   $ (381,681 )   $ (16,684 )   $ (398,365 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Tower Cash Flow and Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is as follows under the indentures governing the 4% Convertible Senior Notes, the 9% Senior Notes, the 9 1/2% Senior Notes, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes, the 9 3/8% Senior Notes, the 7.5% Senior Notes and the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes:

 

    

(In thousands

of dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended December 31, 2003

   $ 104,605  
    


Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003

   $ 357,520  

Less: Tower Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003

     (383,433 )

Plus: four times Tower Cash Flow, for the three months ended December 31, 2003

     418,420  
    


Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow, for the twelve months ended December 31,2003

   $ 392,507  
    


 

Maturities

 

Scheduled maturities of total long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2003 are as follows: years ending December 31, 2004—$302,338,000; 2005—$115,260,000; 2006—$201,790,000; 2007—$76,855,000; 2008—$11,000,000; thereafter—$2,763,597,000. The 2004 amount includes $264,743,000 paid in January 2004 in connection with the tender offers for the 9% Senior Notes and the 9 1/2% Senior Notes.

 

Scheduled maturities of amounts outstanding under the 2000 Credit Facility at December 31, 2003 are as follows: years ending December 31, 2004—$37,595,000; 2005—$54,060,000; 2006—$67,990,000; 2007—$76,855,000; 2008—$11,000,000; thereafter—$1,042,250,000. Scheduled maturities of amounts outstanding under

 

83


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility at December 31, 2003 are as follows: years ending December 31, 2005—$61,200,000; 2006—$133,800,000.

 

Restricted Net Assets of Subsidiaries

 

Under the terms of the 2000 Credit Facility and the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility, the Company’s subsidiaries are limited in the amount of dividends which can be paid to the Company. Under the 2000 Credit Facility, the amount of such dividends is generally limited to (1) $17,500,000 per year; (2) an amount to pay income taxes attributable to CCIC and the borrowers under the 2000 Credit Facility; and (3) an amount to pay interest on CCIC’s existing indebtedness. Crown Atlantic is effectively precluded from paying dividends. The restricted net assets of the Company’s subsidiaries totaled approximately $3,547,523,000 at December 31, 2003.

 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

 

The Company has an interest rate swap agreement in connection with amounts originally borrowed under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility. This interest rate swap agreement had an initial notional amount of $100,000,000, decreasing on a quarterly basis beginning September 30, 2003 until the termination of the agreement on March 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2003, the notional amount of this agreement is $83,750,000. The Company pays a fixed rate of 5.79% on the notional amount and receives a floating rate based on LIBOR. This agreement effectively changes the interest rate on a portion of the borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility from a floating rate to a fixed rate of 5.79% plus the applicable margin.

 

The Company had an additional interest rate swap agreement in connection with amounts borrowed under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility. This interest rate swap agreement had a notional amount of $50,000,000 and terminated on December 31, 2003. The Company paid a fixed rate of 5.89% on the notional amount and received a floating rate based on LIBOR. This agreement effectively changed the interest rate on a portion of the borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility from a floating rate to a fixed rate of 5.89% plus the applicable margin.

 

The Company does not believe there is any significant exposure to credit risk from its interest rate swap agreements due to the creditworthiness of the counterparty. In the event of nonperformance by the counterparty, the Company’s loss would be limited to any unfavorable interest rate differential.

 

Letters of Credit

 

In July of 2003, CCUK issued a revised letter of credit to British Telecom in connection with a site acquisition agreement. The letter of credit was issued through one of CCUSA’s lenders in the amount of £28,800,000 (approximately $47,866,000) and had an expiration date of October 31, 2003. In October of 2003, CCUK reached agreement to amend certain provisions of its agreements with British Telecom. Under the terms of these revised agreements, CCUK will not be required to make any further site access fee payments to British Telecom and the letter of credit was cancelled.

 

The Company has issued letters of credit to various landlords, insurers and other parties in connection with certain contingent retirement obligations under various tower site land leases and certain other contractual obligations. The letters of credit were issued through one of CCUSA’s lenders in amounts aggregating $12,801,000 and expire on various dates through October 2005.

 

6. Income Taxes

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests by geographic area is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Domestic

   $ (275,329 )   $ (271,006 )   $ (391,048 )

Foreign

     (75,666 )     8,263       4,630  
    


 


 


     $ (350,995 )   $ (262,743 )   $ (386,418 )
    


 


 


 

84


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

     (In thousands of dollars)

Current:

                    

State

   $ 33    $ —      $ —  

Foreign

     459      407      465
    

  

  

       492      407      465
    

  

  

Deferred:

                    

Foreign

     15,986      11,869      7,053
    

  

  

     $ 16,478    $ 12,276    $ 7,518
    

  

  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company has also recognized a deferred foreign income tax benefit of $636,000 related to CCUK’s portion of the cumulative effect adjustment for asset retirement obligations. This income tax benefit is included in the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

A reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to the loss before income taxes is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Benefit for income taxes at statutory rate

   $ (122,849 )   $ (91,960 )   $ (135,246 )

Losses for which no tax benefit was recognized

     118,628       102,021       137,705  

Stock-based compensation

     973       1,221       3,746  

Expenses for which no federal tax benefit was recognized

     115       123       111  

Amortization of intangible assets

     15,606       147       27  

Depreciation on basis differences in joint ventures

     1,116       —         —    

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     21       —         —    

Other

     2,868       724       1,175  
    


 


 


     $ 16,478     $ 12,276     $ 7,518  
    


 


 


 

The components of the net deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

                

Property and equipment

   $ 170,444     $ 265,455  

Basis differences in joint ventures

     5,644       —    

Other

     —         54  
    


 


Total deferred income tax liabilities

     176,088       265,509  
    


 


Deferred income tax assets:

                

Net operating loss carryforwards

     548,965       675,538  

Foreign losses

     16,609       22,069  

Accrued liabilities

     5,772       4,581  

Intangible assets

     3,064       2,999  

Pension liability

     2,945       2,025  

Derivative instruments

     1,974       1,784  

Receivables allowance

     3,766       1,300  

Puerto Rico losses

     620       1,134  

Noncompete agreement

     152       —    

Other

     728       2,458  

Valuation allowances

     (436,362 )     (488,965 )
    


 


Total deferred income tax assets, net

     148,233       224,923  
    


 


Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ 27,855     $ 40,586  
    


 


 

85


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Valuation allowances of $436,362,000 and $488,965,000 were recognized to offset net deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. If the benefits related to the valuation allowance are recognized in the future, such benefits would be allocated as follows in the Company’s consolidated financial statements:

 

Consolidated statement of operations

   $ 453,638,000

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     9,487,000

Additional paid-in capital

     25,840,000
    

     $ 488,965,000
    

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,930,000,000 which are available to offset future federal taxable income. These loss carryforwards will expire in 2010 through 2023. The utilization of the loss carryforwards is subject to certain limitations.

 

7. Minority Interests

 

Minority interests represent the minority partner’s interest in Crown Atlantic (43.1% through April 30, 2003 and 37.245% since May 1, 2003), the minority partner’s interest in Crown Castle GT (17.8% through April 30, 2003) and the minority shareholder’s 22.4% interest in CCAL.

 

On May 2, 2003, the Company entered into several agreements (the “Agreements”), dated effective May 1, 2003, relating to the Company’s two joint ventures with Verizon Communications (“Verizon”): the Crown Castle Atlantic venture (“Crown Atlantic”) and the Crown Castle GT venture (“Crown Castle GT”). Under the Agreements, certain termination rights under which Verizon could have required the Company to purchase Verizon’s interest in either or both ventures at any time were converted to put and call rights with an extended exercise date of July 1, 2007. The Company also acquired all of Verizon’s interest in Crown Castle GT in exchange for additional interests in Crown Atlantic and certain other consideration. In addition, the shares of the Company’s common stock previously held by the ventures were distributed to Verizon. Following the transactions, the Company owns 100% of Crown Castle GT and 62.755% of Crown Atlantic. Further details of the transaction and its accounting treatment are discussed below.

 

Pursuant to the Agreements, the Company acquired all of Verizon’s equity interests in Crown Castle GT (11.0% after the distribution of the shares of the Company’s common stock from Crown Castle GT to Verizon, as discussed below) in exchange for consideration consisting of (1) the transfer to a Verizon affiliate of a 13.3% equity interest in Crown Atlantic (with an estimated fair value of $63,576,000), representing consideration for the Verizon partner’s interest in the operating assets held by Crown Castle GT, (2) $5,873,000 in cash, representing the working capital of Crown Castle GT allocable to the Verizon partner’s interest reduced by the working capital of Crown Atlantic allocable to the 13.3% equity interest in Crown Atlantic transferred to the Verizon affiliate, and (3) the transfer to a Verizon affiliate of approximately 58 tower sites from the two ventures (for which the Company’s proportion of their estimated fair value aggregated $11,636,000). For the purpose of performing the purchase price allocation, the fair value measurement for the exchange of the venture interests was determined based on the current financial performance of Crown Castle GT’s tower sites, using a valuation multiple derived from the current market performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

Pursuant to the Agreements, Crown Castle GT distributed 5,063,731 shares of the Company’s common stock previously held by Crown Castle GT to that venture’s Verizon partner, resulting in a reduction in Verizon’s interest in Crown Castle GT by a fixed percentage of 6.8%. The fixed percentage reduction was agreed upon at the time of the formation of Crown Castle GT. The Company then purchased such shares from Verizon (at a negotiated price of $6.122 per share) for $31,000,000 in cash. The Company utilized cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect this stock purchase.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Agreements, Crown Atlantic distributed 15,597,783 shares of the Company’s common stock previously held by Crown Atlantic to that venture’s Verizon partner, resulting in a reduction in Verizon’s interest in Crown Atlantic by a fixed percentage of 19%. The fixed percentage reduction was agreed upon

 

86


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

at the time of the formation of Crown Atlantic. Pursuant to the registration rights contained in the Crown Atlantic formation agreement dated December 8, 1998, as amended by the Agreements, the Company filed a registration statement relating to the sale of such distributed shares on July 1, 2003. Such registration statement became effective on July 21, 2003. Subsequent to that date, Verizon has sold all of the 15,597,783 shares of the Company’s common stock to third parties.

 

The Company has accounted for the acquisition of the minority interest in Crown Castle GT using the purchase method. In connection with the purchase price allocation for the transaction, the Company recorded (1) a net decrease in the carrying value of its tower sites (included in property and equipment) of $33,679,000, (2) goodwill of $48,281,000, none of which is currently expected to be deductible for tax purposes (see Note 4), (3) other intangible assets (included in deferred financing costs and other assets) of $4,005,000 (see Note 4), (4) the elimination of minority interest related to Crown Castle GT of $55,381,000, (5) an increase in minority interest related to Crown Atlantic of $76,229,000, and (6) a loss on the issuance of the interest in Crown Atlantic of $8,114,000 (included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations). The net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites resulted from a purchase price allocation adjustment based on the estimated replacement cost of Crown Castle GT’s towers, along with the net book value of the tower sites transferred to Verizon from the two ventures. The increase in goodwill resulted primarily from the fair value of the acquired portion of Crown Castle GT in excess of the related minority interest, along with the net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites. The amounts recorded for the net decrease in the carrying value of the tower sites and the increase in other intangible assets represent the proportionate share of such allocated amounts acquired by the Company from Verizon.

 

On or after July 1, 2007, the exercise of the put right by Verizon or the call right by the Company will require the Company to purchase all of Verizon’s equity interests in Crown Atlantic for cash equal to the then fair market value of such interest. Verizon retains certain protective rights regarding the tower networks held by both Crown Atlantic and Crown Castle GT. These protective rights will remain in place after the Crown Atlantic put or call right is exercised. The protective rights relate primarily to ensuring Verizon Wireless’ quiet enjoyment as a tenant on the Crown Atlantic and Crown Castle GT sites, and such rights terminate should Verizon Wireless cease to occupy the sites.

 

8. Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

Redeemable preferred stock ($.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized) consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2002

   2003

     (In thousands of dollars)

12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock; shares issued and outstanding:

             

December 31, 2002—249,325 (stated at mandatory redemption and aggregate liquidation value)

   $ 250,650    $ —  

8 1/4% Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock; shares issued and outstanding: 200,000 (stated net of unamortized value of warrants; mandatory redemption and aggregate liquidation value of $200,000)

     196,204      196,614

6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock; shares issued and outstanding: 6,361,000 (stated net of unamortized issue costs; mandatory redemption and aggregate liquidation value of $318,050)

     309,160      310,088
    

  

     $ 756,014    $ 506,702
    

  

 

Exchangeable Preferred Stock

 

The Company had originally issued 200,000 shares of its 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2010 (the “Exchangeable Preferred Stock”) at a price of $1,000 per share (the liquidation preference per share). The holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 12 3/4% per share, compounded quarterly on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. On or before December 15, 2003, the Company had the option to pay dividends in cash or in additional shares of Exchangeable

 

87


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Preferred Stock. After December 15, 2003, dividends were payable only in cash. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, dividends were paid in additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock.

 

On October 28, 2003, the Company issued a notice of redemption for the remaining outstanding shares of its Exchangeable Preferred Stock. On December 15, 2003, such shares were redeemed at a price of 106.375% of the liquidation preference. On the redemption date, such remaining shares had an aggregate redemption and liquidation value of approximately $46,973,000. The Company utilized approximately $49,968,000 of its cash to effect this redemption. The redemption resulted in a loss of approximately $2,995,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Such loss is included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. See “Purchases of the Company’s Preferred Stock” below.

 

8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The Company issued 200,000 shares of its 8 1/4% Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock”) at a price of $1,000 per share (the liquidation preference per share) to General Electric Capital Corporation (“GECC”). GECC is entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 8 1/4% per annum payable on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. The Company has the option to pay dividends in cash or in shares of its common stock having a current market value equal to the stated dividend amount. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, dividends were paid with 1,400,000, 4,290,000 and 2,190,000 shares of common stock, respectively. GECC also has warrants to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $26.875 per share. The warrants will be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time until November 2004.

 

The Company is required to redeem all outstanding shares of the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock on March 31, 2012 at a price equal to the liquidation preference plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. The shares are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at a price of 102.75% of the liquidation preference. The redemption price is reduced on an annual basis until October 1, 2005, at which time the shares are redeemable at the liquidation preference. The shares of 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible, at the option of GECC, in whole or in part at any time, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $26.875 per share of common stock. The conversion of all outstanding shares of the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock would result in the issuance of 7,441,860 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

The Company’s obligations with respect to the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock are subordinate to all indebtedness of the Company, and are effectively subordinate to all debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries. The certificate of designations governing the Convertible Preferred Stock places restrictions on the Company similar to those imposed by the Company’s Debt Securities.

 

In June, September and December of 2002, the Company paid its quarterly dividends on the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock by issuing a total of 3,745,000 shares of its common stock. As allowed by the Deposit Agreement relating to dividend payments on the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company repurchased the 3,745,000 shares of common stock from the dividend paying agent for a total of $12,239,000 in cash. In March, June and September of 2003, the Company paid its quarterly dividends on the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock by issuing a total of 1,825,000 shares of its common stock. The Company repurchased these 1,825,000 shares of common stock from the dividend paying agent for a total of $12,382,000 in cash. The Company utilized cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock repurchases. The Company may choose to continue such issuances and repurchases of stock in the future in order to avoid further dilution caused by the issuance of common stock as dividends on its preferred stock (see note 9).

 

6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The Company had originally issued 8,050,000 shares of its 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock at a price of $50.00 per share (the liquidation preference per share). The holders of the 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 6.25% per annum payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The Company has the option to pay dividends in cash or in shares of its common stock (valued at 95% of the current market value of the common stock, as defined). For the years ended December

 

88


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, dividends were paid with 1,781,764, 6,338,153 and 3,253,469 shares of common stock, respectively. The Company is required to redeem all outstanding shares of the 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock on August 15, 2012 at a price equal to the liquidation preference plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.

 

The shares of 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible, at the option of the holder, in whole or in part at any time, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $36.875 per share of common stock. Under certain circumstances, the Company has the right to convert the 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, into shares of the Company’s common stock at the same conversion price. The conversion of all outstanding shares of the 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock would result in the issuance of 8,625,084 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

The Company’s obligations with respect to the 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock are subordinate to all indebtedness of the Company, and are effectively subordinate to all debt and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries. The 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock ranks in parity with the 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Purchases of the Company’s Preferred Stock

 

In August and September of 2002, the Company began purchasing its stock (both common and preferred) and debt securities in public market transactions (see Notes 5 and 9). Through December 31, 2002, the Company purchased shares of preferred stock with an aggregate redemption amount of $162,853,000. Such shares of preferred stock had an aggregate carrying value (net of unamortized issue costs) of $160,413,000. The Company utilized $60,989,000 in cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect these preferred stock purchases. The preferred stock purchases resulted in gains of $99,424,000. Such gains are offset against dividends on preferred stock in determining the net loss applicable to common stock for the calculation of loss per common share. The Company’s purchases of its preferred stock in 2002 were as follows:

 

     Shares

  

Redemption

Amount


  

Carrying

Value


  

Cash Paid

From

Unrestricted

Subsidiary


  

Gains on

Purchases


          (In thousands of dollars)

12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock

   78,403    $ 78,403    $ 78,403    $ 36,744    $ 41,659

6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock

   1,689,000      84,450      82,010      24,245      57,765
         

  

  

  

          $ 162,853    $ 160,413    $ 60,989    $ 99,424
         

  

  

  

 

From March through October of 2003, the Company purchased 222,898 shares of its Exchangeable Preferred Stock in public market transactions. Such shares of preferred stock had an aggregate redemption amount and carrying value of $222,898,000. The Company utilized $241,357,000 in cash ($9,422,000 from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary and $231,935,000 from CCIC) to effect these preferred stock purchases. The preferred stock purchases resulted in a net loss of $18,459,000. Of that amount, (1) $349,000 in net gains are offset against dividends on preferred stock in determining the net loss applicable to common stock for the calculation of loss per common share, and (2) $18,808,000 in net losses are included in other expense due to the reclassification of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock to liabilities upon adoption of SFAS 150 (see Note 1). On December 15, 2003, the Company redeemed the remaining outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock (see “Exchangeable Preferred Stock” above).

 

Mandatory Redemptions

 

Scheduled mandatory redemptions of redeemable preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2003 are $518,050,000 for years ending after December 31, 2008.

 

89


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity

 

Common Stock

 

On January 11, 2001, the Company sold shares of its common stock in an underwritten public offering. The Company had granted the underwriters an over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in the offering. On January 12, 2001, the over-allotment option was partially exercised. As a result, the Company sold a total of 13,445,200 shares of its common stock at a price of $26.25 per share and received proceeds of $342,853,000 (after underwriting discounts of $10,084,000). The proceeds from this offering are being used for general corporate purposes.

 

In July of 2002, the Company purchased 8,500,000 shares of its common stock for $18,275,000 in cash. The shares purchased by the Company represented all of the remaining shares previously owned by affiliates of France Telecom. The purchase was conducted through a privately negotiated transaction. The Company utilized cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock purchase.

 

In August and September of 2002, the Company began purchasing its stock (both common and preferred) and debt securities in public market transactions (see Notes 5 and 8). Through December 31, 2002, the Company purchased a total of 1,510,900 shares of common stock. The Company utilized $2,967,000 in cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect these common stock purchases.

 

In February of 2003, the Company issued 105,000 shares of common stock to the non-executive members of its Board of Directors. These shares had a grant-date fair value of $3.95 per share. In connection with these shares, the Company recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $415,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In May of 2003, the Company purchased 5,063,731 shares of its common stock from Verizon Communications for $31,000,000 in cash (see Note 7).

 

Restricted Common Stock

 

During the first quarter of 2003, the Company granted 5,840,187 shares of restricted common stock to its executives and certain employees. These restricted shares had a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $4.15 per share, determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant dates. The restrictions on the shares will expire in various annual amounts over the vesting period of five years, with provisions for accelerated vesting based on the market performance of the Company’s common stock. In connection with restricted shares, the Company is recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $23,972,000 over the vesting period. Such charges will be reduced in the event that any of the restricted shares are forfeited before they become vested. At December 31, 2003, future charges related to the restricted shares amounted to $8,122,000 (presented as unearned stock compensation in stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet).

 

On April 29, 2003, the market performance of the Company’s common stock reached the first target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003. This first target level was reached when the market price of the Company’s common stock closed at or above $5.54 per share for twenty consecutive trading days. As a result, the restrictions expired with respect to one third of such outstanding shares during the second quarter of 2003. The acceleration of the vesting for these shares resulted in the recognition of non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $7,317,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Most of the executives and employees elected to sell a portion of their vested shares in order to pay their minimum respective tax liabilities, and the Company arranged to purchase these shares in order to facilitate the stock sales. The Company purchased approximately 574,000 of such shares of common stock (at a price of $6.22 per share) for a total of $3,572,000 in cash. The Company utilized cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock purchase.

 

90


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On July 30, 2003, the market performance of the Company’s common stock reached the second target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003. This second target level was reached when the market price of the Company’s common stock closed at or above $8.30 per share (150% of the first target level of $5.54 per share) for twenty consecutive trading days. As a result, the restrictions expired with respect to an additional third of such shares during the third quarter of 2003. The acceleration of the vesting for these shares resulted in the recognition of non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of $7,825,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Most of the executives and employees elected to sell a portion of their vested shares in order to pay their minimum respective tax liabilities, and the Company arranged to purchase these shares in order to facilitate the stock sales. The Company purchased approximately 552,000 of such shares of common stock (at a price of $9.88 per share) for a total of $5,454,000 in cash. The Company utilized cash from an Unrestricted investment subsidiary to effect the stock purchase. In order to reach the third (and final) target level for accelerated vesting of the restricted common shares that had been issued during the first quarter of 2003, the market price of the Company’s common stock would have to close at or above $12.45 per share (150% of the second target level of $8.30 per share) for twenty consecutive trading days.

 

A summary of restricted common shares is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2003:

 

Shares granted during first quarter of 2003 (weighted-average grant-date fair value of $4.15 per share)

   5,840,187  

Shares granted during third and fourth quarters of 2003 (weighted-average grant-date fair value of $10.62 per share)

   57,080  

Shares vested

   (3,817,057 )

Shares forfeited

   (207,343 )
    

Shares outstanding at end of year

   1,872,867  
    

 

Compensation Charges Related to Stock Option Grants and Acquisitions

 

The Company has recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges related to certain stock options granted to employees and executives prior to its initial public offering of common stock (the “IPO”). Such charges amounted to approximately $1,361,000 for each of the two years ended December 31, 2002.

 

The Company has issued shares of its common stock and stock options in connection with an acquisition by CCUK. Such shares and options were deemed to be compensation to the former shareholders of the acquired company (who remained employed by the Company). As a result, CCUK is recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $8,380,000 over a five-year period ending in 2005.

 

The Company has issued shares of its common stock in connection with an acquisition by CCUSA. A portion of such shares were deemed to be compensation to the former shareholders of the acquired company (who remained employed by the Company). As a result, CCUSA has recognized non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $5,889,000 over a three-year period ended in 2003.

 

On January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting (using the “prospective method” of transition) for stock-based employee compensation awards granted on or after that date (see Note 1). As a result, the Company is recognizing non-cash general and administrative compensation charges for stock options granted in 2003. Such charges will amount to approximately $769,000 over a five-year period ending in 2008 (of which $227,000 and $542,000 relate to stock options granted by CCIC and CCAL, respectively).

 

Stock Options

 

In 1995, the Company adopted the Crown Castle International Corp. 1995 Stock Option Plan (as amended, the “1995 Stock Option Plan”). Up to 28,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for awards granted to certain employees, consultants and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates. These options generally vest over periods of up to five years from the date of grant (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors) and have a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

91


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Upon consummation of a share exchange agreement with CCUK’s shareholders in 1998, the Company adopted each of the various CCUK stock option plans. All outstanding options to purchase shares of CCUK under such plans have been converted into options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Up to 4,392,451 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for awards granted under the CCUK plans, and these options generally vest over periods of up to three years from the date of grant.

 

In 2001, the Company adopted the Crown Castle International Corp. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2001 Stock Incentive Plan”). Up to 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for awards granted to certain employees, consultants and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates. These awards will vest over periods to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, and will have a maximum term of 10 years from the date of the grant.

 

A summary of awards granted under the various stock option plans is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003:

 

     2001

   2002

   2003

     Number of
Shares


   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


  

Number of

Shares


   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


  

Number of

Shares


   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


Options outstanding at beginning of year

   21,183,816     $ 14.50    23,873,337     $ 15.45    22,975,116     $ 14.71

Options granted

   7,269,509       14.76    1,580,860       6.28    57,500       6.86

Options exercised

   (3,200,901 )     5.14    (306,678 )     3.00    (1,570,687 )     5.09

Options forfeited

   (1,379,087 )     21.29    (2,172,403 )     18.30    (2,467,533 )     16.10
    

        

        

     

Options outstanding at end of year

   23,873,337       15.45    22,975,116       14.71    18,994,396       15.30
    

        

        

     

Options exercisable at end of year

   13,569,588       14.06    14,588,588       15.18    13,801,678       16.93
    

        

        

     

 

A summary of options outstanding as of December 31, 2003 is as follows:

 

Exercise Prices


   Number of
Options
Outstanding


   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life


   Number of
Options
Exercisable


$-0- to $2.00

   101,270    4.5 years    93,270

2.01 to 4.00

   450,097    4.1 years    372,097

4.01 to 6.00

   396,226    2.4 years    363,846

6.01 to 8.00

   3,362,015    5.5 years    2,703,783

8.01 to 10.00

   3,641,000    6.8 years    205,532

10.01 to 15.00

   2,653,800    4.9 years    2,580,491

15.01 to 20.00

   2,782,550    5.5 years    2,576,695

20.01 to 30.00

   4,360,710    5.4 years    3,743,577

30.01 to 39.75

   1,246,728    6.1 years    1,162,387
    
       
     18,994,396         13,801,678
    
       

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $4.54, $1.77 and $4.51, respectively. See Note 1 for a tabular presentation of the pro forma effect on the Company’s net loss and loss per share as if compensation cost had been recognized for stock options based on their fair value at the date of grant. The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the following weighted-average assumptions about the options:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

   4.22 %   3.97 %   3.06 %

Expected life

   4.5 years     3.7 years     5.0 years  

Expected volatility

   30 %   30 %   80 %

Expected dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %

 

92


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

CCAL Share Option Scheme

 

In 2000, CCAL adopted the Crown Castle Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. Director and Employee Share Option Scheme (the “CCAL Share Option Scheme”). Under this plan, CCAL may award options for the purchase of CCAL shares to its employees and directors. These options generally vest over periods of up to five years from the date of grant (as determined by CCAL’s Board of Directors) and have a maximum term of seven years from the date of grant. Through December 31, 2002, all options granted under this plan have an exercise price of Australian $1.00 per share (approximately $0.75). Options granted under this plan in 2003 have an exercise price of Australian $0.92 per share (approximately $0.69). A summary of awards granted under the CCAL Share Option Scheme is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003:

 

     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Options outstanding at beginning of year

   3,218,000     4,509,062     5,932,062  

Options granted

   2,029,062     2,037,000     1,470,000  

Options forfeited

   (738,000 )   (614,000 )   (875,000 )
    

 

 

Options outstanding at end of year

   4,509,062     5,932,062     6,527,062  
    

 

 

Options exercisable at end of year

   680,000     1,296,612     2,094,625  
    

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of options granted under the CCAL Share Option Scheme was approximately $0.17, $0.19 and $0.37 per share in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

   4.49 %   3.84 %   5.95 %

Expected life

   4.7 years     5.0 years     5.0 years  

Expected volatility

   30 %   30 %   45 %

Expected dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %

 

Shares Reserved For Issuance

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had the following shares reserved for future issuance:

 

Common Stock:

    

Convertible Senior Notes

   21,237,303

Convertible Preferred Stock

   16,066,944

Stock compensation plans

   24,916,851

Warrants

   1,639,990
    
     63,861,088
    

 

10. Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company and its subsidiaries have various defined contribution savings plans covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to contribute a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to limits imposed by the various plans. Certain of the plans provide for partial matching of such contributions. The cost to the Company for these plans amounted to $3,678,000, $4,047,000 and $3,748,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

CCUK has a funded defined benefit pension plan which covers all of its employees hired on or before March 1, 1997. Employees hired after that date are not eligible to participate in this plan. The plan provides defined benefits based on years of service and average salary. CCUK uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan. A summary of information concerning the obligations and funded status of the plan is as follows:

 

93


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,


 
     2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

                

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 28,970     $ 33,091  

Service cost

     3,020       2,815  

Interest cost

     1,818       1,929  

Participant contributions

     826       992  

Curtailments

     —         (3,433 )

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (4,462 )     6,396  

Benefit payments

     (240 )     (324 )

Effect of exchange rate changes

     3,159       4,359  
    


 


Projected benefit obligation at end of year

     33,091       45,825  
    


 


Change in fair value of plan assets:

                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     23,240       23,563  

Actual return on plan assets

     (5,228 )     5,357  

Employer contributions

     2,629       2,272  

Participant contributions

     826       992  

Benefit payments

     (240 )     (324 )

Effect of exchange rate changes

     2,336       3,317  
    


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     23,563       35,177  
    


 


Funded status:

                

Funded status at end of year

     (9,528 )     (10,648 )

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss

     11,266       11,392  
    


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 1,738     $ 744  
    


 


     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet consist of:

                

Prepaid pension cost

   $ 1,738     $ 744  

Minimum pension liability

     (8,418 )     (11,392 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     8,418       11,392  
    


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 1,738     $ 744  
    


 


 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the plan was $30,243,000 and $45,825,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. In July 2003, a change was made to the plan’s benefit formula such that benefits already earned, as well as benefits accruing from that date, are increased in the period before retirement based on changes in inflation rates rather than future salary increases. As a result, the plan’s accumulated benefit obligation is now equal to its projected benefit obligation. Information concerning the benefit obligations relative to the fair value of the plan’s assets is as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 33,091     $ 45,825  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     30,243       45,825  

Fair value of plan assets

     23,563       35,177  

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

                

Discount rate

     5.75 %     5.50 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

     3.25 %     —    

 

94


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The increase (decrease) in the minimum pension liability adjustment included in other comprehensive income (loss) was $8,417,000 and $1,888,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Components of net periodic pension cost:

                        

Service cost

   $ 2,808     $ 3,185     $ 2,815  

Interest cost

     1,267       1,818       1,929  

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,713 )     (1,923 )     (1,929 )

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

     —         345       539  
    


 


 


Net periodic pension cost

   $ 2,362     $ 3,425     $ 3,354  
    


 


 


Assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost:

                        

Discount rate

     5.75 %     5.75 %     5.75 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     7.00 %     7.50 %     7.50 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

     3.75 %     3.75 %     3.25 %

 

The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets has been derived from the return assumptions for each of the investment sectors, applied to investments held at the beginning of the year. The investments held were in line with the investment strategy at that time.

 

The plan’s asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 

Asset category:

            

Equity securities

   86 %   90 %

Debt securities

   8     7  

Other

   6     3  
    

 

     100 %   100 %
    

 

 

The pension plan’s trustee has a long term investment strategy of 75% in equity securities (45% U.K. and 30% overseas) and 25% in bond securities. In view of the shorter term outlook for equities and bonds, the trustee has maintained a higher weighting in equities on a temporary basis such that the target is to hold 90% in equities (55% U.K. and 35% overseas) and 10% in bonds.

 

CCUK expects to contribute approximately $2,676,000 to its pension plan in 2004.

 

11. Related Party Transactions

 

Included in other receivables at December 31, 2002 and 2003 are amounts due from employees of the Company totaling $388,000 and $109,000, respectively.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, Crown Atlantic had revenues from Verizon Wireless of $43,988,000, $45,513,000 and $44,623,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, CCUSA had revenues from Verizon Wireless of $84,505,000, $101,450,000 and $82,882,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company’s total receivables from Verizon Wireless amounted to $8,573,000 and $6,791,000, respectively. Verizon Wireless is a majority owned subsidiary of Verizon Communications, the Company’s joint venture partner in Crown Atlantic (see Note 7).

 

95


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

 

At December 31, 2003, minimum rental commitments under operating leases are as follows: years ending December 31, 2004—$163,085,000; 2005—$159,533,000; 2006—$156,724,000; 2007—$154,358,000; 2008—$153,117,000; thereafter—$926,161,000. Such amounts relate primarily to ground lease obligations for tower sites, and are based on the assumption that payments will be made through the end of the period for which the Company holds renewal rights. Rental expense for operating leases was $96,113,000, $144,069,000 and $163,698,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

The Company is involved in various claims, lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While there are uncertainties inherent in the ultimate outcome of such matters and it is impossible to presently determine the ultimate costs that may be incurred, management believes the resolution of such uncertainties and the incurrence of such costs should not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

13. Operating Segments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Operating Segments

 

The Company’s reportable operating segments for 2001, 2002 and 2003 are (1) the domestic operations other than Crown Atlantic (“CCUSA”), (2) the United Kingdom operations of CCUK, (3) the Australian operations of CCAL and (4) the operations of Crown Atlantic. Financial results for the Company are reported to management and the Board of Directors in this manner, and certain of the Company’s current debt financing is structured along these organizational lines. See Note 1 for a description of the primary revenue sources from these segments.

 

The measurement of profit or loss currently used to evaluate the results of operations for the Company and its operating segments is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted (“Adjusted EBITDA”). The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, minority interests, provision for income taxes, interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock, interest and other income (expense), depreciation, amortization and accretion, non-cash general and administrative compensation charges, asset write-down charges and restructuring charges (credits). Adjusted EBITDA is not intended as an alternative measure of operating results or cash flow from operations (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), and the Company’s measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. There are no significant revenues resulting from transactions between the Company’s operating segments. Total assets for the Company’s operating segments are determined based on the separate consolidated balance sheets for CCUSA, CCUK, CCAL and Crown Atlantic. The results of operations and financial position for CCUK and CCAL reflect appropriate adjustments for their presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The financial results for the Company’s operating segments are as follows:

 

96


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

    CCAL

    Crown
Atlantic


    Corporate
Office and
Other


   

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues:

                                                

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 346,168     $ 310,634     $ 26,728     $ 103,258     $ —       $ 786,788  

Network services and other

     55,565       71,244       3,488       13,263       —         143,560  
    


 


 


 


 


 


       401,733       381,878       30,216       116,521       —         930,348  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and accretion)

     152,475       207,858       12,901       44,545       —         417,779  

General and administrative

     50,985       7,827       7,836       6,338       21,902       94,888  

Corporate development

     —         —         —         —         5,564       5,564  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Adjusted EBITDA

     198,273       166,193       9,479       65,638       (27,466 )     412,117  

Restructuring charges (credits)

     1,580       —         —         (289 )     —         1,291  

Asset write-down charges

     9,807       —         —         4,510       —         14,317  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     6,700       6,668       20       1,348       5,918       20,654  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     184,355       79,702       16,398       41,920       1,777       324,152  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     (4,169 )     79,823       (6,939 )     18,149       (35,161 )     51,703  

Interest and other income

(expense)

     (2,040 )     (30,015 )     1,539       (7,961 )     (109,997 )     (148,474 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (40,139 )     (30,813 )     (3,763 )     (14,933 )     (199,999 )     (289,647 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         (7,053 )     (465 )     —         —         (7,518 )

Minority interests

     (15 )     —         3,478       (5,857 )     —         (2,394 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset retirement obligations

     (394 )     (1,484 )     (57 )     (100 )     —         (2,035 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (46,757 )   $ 10,458     $ (6,207 )   $ (10,702 )   $ (345,157 )   $ (398,365 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Capital expenditures

   $ 15,329     $ 91,481     $ 3,381     $ 8,534     $ 187     $ 118,912  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total assets (at year end)

   $ 3,124,833     $ 2,052,510     $ 347,958     $ 778,730     $ 433,560     $ 6,737,591  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

97


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

    CCAL

    Crown
Atlantic


    Corporate
Office and
Other


    Consolidated
Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues:

                                                

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 324,199     $ 236,342     $ 23,542     $ 93,756     $ —       $ 677,839  

Network services and other

     130,890       64,477       2,494       25,833       —         223,694  
    


 


 


 


 


 


       455,089       300,819       26,036       119,589       —         901,533  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     217,399       167,731       10,546       50,523       —         446,199  

General and administrative

     56,152       9,978       5,768       5,525       16,799       94,222  

Corporate development

     —         —         —         —         7,483       7,483  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Adjusted EBITDA

     181,538       123,110       9,722       63,541       (24,282 )     353,629  

Restructuring charges

     4,294       8,482       —         910       3,461       17,147  

Asset write-down charges

     39,185       3,198       —         11,060       2,353       55,796  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     2,127       1,861       —         —         1,361       5,349  

Depreciation and amortization

     183,465       61,480       13,696       41,394       1,893       301,928  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     (47,533 )     48,089       (3,974 )     10,177       (33,350 )     (26,591 )

Interest and other income (expense)

     (1,176 )     1,496       366       170       65,562       66,418  

Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs

     (38,383 )     (28,675 )     (3,413 )     (18,423 )     (213,676 )     (302,570 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         (11,869 )     (407 )     —         —         (12,276 )

Minority interests

     1,141       —         2,826       (1,469 )     —         2,498  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (85,951 )   $ 9,041     $ (4,602 )   $ (9,545 )   $ (181,464 )   $ (272,521 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Capital expenditures

   $ 82,415     $ 165,619     $ 5,104     $ 23,474     $ 650     $ 277,262  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total assets (at year end)

   $ 3,299,769     $ 1,972,209     $ 277,959     $ 824,749     $ 517,915     $ 6,892,601  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

98


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2001

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

    CCAL

    Crown
Atlantic


    Corporate
Office and
Other


   

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Net revenues:

                                                

Site rental and broadcast transmission

   $ 270,113     $ 205,523     $ 18,341     $ 81,984     $ —       $ 575,961  

Network services and other

     253,674       32,193       1,649       35,474       —         322,990  
    


 


 


 


 


 


       523,787       237,716       19,990       117,458       —         898,951  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Costs of operations (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     280,519       124,329       8,186       54,199       —         467,233  

General and administrative

     61,108       11,365       6,255       8,169       15,642       102,539  

Corporate development

     —         48       —         —         12,289       12,337  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Adjusted EBITDA

     182,160       101,974       5,549       55,090       (27,931 )     316,842  

Restructuring charges

     7,142       1,839       —         969       9,466       19,416  

Asset write-down charges

     6,501       11,898       —         767       5,756       24,922  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     2,127       2,624       —         —         1,361       6,112  

Depreciation and amortization

     177,999       93,453       11,091       44,277       1,671       328,491  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     (11,609 )     (7,840 )     (5,542 )     9,077       (46,185 )     (62,099 )

Interest and other income (expense)

     1,378       5,373       403       309       1,085       8,548  

Interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs

     (53,293 )     (26,678 )     (2,442 )     (20,651 )     (194,380 )     (297,444 )

Provision for income taxes

     (33 )     (16,013 )     (432 )     —         —         (16,478 )

Minority interests

     (316 )     —         3,149       (1,527 )     —         1,306  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (63,873 )   $ (45,158 )   $ (4,864 )   $ (12,792 )   $ (239,480 )   $ (366,167 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Capital expenditures

   $ 363,825     $ 218,971     $ 2,283     $ 94,194     $ 3,829     $ 683,102  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Geographic Information

 

A summary of net revenues by country, based on the location of the Company’s subsidiary, is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

     (In thousands of dollars)

United States

   $ 632,779    $ 561,932    $ 508,258

Puerto Rico

     8,466      12,746      9,996
    

  

  

Total domestic operations

     641,245      574,678      518,254
    

  

  

United Kingdom

     237,616      300,794      379,465

Australia

     19,990      26,036      30,216

Other foreign countries

     100      25      2,413
    

  

  

Total for all foreign countries

     257,706      326,855      412,094
    

  

  

     $ 898,951    $ 901,533    $ 930,348
    

  

  

 

A summary of long-lived assets by country of location is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2002

    

United States
and

Puerto Rico


   United
Kingdom


   Australia

   Total
Foreign
Countries


  

Consolidated

Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Property and equipment, net

   $ 3,704,434    $ 879,069    $ 244,530    $ 1,123,599    $ 4,828,033

Other long-lived assets, net

     338,464      858,255      768      859,023      1,197,487
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 4,042,898    $ 1,737,324    $ 245,298    $ 1,982,622    $ 6,025,520
    

  

  

  

  

 

99


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2003

    

United States
and

Puerto Rico


   United
Kingdom


   Australia

   Total
Foreign
Countries


  

Consolidated

Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Property and equipment, net

   $ 3,443,671    $ 986,872    $ 311,402    $ 1,298,274    $ 4,741,945

Other long-lived assets, net

     413,072      940,029      785      940,814      1,353,886
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 3,856,743    $ 1,926,901    $ 312,187    $ 2,239,088    $ 6,095,831
    

  

  

  

  

 

Major Customers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, consolidated net revenues include $128,493,000, $146,963,000 and $127,505,000, respectively, from Verizon Wireless, a customer of CCUSA and Crown Atlantic. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003, consolidated net revenues include $93,698,000, $101,374,000 and $122,814,000, respectively, from the BBC, a customer of CCUK. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, consolidated net revenues include $30,882,000, $84,614,000 and $93,939,000, respectively, from T-Mobile and its predecessor companies, a customer of CCUSA, CCUK and Crown Atlantic.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company mitigates its risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents by maintaining such deposits at high credit quality financial institutions and monitoring the credit ratings of those institutions.

 

The Company derives the largest portion of its revenues from customers in the wireless telecommunications industry. In addition, the Company has concentrations of operations in certain geographic areas (including the United Kingdom and various regions in the United States). The Company mitigates its concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables by actively monitoring the creditworthiness of its customers.

 

14. Restructuring Charges and Asset Write-Down Charges

 

In July 2001, the Company announced a restructuring of its business in order to increase operational efficiency and better align costs with anticipated revenues. As part of the restructuring, the Company reduced its global staff by approximately 312 full-time employees, closed five offices in the United States and closed its development offices in Brazil and Europe. The actions taken for the restructuring were substantially completed as of the end of 2001. In connection with the restructuring, the Company recorded cash charges of $19,416,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001 related to employee severance payments and costs of office closures.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recorded cash charges of $8,482,000 in connection with a restructuring of its CCUK business announced in March 2002. Such charges relate to staff reductions (approximately 212 employees) and the disposition of certain service lines. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company also recorded cash charges of $3,073,000 related primarily to additional employee severance payments at its corporate office in connection with the July 2001 restructuring. In October 2002, the Company announced a restructuring of its United States businesses in order to flatten its organizational structure to better align with customer demand and enhance our regional focus to improve customer service. As part of the restructuring, the Company reduced its United States workforce by approximately 230 employees and closed some smaller offices. The actions taken for this restructuring were substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2003. In connection with this restructuring, the Company recorded cash charges of $6,070,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 related to employee severance payments and costs of office closures.

 

The continued execution of the October 2002 restructuring plan lead to further headcount reductions in the United States businesses during the second quarter of 2003. As a result, the Company reduced its United States workforce by approximately 60 employees (approximately 9%) and initiated efforts to sublease vacated office space at two of its locations. The actions taken for this restructuring were substantially completed at June 30, 2003. In

 

100


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

connection with this restructuring, the Company recorded cash charges of $2,349,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 related to employee severance payments and lease termination costs.

 

At December 31, 2002 and 2003, other accrued liabilities includes $5,839,000 and $3,085,000, respectively, related to restructuring charges. A summary of the restructuring charges by operating segment is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2001

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

   

Crown

Atlantic


   

Corporate

Office and

Other


   

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Amounts charged to expense:

                                        

Employee severance

   $ 2,672     $ 1,839     $ 665     $ 8,730     $ 13,906  

Costs of office closures and other

     4,470       —         304       736       5,510  
    


 


 


 


 


Total restructuring charges

     7,142       1,839       969       9,466       19,416  
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts paid:

                                        

Employee severance

     (1,546 )     (1,482 )     (435 )     (5,162 )     (8,625 )

Costs of office closures and other

     (3,395 )     —         (69 )     (736 )     (4,200 )
    


 


 


 


 


       (4,941 )     (1,482 )     (504 )     (5,898 )     (12,825 )
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts accrued at end of year:

                                        

Employee severance

     1,126       357       230       3,568       5,281  

Costs of office closures and other

     1,075       —         235       —         1,310  
    


 


 


 


 


     $ 2,201     $ 357     $ 465     $ 3,568     $ 6,591  
    


 


 


 


 


     Year Ended December 31, 2002

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

   

Crown

Atlantic


   

Corporate

Office and

Other


   

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Amounts accrued at beginning of year:

                                        

Employee severance

   $ 1,126     $ 357     $ 230     $ 3,568     $ 5,281  

Costs of office closures and other

     1,075       —         235       —         1,310  
    


 


 


 


 


       2,201       357       465       3,568       6,591  
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts charged to expense:

                                        

Employee severance

     2,259       7,376       621       3,359       13,615  

Costs of office closures and other

     2,035       1,106       289       102       3,532  
    


 


 


 


 


Total restructuring charges

     4,294       8,482       910       3,461       17,147  
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts paid:

                                        

Employee severance

     (2,090 )     (7,373 )     (387 )     (6,586 )     (16,436 )

Costs of office closures and other

     (630 )     (581 )     (150 )     (102 )     (1,463 )
    


 


 


 


 


       (2,720 )     (7,954 )     (537 )     (6,688 )     (17,899 )
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts accrued at end of year:

                                        

Employee severance

     1,295       360       464       341       2,460  

Costs of office closures and other

     2,480       525       374       —         3,379  
    


 


 


 


 


     $ 3,775     $ 885     $ 838     $ 341     $ 5,839  
    


 


 


 


 


 

101


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     CCUSA

    CCUK

    Crown
Atlantic


   

Corporate

Office and

Other


   

Consolidated

Total


 
     (In thousands of dollars)  

Amounts accrued at beginning of year:

                                        

Employee severance

   $ 1,295     $ 360     $ 464     $ 341     $ 2,460  

Costs of office closures and other

     2,480       525       374       —         3,379  
    


 


 


 


 


       3,775       885       838       341       5,839  
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts charged (credited) to expense:

                                        

Employee severance

     1,078       —         (79 )     —         999  

Costs of office closures and other

     502       —         (210 )     —         292  
    


 


 


 


 


Total restructuring charges (credits)

     1,580       —         (289 )     —         1,291  
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts paid:

                                        

Employee severance

     (1,928 )     (150 )     (337 )     (308 )     (2,723 )

Costs of office closures and other

     (792 )     (366 )     (164 )     —         (1,322 )
    


 


 


 


 


       (2,720 )     (516 )     (501 )     (308 )     (4,045 )
    


 


 


 


 


Amounts accrued at end of year:

                                        

Employee severance

     445       210       48       33       736  

Costs of office closures and other

     2,190       159       —         —         2,349  
    


 


 


 


 


     $ 2,635     $ 369     $ 48     $ 33     $ 3,085  
    


 


 


 


 


 

The Company recorded asset write-down charges of $24,922,000 during 2001 in connection with the restructuring of its business announced in July 2001. Such non-cash charges related to the write-down of certain inventories, property and equipment, and other assets that were deemed to have no value as a result of the restructuring. A summary of the asset write-down charges by operating segment is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2001

     CCUSA

   CCUK

   Crown
Atlantic


  

Corporate
Office and

Other


  

Consolidated

Total


     (In thousands of dollars)

Inventories

   $ —      $ 11,898    $ —      $ —      $ 11,898

Property and equipment

     6,501      —        767      1,226      8,494

Other assets

     —        —        —        4,530      4,530
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 6,501    $ 11,898    $ 767    $ 5,756    $ 24,922
    

  

  

  

  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company abandoned a portion of its construction in process related to certain open projects, cancelled certain build-to-suit agreements and wrote down the value of the related construction in process, wrote down the value of certain inventories, and wrote down the value of three office buildings. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company also recorded asset write-down charges for CCUK related to certain inventories and property and equipment. A summary of the asset write-down charges by operating segment is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31, 2002


     CCUSA

   CCUK

   Crown
Atlantic


   Corporate
Office and
Other


  

Consolidated

Total


          (In thousands of dollars)

Inventories

   $ 1,160    $ 149    $ —      $ —      $ 1,309

Property and equipment

     38,025      3,049      11,060      2,353      54,487
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 39,185    $ 3,198    $ 11,060    $ 2,353    $ 55,796
    

  

  

  

  

 

102


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003 the Company abandoned an additional portion of its construction in process and certain other assets and recorded asset write-down charges of $9,807,000 for CCUSA and $4,510,000 for Crown Atlantic.

 

15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

Summary quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 is as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended

 
     March 31

    June 30

    September 30

    December 31

 
     (In thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)  

2002:

                                

Net revenues

   $ 220,617     $ 225,531     $ 227,424     $ 227,961  

Operating income (loss)

     (20,023 )     4,910       (7,904 )     (3,574 )

Net loss

     (103,393 )     (68,598 )     (65,628 )     (34,902 )

Loss per common share—basic and diluted

     (0.56 )     (0.41 )     (0.16 )     (0.02 )

2003:

                                

Net revenues

   $ 216,724     $ 224,201     $ 235,577     $ 253,846  

Operating income

     11,822       6,275       10,040       23,566  

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (66,981 )     (80,831 )     (99,678 )     (148,840 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (2,035 )     —         —         —    

Net loss

     (69,016 )     (80,831 )     (99,678 )     (148,840 )

Per common share—basic and diluted:

                                

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (0.37 )     (0.47 )     (0.50 )     (0.73 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (0.01 )     —         —         —    

Net loss

     (0.38 )     (0.47 )     (0.50 )     (0.73 )

 

16. Subsequent Events

 

Purchases of the Company’s Debt Securities

 

In January of 2004, the Company (1) utilized approximately $1,570,000 of its cash to purchase $1,500,000 in outstanding principle amount at maturity of its 10 3/8% Discount Notes and (2) utilized approximately $1,046,000 of its cash to purchase $1,000,000 in outstanding principle amount at maturity of its 11 1/4% Discount Notes, both in public market transactions. The debt purchases resulted in losses of $249,000 that will be included in interest and other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the first quarter of 2004.

 

Crown Atlantic Credit Facility

 

In February of 2004, Crown Atlantic amended its credit facility to reduce the available borrowings from $301,050,000 to $250,000,000. As a result, available borrowings under the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility decreased to $55,000,000.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

In February of 2004, the Company issued 35,400 shares of common stock to the non-executive members of its Board of Directors. These shares have a grant-date fair value of $11.85 per share. In connection with these shares, the Company will recognize non-cash general and administrative compensation charges of approximately $419,000 for the first quarter of 2004.

 

103


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

The Company conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information relating to the Company required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth in the 2004 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth in the 2004 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth in the 2004 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2003:

 

Plan category(1)(2)


   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights


   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights


  

Number of securities

remaining available

for future

issuance(3)


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   18,994,396    $ 15.30    5,922,455

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —             —  
    
         

Total

   18,994,396    $ 15.30    5,922,455
    
  

  

(1) See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information regarding the registrant’s equity compensation plans.
(2) Crown Castle Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. (“CCAL”, a majority owned subsidiary of the registrant) has an equity compensation plan under which it awards options for the purchase of CCAL shares to its employees and directors. This plan has not been approved by the registrant’s security holders. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information regarding this plan.
(3) In February of 2004, the registrant issued 35,400 shares of common stock to the non-executive members of its Board of Directors. This share award was granted under an equity compensation plan which was approved by the registrant’s security holders. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

104


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth in the 2004 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth in the 2004 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements:

 

The list of financial statements filed as part of this report is submitted as a separate section, the index to which is located on page 60.

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant and Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts follow this Part IV. All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is contained in the financial statements or notes thereto included in this Form 10-K.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits:

 

The Exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K:

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 10, 2003 with the SEC on October 10, 2003 reporting under Item 5 (1) completion of an amended $1.6 billion credit facility, (2) certain changes to its capital structure and (3) completion of negotiations in the U.K. with British Telecommunications plc to eliminate $48 million of site acquisition obligations and with 3 to amend the minimum site commitment under the agreements with 3.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2003 with the SEC on October 29, 2003 furnishing under Item 12 a press release dated October 28, 2003 disclosing the Company’s financial results for the third quarter of 2003.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2003 with the SEC on November 19, 2003 reporting under Item 5 that it intended to offer in a private transaction $300 million of senior notes.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2003 with the SEC on November 19, 2003 reporting under Item 5 that it priced $300 million of its 7.5% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2003 with the SEC on December 5, 2003 reporting under Item 5 that it intended to offer in a private transaction $200 million of senior notes.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2003 with the SEC on December 5, 2003 reporting under Item 5 that it priced $300 million of its 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013.

 

105


Table of Contents

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 24, 2003 with the SEC on January 6, 2004 reporting under Item 5 that following receipt of the requisite consents from holders of each of its 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 and its 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, obtained in connection with the Registrant’s tender offer and consent solicitation in respect of such notes, the Registrant entered into a supplemental indenture relating to each of such notes.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 7, 2004 with the SEC on January 12, 2004 reporting under Item 5 that following receipt of the requisite consents from holders of each of its 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011 and its 9% Senior Notes due 2011 obtained in connection with the Registrant’s tender offer and consent solicitation in respect of such notes, the Registrant entered into a supplemental indenture relating to each of such notes.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 18, 2004 with the SEC on February 19, 2004 furnishing under Item 12 a press release dated February 18, 2004 disclosing the Company’s financial results for the fourth quarter and year-ended 2003.

 

The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2004 with the SEC on March 2, 2004 furnishing under Item 12 a press release dated March 1, 2004 regarding moving the recognition of a loss related to the extinguishment of the tendered 9% and 9.5% Senior Notes from the fourth quarter of 2003 to the first quarter of 2004.

 

106


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

The Board of Directors

Crown Castle International Corp.:

 

Under date of February 18, 2004, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of Crown Castle International Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 as contained in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended 2003. The audit report covering the December 31, 2003 financial statements refers to the adoption in 2003 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”, the adoption in 2002 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, and in 2001 a change in the method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedules as listed under Item 15(a)(2). These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statement schedules based on our audits.

 

In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

KPMG LLP

 

Houston, Texas

February 18, 2004

 

 

107


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

 

BALANCE SHEET (Unconsolidated)

(In thousands of dollars, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

 
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 159,076     $ 204,287  

Receivables and other current assets

     3,539       2,083  

Short-term investments

     108,304       —    
    


 


Total current assets

     270,919       206,370  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $5,649 and $6,573 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively

     1,944       875  

Investment in and net advances to subsidiaries

     4,632,069       4,260,681  

Deferred financing costs and other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $16,219 and $10,535 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively

     43,052       45,138  
    


 


     $ 4,947,984     $ 4,513,064  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

   $ 7,247     $ 7,644  

Accrued interest

     45,308       49,063  

Long-term debt, current maturities

     —         229,547  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     52,555       286,254  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     1,930,917       1,735,695  
    


 


Total liabilities

     1,983,472       2,021,949  
    


 


Redeemable preferred stock

     756,014       506,702  

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Common stock, $.01 par value; 690,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued: December 31, 2002—215,983,294 and December 31, 2003—220,758,321

     2,160       2,208  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,315,215       3,333,402  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     39,323       257,435  

Unearned stock compensation

     —         (8,122 )

Accumulated deficit

     (1,148,200 )     (1,600,510 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     2,208,498       1,984,413  
    


 


     $ 4,947,984     $ 4,513,064  
    


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

108


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued)

 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Unconsolidated)

(In thousands of dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Interest and other income (expense)

   $ (862 )   $ 73,511     $ (110,153 )

General and administrative expenses

     (15,370 )     (14,337 )     (16,063 )

Corporate development expenses

     (7,950 )     (7,483 )     (5,564 )

Restructuring charges

     (7,908 )     (3,461 )     —    

Asset write-down charges

     (3,067 )     —         —    

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     (1,361 )     (1,361 )     (5,914 )

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     (1,254 )     (1,310 )     (938 )

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and dividends on preferred stock

     (194,380 )     (213,676 )     (199,999 )
    


 


 


Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     (232,152 )     (168,117 )     (338,631 )

Equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     (134,015 )     (104,404 )     (59,734 )
    


 


 


Net loss

     (366,167 )     (272,521 )     (398,365 )

Dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     (79,028 )     19,638       (53,945 )
    


 


 


Net loss after deduction of dividends on preferred stock, net of gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

   $ (445,195 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

109


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued)

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unconsolidated)

(In thousands of dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2001

    2002

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net loss

   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (398,365 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities:

                        

Losses (gains) on purchases and redemption of long-term debt

     —         (79,138 )     87,112  

Amortization of deferred financing costs, discounts on long-term debt and dividends on preferred stock

     86,164       89,423       67,974  

Equity in losses of subsidiaries

     134,015       104,404       59,734  

Losses on purchases and redemption of preferred stock

     —         —         21,803  

Non-cash general and administrative compensation charges

     1,361       1,361       5,914  

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     1,254       1,310       938  

Equity in losses (earnings) and write-downs of unconsolidated affiliates

     —         8,271       162  

Asset write-down charges

     3,067       —         —    

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     12,350       (1,636 )     3,755  

Decrease in receivables and other assets

     8,721       1,778       2,857  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities

     4,373       (3,075 )     397  
    


 


 


Net cash used for operating activities

     (114,862 )     (149,823 )     (147,719 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Distributions from (investment in) subsidiaries

     (245,634 )     176,437       620,325  

Maturities of investments

     311,000       280,463       164,367  

Net advances from (to) subsidiaries

     (421,980 )     58,816       (79,112 )

Purchases of investments

     (337,463 )     (187,304 )     (56,063 )

Capital expenditures

     (593 )     (488 )     (111 )

Disposition of (investments in) affiliates

     (30,067 )     5,582       —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     (724,737 )     333,506       649,406  
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     450,000       —         830,000  

Proceeds from issuance of capital stock

     358,207       1,032       7,992  

Purchases and redemption of long-term debt

     —         (142,820 )     (928,388 )

Purchases and redemption of capital stock

     —         (94,470 )     (343,734 )

Incurrence of financing costs

     (9,322 )     —         (22,346 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     798,885       (236,258 )     (456,476 )
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (40,714 )     (52,575 )     45,211  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     252,365       211,651       159,076  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 211,651     $ 159,076     $ 204,287  
    


 


 


Supplementary schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

                        

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisitions

   $ 1,807     $ —       $ —    

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                        

Interest paid

   $ 95,848     $ 125,888     $ 128,271  

Income taxes paid

     —         —         —    

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

110


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (Continued)

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unconsolidated)

 

1. Investment in and Net Advances to Subsidiaries

 

The Company’s investment in subsidiaries is presented in the accompanying unconsolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the terms of the 2000 Credit Facility and the Crown Atlantic Credit Facility, the Company’s subsidiaries are limited in the amount of dividends which can be paid to the Company. Under the 2000 Credit Facility, the amount of such dividends is generally limited to (1) $17,500,000 per year; (2) an amount to pay income taxes attributable to CCIC and the borrowers under the 2000 Credit Facility; and (3) an amount to pay interest on CCIC’s existing indebtedness. Crown Atlantic is effectively precluded from paying dividends. The restricted net assets of the Company’s subsidiaries totaled approximately $3,547,523,000 at December 31, 2003.

 

2. Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the Company’s Debt Securities.

 

3. Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

Redeemable preferred stock consists of the Company’s 8 1/4% Convertible Preferred Stock and 6.25% Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

4. Income Taxes

 

Income taxes reported in the accompanying unconsolidated financial statements are determined by computing income tax assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis, for the Company and members of its consolidated federal income tax return group, and then reducing such consolidated amounts for the amounts recorded by the Company’s subsidiaries on a separate tax return basis.

 

 

111


Table of Contents

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2002 AND 2003

(In thousands of dollars)

 

          Additions

   Deductions

           

Description


   Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Amounts
Charged to
Operating
Expenses


   Amounts
Credited to
Operating
Expenses


    Amounts
Written
Off Against
Receivables


    Effect of
Exchange
Rate
Changes


   

Balance

at End of

Year


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable:

                                            

2001

   $ 18,722    $ 10,542    $ —       $ (4,446 )   $ (33 )   $ 24,785
    

  

  


 


 


 

2002

   $ 24,785    $ 6,242    $ —       $ (16,222 )   $ 504     $ 15,309
    

  

  


 


 


 

2003

   $ 15,309    $ 2,246    $ (4,491 )   $ (4,469 )   $ 565     $ 9,160
    

  

  


 


 


 

 

112


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Item 15 (a) (3)

 

Exhibit Number


  

Exhibit Description


*    2.1    Formation Agreement, dated December 8, 1998, relating to the formation of Crown Atlantic Company LLC, Crown Atlantic Holding Sub LLC, and Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC
**    2.2    Amendment Number 1 to Formation Agreement, dated March 31, 1999, among Crown Castle International Corp., Cellco Partnership, doing business as Bell Atlantic Mobile, certain Transferring Partnerships and CCA Investment Corp.
     2.3    Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated May 1, 2003, by and between Bell Atlantic Mobile, Inc. and CCA Investment Corp.
**    2.4    Crown Atlantic Company LLC Operating Agreement entered into as of March 31, 1999 by and between Cellco Partnership, doing business as Bell Atlantic Mobile, and Crown Atlantic Holding Sub LLC
     2.5    Crown Atlantic Company LLC First Amendment to Operating Agreement, dated May 1, 2003, by Crown Atlantic Company LLC, and each of Bell Atlantic Mobile, Inc. and Crown Atlantic Holding Sub LLC
***    2.6    Agreement to Sublease dated June 1, 1999 by and among BellSouth Mobility Inc., BellSouth Telecommunications Inc., The Transferring Entities, Crown Castle International Corp. and Crown Castle South Inc.
***    2.7    Sublease dated June 1, 1999 by and among BellSouth Mobility Inc., Certain BMI Affiliates, Crown Castle International Corp. and Crown Castle South Inc.
+    2.8    Agreement to Sublease dated August 1, 1999 by and among BellSouth Personal Communications, Inc., BellSouth Carolinas PCS, L.P., Crown Castle International Corp. and Crown Castle South Inc.
+    2.9    Sublease dated August 1, 1999 by and among BellSouth Personal Communications, Inc., BellSouth Carolinas PCS, L.P., Crown Castle International Corp. and Crown Castle South Inc.
****    2.10    Formation Agreement dated November 7, 1999 relating to the formation of Crown Castle GT Company LLC, Crown Castle GT Holding Sub LLC and Crown Castle GT Holding Company LLC
+    2.11    Operating Agreement, dated January 31, 2000 by and between Crown Castle GT Corp. and affiliates of GTE Wireless Incorporated
###    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Crown Castle International Corp., dated August 21, 1998
###    3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws of Crown Castle International Corp., dated August 21, 1998
   3.3    Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof of Series A and Series B Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock of Crown Castle International Corp. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 1999
+++    3.4    Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof of 6.25% Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock of Crown Castle International Corp. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 2, 2000
#    4.1    Article Fourth of Certificate of Incorporation of Castle Tower Holding Corp. (included in Exhibit 3.1)
##    4.2    Specimen Certificate of Common Stock
####    4.3    Indenture, dated as of May 17, 1999, between Crown Castle International Corp. and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9% Senior Notes Due 2011 (including exhibits)

 

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number


  

Exhibit Description


WWW    4.4    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 7, 2004, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9% Senior Notes Due 2011
####    4.5    Indenture, dated as of May 17, 1999, between Crown Castle International Corp. and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2011 (including exhibits)
WW    4.6    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 24, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2011
***    4.7    Registration Rights Agreement dated June 1, 1999 between BellSouth Mobility Inc. and Crown Castle International Corp.
####    4.8    Indenture, dated as of August 3, 1999, between Crown Castle International Corp. and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2011 (including exhibits)
WWW    4.9    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 7, 2004, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2011
####    4.10    Indenture, dated as of August 3, 1999, between Crown Castle International Corp. and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2011 (including exhibits)
WW    4.11    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 24, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2011
   4.12    Deposit Agreement among Crown Castle International Corp. and the United States Trust Company of New York dated November 19, 1999
   4.13    Registration Rights Agreement among Crown Castle International Corp., the United States Trust Company of New York and SFG-P INC. dated November 19, 1999
   4.14    Warrant Agreement between Crown Castle International Corp. and the United States Trust Company of New York dated November 19, 1999
@    4.15    Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2000, between Crown Castle International Corp. and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (including exhibits)
^^    4.16    Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2001, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (including Exhibits)
††    4.17    Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010 (including exhibits)
††    4.18    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010
††    4.19    Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 7.5% Senior Noted due 2013 (including exhibits)
††    4.20    Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to the 7.5% Series B Senior Noted due 2013 (including exhibits)
††    4.21    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., relating to the 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013.
††    4.22    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2003, between Crown Castle International Corp. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, relating to the 7.5% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
##    10.1    Site Sharing Agreement between National Transcommunications Limited and The British Broadcasting Corporation dated September 10, 1991
#    10.2    Castle Tower Holding Corp. 1995 Stock Option Plan (Third Restatement)
##    10.3    Crown Castle International Corp. 1995 Stock Option Plan (Fourth Restatement)

 

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number


  

Exhibit Description


##    10.4    Transmission Agreement between The British Broadcasting Corporation and Castle Transmission Services Limited dated February 27, 1997
##    10.5    Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. All Employee Share Option Scheme dated as of January 23, 1998
##    10.6    Rules of the Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. Bonus Share Plan
###    10.7    Employee Benefit Trust between Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. and Castle Transmission (Trustees) Limited
##    10.8    Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. Unapproved Share Option Scheme dated as of January 23, 1998
##    10.9    Deed of Grant of Option between Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. and Ted B. Miller, Jr., dated January 23, 1998
##    10.10    Deed of Grant of Option between Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd. and Ted B. Miller, Jr., dated April 23, 1998
##    10.11    Digital Terrestrial Television Transmission Agreement between the British Broadcasting Corporation and Castle Transmission International Ltd. dated February 10, 1998
##    10.12    Contract between British Telecommunications PLC and Castle Transmission International Inc. for the Provision of Digital Terrestrial Television Network Distribution Service dated May 13, 1998
##    10.13    Amending Agreement between the British Broadcasting Corporation and Castle Transmission International Limited dated July 16, 1998
**    10.14    Loan Agreement dated as of March 31, 1999 by and among Crown Atlantic HoldCo Sub LLC, as the Borrower, Key Corporate Capital Inc., as Agent, and the Financial Institutions listed therein
**    10.15    Global Lease Agreement dated March 31, 1999 between Crown Atlantic Company LLC and Cellco Partnership, doing business as Bell Atlantic Mobile
+    10.16    Amendment to Loan Amendment Agreement, dated June 18, 1999, by and among Castle Transmission International Ltd., Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd., Millennium Communications Limited and the various banks and lenders listed as parties thereto
+    10.17    Amendment to Loan Amendment Agreement dated December 23, 1999 by and among Castle Transmission International, Ltd., Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd, Millennium Communications Limited and the various banks and lenders listed as parties thereto
+++    10.18    Termination Agreement dated as of July 5, 2000, by and between Crown Castle International Corp., Crown Castle UK Holdings Limited, France Telecom S.A., Telediffusion de France S.A., and Transmission Future Networks B.V.
++    10.19    Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated as of September 18, 2000, between Crown Castle International Corp. and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.L.C.
^    10.20    Crown Castle International Corp. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
++++    10.21    Form of Option Agreement pursuant to 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
W    10.22    Amended and Restated Credit and Exchange Offer Agreement dated as of October 10, 2003 among Crown Castle Operating Company, Crown Castle International Corp. de Puerto Rico, Crown Castle International Corp. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the several Lenders which are parties thereto
@@@    10.23    Form of Severance Agreement between Crown Castle International Corp. and each of John P. Kelly, W. Benjamin Moreland, E. Blake Hawk, Edward W. Wallander, Robert E. Giles and Michael T. Schueppert
@@@    10.24    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
     11    Computation of Net Loss per Common Share
     12    Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
     21    Subsidiaries of Crown Castle International Corp.
     23    Consent of KPMG LLP
     24    Powers of Attorney (included in the signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K)
     31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

115


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number


  

Exhibit Description


     31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

# Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-43873).
## Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-57283).
* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated December 9, 1998.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated March 31, 1999.
### Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-71715).
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated June 9, 1999.
+ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 10-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated March 30, 2000.
#### Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-87765).
**** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated November 7, 1999.
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated November 19, 1999.
++ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit filed by the Registrant in the Registration Statement on Form 8-A12G/A (Registration No. 0-24737) dated September 19, 2000.
@ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 0-24737) dated June 26, 2000.
+++ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 10-Q (Registration No. 0-24737) dated August 11, 2000.
^ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant as Appendix A to the Definitive Schedule 14A Proxy Statement (Registration No. 001-16441) filed on May 8, 2001.
^^ Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-63520).
++++ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 10-Q (Registration No. 001-16441) dated September 30, 2002.
@@ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 001-16441) dated November 22, 2002.
@@@ Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 001-16441) dated January 7, 2003.
W Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 001-16441) dated October 10, 2003.
WW Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 001-16441) dated January 6, 2004.
WWW Incorporated by reference to the exhibit previously filed by the Registrant on Form 8-K (Registration No. 001-16441) dated January 12, 2004.
†† Incorporated by reference to the exhibits in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-112176).

 

116


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 9th day of March, 2004.

 

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/    W. BENJAMIN MORELAND        


   

W. Benjamin Moreland

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints W. Benjamin Moreland and Wesley D. Cunningham and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all documents relating to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, including any and all amendments and supplements thereto, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on this 9th day of March, 2004.

 

Name


  

Title


/s/    JOHN P. KELLY        


John P. Kelly

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

    (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    W. BENJAMIN MORELAND        


W. Benjamin Moreland

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

    Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/    WESLEY D. CUNNINGHAM        


Wesley D. Cunningham

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and

    Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/    CARL FERENBACH        


Carl Ferenbach

  

Director

/s/    ARI Q. FITZGERALD        


Ari Q. Fitzgerald

  

Director

/s/    RANDALL A. HACK        


Randall A. Hack

  

Director

/s/    DALE N. HATFIELD        


Dale N. Hatfield

  

Director

/s/    LEE W. HOGAN        


Lee W. Hogan

  

Director

/s/    EDWARD C. HUTCHESON, JR.        


Edward C. Hutcheson, Jr.

  

Director

/s/    J. LANDIS MARTIN        


J. Landis Martin

  

Chairman of the Board

 

117


Table of Contents

Name


  

Title


/s/    ROBERT F. MCKENZIE        


Robert F. McKenzie

  

Director

/s/    WILLIAM D. STRITTMATTER        


William D. Strittmatter

  

Director

 

118

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement

Exhibit 2.3

 

CROWN ATLANTIC HOLDING COMPANY LLC

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Operating Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 1, 2003 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Bell Atlantic Mobile, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BAM”), and CCA Investment Corp., a Delaware corporation (“CCIC Member”) and a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation (“CCIC”). BAM and CCIC Member (and such other persons who shall be admitted in the future in accordance with the terms hereof and shall have agreed to be bound hereby), being hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as a “Member” and collectively as the “Members.”

 

WHEREAS, Cellco Partnership, a Delaware general partnership that previously did business as Bell Atlantic Mobile and now does business as Verizon Wireless (“CellCo”) and CCIC entered into an Operating Agreement as of March 31, 1999 (the “Original Operating Agreement”) in order to set forth their agreements regarding, among other things, the operation and management of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, Cellco previously distributed to BAM all of Cellco’s Membership Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, BAM and CCIC Member desire to enter into this Operating Agreement in order to amend and restate the Original Operating Agreement in its entirety.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings assigned to them below:

 

Affiliates” means, with respect to any Person, any Persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with that Person, as well as any executive officers, directors and majority-owned entities of that Person or its other Affiliates.

 

BAM” is defined in the Preamble.

 

BAM HoldCo Interest” is defined in Section 8.2.

 

BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser” is defined in Section 8.5.

 

BAM Offer” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

BAM Retained Interest” shall mean the .001 Percentage Interest in OpCo held by BAM.


Bidder Services Agreement” shall mean the Services Agreement among CCIC, OpCo and HoldCo Sub, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to BAM and CCIC and consistent with the terms set forth in the letter agreement between BAM and CCIC set forth as Exhibit 2.7 to the Formation Agreement, pursuant to which CCIC shall offer to OpCo and HoldCo Sub certain services with respect to the tower structures owned by OpCo and HoldCo Sub on the terms and conditions described therein.

 

Business Plan” is defined in Section 10.3.

 

CCIC” is defined in the Preamble.

 

CCIC HoldCo Interest” is defined in Section 8.1.

 

CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser” is defined in Section 8.5.

 

CCIC Member” is defined in the Preamble.

 

CCIC Offer” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

CPI” means the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, for All Items (1982-1984 = 100), as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor, and any successor index. If the CPI is discontinued and there is no successor index, BAM shall in good faith select a comparable index to replace the CPI and the index selected by BAM shall be subject to CCIC Member’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Encumbrance” means any lien, mortgage, security interest, pledge, restriction on transferability, defect of title, option or other claim, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any property or property interest.

 

Exchange Act” is defined in Section 10.4(a).

 

Fair Market Value” is defined in Section 9.5(c).

 

Formation Agreement” is defined in the Preamble. All terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Formation Agreement.

 

GAAP” is defined in Section 3.8(e).

 

Global Lease” shall mean the Global Lease Agreement among OpCo and BAM (for itself and on behalf of the Transferring Partnerships) pursuant to which OpCo shall lease to BAM and the Transferring Partnerships space on certain communications towers.

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, territorial, county, municipal, local or other government or governmental agency or body or any other type of regulatory body, whether domestic or foreign, including without limitation the Federal Communications Commission, or any successor Governmental Authority and the Federal Aviation Administration, or any successor Governmental Authority.

 

- 2 -


HoldCo” is defined in the Preamble.

 

HoldCo Sub” is defined in the Preamble.

 

HoldCo Sub Operating Agreement” shall mean the Operating Agreement of HoldCo Sub entered into as of March 31, 1999 by HoldCo.

 

Indebtedness” is defined in Section 3.8(e).

 

Key Corp. Loan” shall mean the loan by Lender and certain other financial institutions to HoldCo Sub pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated March 31, 1999, as amended, in the original principal amount of One Hundred Eighty Million Dollars ($180,000,000.00), and subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Loan Agreement.

 

Lender” shall mean Key Corporate Capital Inc.

 

Management Agreement” shall mean the Management Agreement between HoldCo Sub and OpCo, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to BAM and CCIC and consistent with the terms set forth in the letter agreement between BAM and CCIC as set forth on Exhibit 2.7 to the Formation Agreement, pursuant to which HoldCo Sub shall manage and lease OpCo’s assets.

 

Managers” is defined in Section 1.2.

 

Members” is defined in the Preamble.

 

OpCo” is defined in the Preamble.

 

OpCo Towers” is defined in Section 10.3.

 

Person” means any natural person or entity.

 

Solvent” is defined in Section 3.8(c).

 

Taxes” means all taxes, duties, charges, fees, levies or other assessments imposed by any taxing authority, whether domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, income (net, gross or other including recapture of any tax items such as investment tax credits), alternative or add-on minimum tax, capital gains, gross receipts, value-added, excise, withholding, personal property, real estate, sale, use, ad valorem, license, lease, service, severance, stamp, transfer, payroll, employment, customs, duties, alternative, add-on minimum, estimated and franchise taxes (including any interest, levies, charges, penalties or additions attributable to or imposed on or with respect to any such assessment).

 

Transaction Documents” means, collectively, the Formation Agreement, the Global Lease, the Bidder Services Agreement, the Management Agreement and each of the other documents and agreements listed in Section 4.2 of the Formation Agreement, as amended.

 

- 3 -


Transferring Partnership” is defined in the Preamble.

 

Section 1.2 Formation. By their filing of the Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 18, 1999, the Members and the Transferring Partnerships previously formed Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC, a limited liability company, pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act of 1992, as amended from time to time (the “Act”), for the purposes hereinafter set forth. The Transferring Partnerships, after the filing of the Certificate and prior to the execution and delivery of the Original Operating Agreement, transferred all of their respective interests in the Company to Cellco. Cellco previously distributed all of its interests in the Company to BAM. On May 1, 2003, immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Operating Agreement, GT Towers Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, received a 13.3% Membership Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, between GT Towers Incorporated and Crown Castle Investment Corp., and then in turn GT Towers Incorporated transferred and assigned such 13.3% Membership Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company to BAM. The Company was formed as a limited liability company managed by its managers (the “Managers”) under the supervision of the Board of Representatives (as defined in Section 1.10) and the laws of the State of Delaware, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The Members intend that the Company shall be taxed as a partnership. The Members shall execute or cause to be executed all other necessary certificates and documents, and shall make all other such filings and recordings, and shall do all other acts as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time to comply with all requirements for the formation, continued existence and operation of a limited liability company in the State of Delaware. This Operating Agreement is intended to serve as a “limited liability company agreement” as such term is defined in § 18-101(7) of the Act.

 

Section 1.3 Company Name and Address. The Company shall do business under the name Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC or such other name as the Board of Representatives may determine from time to time. The Board of Representatives shall promptly notify the Members of any change of name of the Company. The initial registered agent for the Company shall be CT Corporation System. The initial registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The registered office and the registered agent may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Representatives by filing notice of such change with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Board of Representatives will promptly notify the Members of any change of the registered office or registered agent. The Company may also have offices at such other places within or outside of the State of Delaware as the Board of Representatives may from time to time determine.

 

Section 1.4 Term. The Company commenced operating as of March 18, 1999, the date the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and shall have perpetual existence unless terminated or dissolved pursuant to Section 9.1 of this Operating Agreement.

 

- 4 -


Section 1.5 Business of the Company. The purpose of the Company is to own one hundred percent (100%) of the percentage interests in HoldCo Sub. The Company shall not engage in any line of business except for (i) the ownership of the membership interests in, and operation and management of, HoldCo Sub and any and all activities ancillary or related thereto. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.

 

Section 1.6 Names and Addresses of the Members. The names and addresses of the Members are set forth in Schedule A.

 

Section 1.7 Partition. No Member, nor any successor-in-interest to any Member, shall have the right, while this Operating Agreement remains in effect, to have the property of the Company partitioned, or to file a complaint or institute any proceeding at law or in equity to have the property of the Company partitioned, and each of the Members, on behalf of itself and its successors, representatives and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives any such right.

 

Section 1.8 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Section 1.9 Title to Company Property. All property owned by the Company, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company, and no Member individually shall have any interest in such property. Title to all such property may be held in the name of the Company or a designee, which designee may be a Member or an entity affiliated with a Member.

 

Section 1.10 Board of Representatives.

 

(a) General. A Board of Representatives (the “Board of Representatives”) shall be established to oversee the Managers and review the Business Plan (as defined in Section 10.3). There shall be no less than five (5) Representatives, nor more than fifteen (15) Representatives, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Representatives. Initially, there shall be six (6) Representatives. Each Member shall designate that number of Representatives determined by multiplying the total number of Representatives by that Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company and rounding to the nearest whole number. If such calculation shall result in a greater number of Representatives than the total to be designated, then the Board of Representatives shall be expanded to the extent permitted by the second sentence of this Section 1.10(a) or if, despite such expansion, there would still be a greater number of Representatives than the total to be designated, the Members shall by vote determine a proportionate readjustment with each Member entitled to a number of votes equal to its Percentage Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as BAM maintains ownership of at least a five percent (5%) Percentage Interest in the Company, BAM shall have the right to designate from time to time a number of Representatives that is equal to the greater of (i) one (1) Representative or (ii) the number of Representatives (rounded to the nearest whole number) which is equal to the same percentage of all Representatives as the Percentage Interest in the Company held by BAM. Initially, BAM shall designate two (2) Representatives and CCIC Member shall designate four (4) Representatives.

 

- 5 -


(b) Representatives and Alternates. Each Member shall also be entitled to designate one (1) alternate to each such Representative (each an “Alternate”). In the event a Representative is unable to attend a meeting of the Board of Representatives or otherwise participate in any action to be taken by the Board of Representatives, the Alternate associated with such Representative shall take such Representative’s place for all purposes on the Board of Representatives. Each Member shall designate its Representatives and the associated Alternates by written notice to the Company and each other Member. The Representatives and Alternates shall at all times be executive officers or other full-time employees of either such Member or any affiliate of such Member. For so long as BAM has the right to designate at least one (1) Representative of the Company, the Representatives and Alternates of the Company shall also serve as the Representatives and Alternates of HoldCo Sub and OpCo.

 

(c) Resignation. A Representative or Alternate of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company or to the Member who designated such Representative or Alternate.

 

(d) Removal. Each Member may, at any time, replace any of its Representatives or Alternates with a new Representative or Alternate and, upon such change or upon the death or resignation of any Representative or Alternate, a successor shall be designated in writing by the Member that appointed the Representative or Alternate being replaced.

 

(e) Vacancies. Any vacancy with respect to any Representative or Alternate occurring for any reason may be filled by the Member who designated the Representative or Alternate who vacated or was removed from his or her position.

 

(f) Compensation. Without the approval of the Members, the Representatives or Alternates will not be entitled to compensation for their services as Representatives or Alternates. The Company shall, however, reimburse the Representatives and Alternates for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their services to the Company.

 

Section 1.11 Membership Interests Uncertificated. The interests of the Members in the Company shall not be certificated.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS GENERALLY

 

Section 2.1 Manner of Giving Notice.

 

(a) A notice of meeting shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and any other information required by any provision of the Act, the Certificate or this Operating Agreement.

 

- 6 -


(b) When a meeting at which there is a duly constituted quorum is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the adjournment is for more than sixty (60) days in which event notice shall be given in accordance with Section 2.2 or Section 2.3, as applicable.

 

Section 2.2 Notice of Meetings of the Board of Representatives. Notice of every meeting of the Board of Representatives shall be given to each Representative by telephone or in writing at least 24 hours (in the case of notice by telephone, telex or facsimile transmission) or 48 hours (in the case of notice by telegraph, courier service or express mail) or five (5) days (in the case of notice by first class mail) before the time at which the meeting is to be held. Every such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.3 and 4.5, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Representatives need be specified in a notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3 Notice of Meetings of Members. Written notice of every meeting of the Members shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the meeting at least five (5) days prior to the day named for the meeting. If the Managers neglect or refuse to give notice of a meeting, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

 

Section 2.4 Waiver of Notice.

 

(a) Whenever any written notice is required to be given under the provisions of the Act, the Certificate or this Operating Agreement, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of the notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of the meeting.

 

(b) Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 2.5 Use of Conference Telephone and Similar Equipment. Any Representative may participate in any meeting of the Board of Representatives, and any Member may participate in any meeting of the Members, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 2.6 Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Representatives or Members may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, written consents describing the action to be taken are signed by the minimum number of Representatives or Members that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting at which all Representatives or Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voting; provided that, prior to any such written consent becoming

 

- 7 -


effective, such written consent has been provided to all Representatives or Members entitled to vote, and the Representatives or Members shall have ten (10) days to review such consent prior to such written consent becoming effective (unless otherwise agreed to by all Representatives or their respective Alternates or each Member, respectively). The consents shall be filed with the Managers. Prompt notice of the taking of Company action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Members who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Section 3.1 Management of the Company Generally. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by its Managers under the supervision of the Board of Representatives (a) in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement and the Business Plans and the other resolutions and directives of the Board of Representatives adopted by the Board of Representatives and in effect from time to time, and (b) subject to the provisions of the Act, the Certificate and this Operating Agreement including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 3.8 hereof. Unless authorized to do so by this Operating Agreement or by the Board of Representatives or the Managers of the Company (provided that the Managers are authorized to grant such authority), no attorney-in-fact, employee, officer or agent of the Company other than the Managers shall have any power or authority to bind the Company in any way, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose. No Member shall have any power or authority to bind the Company unless the Member has been expressly authorized by the Board of Representatives to act as an agent of the Company. All Managers of the Company, as between themselves and the Company, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Company as may be provided by or pursuant to resolutions or orders of the Board of Representatives or in the Business Plan, or, in the absence of controlling provisions in the resolutions or orders of the Board of Representatives, as may be determined by or pursuant to this Operating Agreement. The Board of Representatives may confer upon any Manager such titles as the Board deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, President, Vice President, Secretary or Treasurer, and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.8 of this Operating Agreement, delegate specifically defined duties to the Managers. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Operating Agreement or of the Act to the contrary, no Manager of the Company shall have the power or authority to do or perform any act with respect to any of the matters set forth in Section 3.8 of this Operating Agreement unless such matter has been approved by the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 3.2 Meetings of the Board of Representatives. Meetings of the Board of Representatives shall be held at such time and place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Representatives or by written notice of any Manager or by written notice of any Member; provided that meetings of the Board of Representatives shall be held no less than quarterly, on a date to be determined by the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member. At each meeting of the Board of Representatives, the Managers shall (i) provide the Board of Representatives with a report on the financial condition and operations of the Company, including, without limitation, a report on the

 

- 8 -


results of operations compared to the then applicable Business Plan, (ii) disclose to the Board of Representatives any material event or contingency occurring since the previous meeting and (iii) disclose to the Board of Representatives all matters which would require disclosure to, or the approval of, the board of directors of a Delaware corporation. For so long as BAM is entitled to designate at least one (1) Representative to the Board of Representatives of the Company, any meeting of the Board of Representatives of the Company shall also be deemed to be a meeting of the Boards of Representatives of HoldCo Sub and OpCo.

 

Section 3.3 Quorum. The presence of at least one of the Representatives or Alternates designated by each of BAM and CCIC Member shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board of Representatives and the acts of a majority of the Representatives or Alternates present and voting at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Representatives or Alternates; provided, however, that if notice of a meeting is provided to the Representatives and Alternates, and such notice describes the business to be considered, the actions to be taken and the matters to be voted on at the meeting in reasonable detail, and insufficient Representatives or Alternates attend the meeting to constitute a quorum, the meeting may be adjourned by those Representatives or Alternates attending such meeting for a period not to exceed twenty (20) days. Such meeting may be reconvened by providing notice of the reconvened meeting to the Representatives and Alternates no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting specifying that the business to be considered, the actions to be taken and the matters to be voted upon are those set forth in the notice of the original adjourned meeting. If, at the reconvened meeting, a quorum of Representatives or Alternates is not present, a majority of the Representatives and Alternates present and voting will constitute a quorum for purposes of the reconvened meeting; provided, however that such Representatives and Alternates may only consider the business, take the actions or vote upon the matters set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Operating Agreement, no Representative, Alternate or Manager shall have any power or authority to do or perform any act with respect to any of the matters set forth in Section 3.8 of this Operating Agreement unless such matter has been approved by the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 3.4 Manner of Acting. Other than any action contemplated by Section 3.8, which shall require the mutual consent of CCIC Member and BAM, whenever any Company action is to be taken by a vote of the Board of Representatives, it shall be authorized upon receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of the Representatives and Alternates present and voting at a duly constituted meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

Section 3.5 Designation of Managers. CCIC Member shall designate all Managers. CCIC Member shall promptly give each Member notice of the designation of any new Manager.

 

Section 3.6 Qualifications. Each Manager of the Company shall be a natural person of full age who need not be a resident of the State of Delaware.

 

- 9 -


Section 3.7 Number, Selection and Term of Office.

 

(a) There shall be no less than 2 Managers, nor more than 10, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Representatives. Initially, there shall be 5 Managers.

 

(b) Each Manager shall hold office until a successor has been selected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.8 Approval of Certain Matters by the Members. Notwithstanding any provision of this Operating Agreement or the Act to the contrary, the following matters require the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member, given by their respective Representatives (acting as a group) at a meeting of the Board of Representatives or by written consent, or if BAM has no Representatives, such consent shall be given by BAM in its capacity as a Member, and the Managers shall have no power or authority to do or perform any act with respect to any of the following matters without the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member, given in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement:

 

(a) Certain Contracts. The entering into any contract, agreement or arrangement (whether written or oral) by the Company, other than agreements and contracts in force as of the date hereof and renewals thereof, which (i) contains provisions restricting HoldCo or HoldCo Sub or any member thereof from competing in any business activity in any geographic area, (ii) contains provisions requiring HoldCo or HoldCo Sub or any member thereof to deal exclusively with any third party with respect to providing any goods, services or rights to or acquiring any goods or services or rights from such third party, (iii) contains provisions which are inconsistent with the obligations of HoldCo or HoldCo Sub under any of the Transaction Documents, or (iv) provides for the purchase or sale of goods, services or rights involving an amount in excess of $10,000,000 per year in any transaction or series of similar transactions.

 

(b) Conduct of Business. The engagement by the Company in any line of business other than the ownership of the membership interests in HoldCo Sub. The engagement by HoldCo Sub in any line of business other than the business of acquiring or constructing, owning or leasing, and maintaining and operating communications towers in the United States and performing its obligations under the Management Agreement and performing all business activities related thereto. The making by HoldCo Sub of any investment in, or the acquisition by HoldCo Sub of any equity securities of, any Person other than OpCo.

 

(c) Solvency. The voluntary taking of any action by the Company or HoldCo Sub that would cause the Company or HoldCo Sub to cease to be Solvent. As used herein, the term “Solvent” means that the aggregate present fair saleable value of the Company’s (or HoldCo Sub’s, as applicable) assets is in excess of the total cost of its probable liability on its existing debts to third parties as they become absolute and matured, the Company (or HoldCo Sub, as applicable) has not incurred debts beyond its foreseeable ability to pay such debts as they mature, and the Company (or HoldCo Sub, as applicable) has capital adequate to conduct the business in which it is presently employed.

 

(d) Bankruptcy. The voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company or HoldCo Sub, the making by the Company or HoldCo Sub of a voluntary assignment

 

- 10 -


for the benefit of creditors, the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by the Company or HoldCo Sub, the Company or HoldCo Sub petitioning or applying to any tribunal for any receiver or trustee, the Company or HoldCo Sub commencing any proceeding relating to itself under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, the Company or HoldCo Sub indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding and failing to use its respective best efforts to have discharged the appointment of any receiver of or trustee for the Company or HoldCo Sub or any substantial part of their respective properties.

 

(e) Indebtedness. The direct or indirect modification, amendment or prepayment of the Key Corp. Loan by the Company or HoldCo Sub prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Formation Agreement. The Company directly or indirectly, creating, incurring, assuming, guaranteeing, or otherwise becoming or remaining directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness. As used herein, “Indebtedness” means, at any time, (i) liabilities for borrowed money, (ii) liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by the Company (excluding accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business but including all liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any such property); (iii) all liabilities appearing on its balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved (“GAAP”) in respect of capital leases; (iv) all liabilities for borrowed money secured by any Encumbrance with respect to any property owned by the Company (whether or not it has assumed or otherwise become liable for such liabilities); (v) all liabilities in respect of letters of credit or instruments serving a similar function issued or accepted for its account by banks and other financial institutions (whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money); and (vi) any guaranty of the Company with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of clauses (i) through (v) hereof.

 

(f) Liens. The Company, directly or indirectly, maintaining, creating, incurring, assuming or permitting to exist any Encumbrance (other than Encumbrances on the membership interests in HoldCo Sub granted to the Lender to secure the Key Corp. Loan) on or with respect to any property or asset (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom.

 

(g) Issuance of Interests. Except pursuant to a transfer permitted by Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, the authorization or issuance of any interests in, or the admission of any members to, the Company or HoldCo Sub, other than BAM and CCIC Member, including, without limitation, the authorization or issuance of any additional interests in the Company to BAM or CCIC Member beyond those interests authorized and issued in connection with the formation of the Company.

 

(h) Contingent Obligations. The Company, directly or indirectly, creating or becoming or being liable with respect to any Contingent Obligation.

 

As used herein, the term “Contingent Obligations” means any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise (i) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof is to provide assurance to the obligee of such

 

- 11 -


obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligations will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof and (ii) with respect to any letter of credit. Contingent Obligations shall include with respect to the Company, without limitation, the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for the collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with `recourse by the Company, the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, and any liability of the Company for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (x) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), and (y) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (x) or (y) of this sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence.

 

(i) Preservation of Existence. Any action contrary to the preservation and maintenance of the Company’s and HoldCo Sub’s existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware. Any action which would prevent the Company or HoldCo Sub from qualifying and remaining qualified as a foreign limited liability company in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary or desirable in view of its business and operations or the ownership or lease of its properties.

 

(j) Merger or Sale of Assets. Any merger or consolidation by the Company or HoldCo Sub with any Person. Any sale, assignment, lease or other disposition by the Company or HoldCo Sub of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), or any voluntarily parting with the control of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), a material portion of the Company’s or HoldCo Sub’s assets (whether now owned or hereinafter acquired), except in accordance with the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, and except for sales or other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business. Any sale, assignment or other disposition of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any of the Company’s or HoldCo Sub’s accounts receivable (whether now in existence or hereinafter created) at a discount or with recourse, to any Person, except for sales or other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business.

 

(k) Dealings with Affiliates. Except pursuant to the Transaction Documents, the entering into by the Company or HoldCo Sub of any transaction, including, without limitation, any loans or extensions of credit or royalty agreements with any Representative, Manager, officer or member of the Company or HoldCo Sub or any officer, director of CCIC or CCIC Member or holder of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding CCIC Common Stock, or any member of their respective immediate families or any corporation or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by one or more of such officers, directors or stockholders or members of their immediate families except in the ordinary course of business and on terms not less favorable to the Company or HoldCo Sub than it would reasonably expect to obtain in a transaction between unrelated parties.

 

- 12 -


(l) Dividends; Distributions. The declaration or payment by the Company or HoldCo Sub of any dividend, or making by the Company or HoldCo Sub of any distribution or return of capital, or the redemption by the Company or HoldCo Sub of any equity interest, or the making by the Company or HoldCo Sub of any similar payments or transfer of property to its Members (excluding payments for goods or services).

 

(m) Method of Certain Calculations. The determination of any method to be used in calculating any of the payments to be made under the Management Agreement or the Bidder Services Agreement.

 

(n) Business Plan. The approval of the Business Plan as set forth in Section 10.3.

 

(o) Actions as Member of HoldCo Sub. The Company giving any consent, in its capacity as a member of HoldCo Sub, under Section 3.8 of the HoldCo Sub Operating Agreement.

 

Whenever the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member is required under either this Operating Agreement, the HoldCo Sub Operating Agreement or the OpCo Operating Agreement, the Managers shall only take action, vote the membership interests in HoldCo Sub or authorize the Managers of HoldCo Sub to vote the membership interest in OpCo in accordance with the direction of BAM and CCIC Member as provided for in this Section 3.8.

 

Section 3.9 Exculpation. No Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer shall be liable to the Company or to any Member for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from, related to, or in connection with, this Operating Agreement or the business or affairs of the Company, except for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities as are determined by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member, Manger, Representative, Alternate or officer has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any Member, such Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer acting in connection with this Operating Agreement or the business or affairs of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer for its good faith conduct in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any approval or authorization granted by the Company or any Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer. The provisions of this Operating Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of any Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or officer.

 

Section 3.10 Reliance on Reports and Information by Member, Representative, Alternate or Manager. A Member, Representative, Alternate or Manager of the Company shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of its other Managers, Members, Representatives, Alternates, officers, employees or committees of the Company, or by any other person, as to matters the Member, Representative, Alternate or

 

- 13 -


Manager reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Company or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.

 

Section 3.11 Bank Accounts. The Managers may from time to time open bank accounts in the name of the Company, and the Managers, or any of them, shall be the sole signatory or signatories thereon, unless the Managers determine otherwise.

 

Section 3.12 Resignation. A Manager of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of a Manager shall be effective upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective.

 

Section 3.13 Removal. Any individual Manager may be removed from office at any time, without assigning any cause, by CCIC Member.

 

Section 3.14 Vacancies. Any vacancy with respect to a Manager occurring for any reason may be filled by CCIC Member.

 

Section 3.15 Salaries. The salaries of the Managers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Representatives in accordance with the Business Plan or by such Manager as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Representatives. The salaries or other compensation of any other employees and other agents shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Representatives or by such Manager as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Representatives.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

MEMBERS

 

Section 4.1 Admission of Members.

 

(a) A person acquiring an interest in the Company in connection with its formation shall be admitted as a Member of the Company upon the later to occur of the formation of the Company or when the admission of the person is reflected in the records of the Company.

 

(b) After the formation of the Company, a person acquiring an interest in the Company from the Company, is admitted as a Member upon the satisfaction of all requirements in Article VIII of this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 4.2 Meetings. Meetings of the Members, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by any Manager or by any Member.

 

- 14 -


Section 4.3 Place of Meeting. The Managers or Members calling a meeting pursuant to Section 4.2 may designate any place as the place for any meeting of the Members. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Company.

 

Section 4.4 Record Date. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Members or any adjournment of the meeting, or Members entitled to receive payment of any distribution, or to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution declaring the distribution or relating to such other purpose is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for the determination of Members. Only Members of record on the date fixed shall be so entitled notwithstanding any permitted transfer of a Member’s Membership Interest after any record date fixed as provided in this Section. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, the determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting.

 

Section 4.5 Quorum. A meeting of Members of the Company duly called shall not be organized for the transaction of business unless a quorum is present. The presence of each Member, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members, provided, however, that if notice of a meeting is provided to the Members, and such notice describes the business to be considered, the actions to be taken and the matters to be voted on at the meeting in reasonable detail, and insufficient Members attend the meeting to constitute a quorum, the meeting may be adjourned by those Members attending such meeting for a period not to exceed twenty (20) days. Such meeting may be reconvened by providing notice of the reconvened meeting to the Members no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the meeting specifying that the business to be considered, the actions to be taken and the matters to be voted upon are those set forth in the notice of the original adjourned meeting. If, at the reconvened meeting, a quorum of Members is not present, a majority of the Members present and voting will constitute a quorum for purposes of the reconvened meeting; provided, however that such Members may only consider the business, take the actions or vote upon the matters set forth in the notice of the original meeting. At an adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal during the meeting of Members whose absence would cause less than a quorum.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement, no Member shall have any power or authority to do or perform any act with respect to any of the matters set forth in Section 3.8 of this Operating Agreement unless such matter has been approved by the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 4.6 Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided in the Act or the Certificate or this Operating Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3.8 hereof, whenever any Company action is to be taken by vote of the Members of the Company, it shall be authorized upon receiving the affirmative vote of Members entitled to vote who own a majority of the Percentage Interests (as defined in Section 6.1) then held by Members.

 

- 15 -


Section 4.7 Voting Rights of Members. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, every Member of the Company shall be entitled to a percentage of the total votes equal to that Member’s then current Percentage Interest.

 

Section 4.8 Relationship of Members. Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in or as authorized pursuant to the Certificate or this Operating Agreement, (a) in the event that any Member (or any of such Member’s shareholders, partners, members, owners, or Affiliates (collectively, the “Liable Member”)) has incurred any indebtedness or obligation prior to the date of this Agreement that relates to or otherwise affects the Company, neither the Company nor any other Member shall have any liability or responsibility for or with respect to such indebtedness or obligation unless such indebtedness or obligation is assumed by the Company pursuant to this Operating Agreement, the Formation Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or a written instrument signed by all Members; (b) neither the Company nor any Member pursuant to this Agreement shall be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation that is incurred after the date of this Agreement by any Liable Member, and in the event that a Liable Member, whether prior to or after the date hereof, incurs (or has incurred) any debt or obligation that neither the Company nor any of the other Members is to have any responsibility or liability for, the Liable Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from any liability or obligation they may incur in respect thereof; (c) nothing contained herein shall render any Member personally liable for any debts, obligations or liabilities incurred by the other Members or the Company whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise or for the acts or omissions of any other Member, Manager, agent or employee of the Company; (d) no Member shall be constituted an agent of the other Members or the Company; (e) nothing contained herein shall create any interest on the part of any Member in the business or other assets of the other Members; (f) nothing contained herein shall be deemed to restrict or limit in any way the carrying on (directly or indirectly) of separate businesses or activities by any Member now or in the future, even if such businesses or activities are competitive with the Company; and (g) no Member shall have any authority to act for, or to assume any obligation on behalf of, the other Members or the Company. No Member or any of its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or former employees shall have any obligation, or be liable, to the Company or any other Member pursuant to this Agreement for or arising out of the conduct described in the preceding clause (f), for exercising, performing or observing or failing to exercise, perform or observe, any of its rights or obligations under the Formation Agreement or any other Transaction Document, for exercising or failing to exercise its rights as a Member or, solely by reason of such conduct, for breach of any fiduciary or other duty to the Company or any Member. In the event that a Member, any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or former employees acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Member and the Company, neither the Member nor such Affiliate, officers, directors, employees or former employees shall have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Company, and neither the Member nor such Affiliate, officers, directors, employees or former employees shall be liable to the Company for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a member or otherwise, by reason of the fact that the Member or such Affiliate, officers, directors, employees or former employees pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for the Member, direct such corporate opportunity to another person or entity or fail to communicate such corporate opportunity or information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.

 

- 16 -


Section 4.9 Business Transactions of Member, Representative or Alternate with the Company. A Member, Representative or Alternate may lend money to, borrow money from, act as a surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact any and all other business with the Company and, subject to other applicable law, has the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member, Representative or Alternate.

 

ARTICLE V

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 5.1 Indemnification by the Company.

 

(a) The Company shall indemnify an indemnified representative against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the indemnified representative may be involved as a party or otherwise, as and when incurred, by reason of the fact that such person is or was serving in an indemnified capacity, including, without limitation, liabilities resulting from any actual or alleged breach or neglect of duty, error, misstatement or misleading statement, negligence, gross negligence or act giving rise to liability, except:

 

(1) where such indemnification is expressly prohibited by applicable law;

 

(2) where the conduct of the indemnified representative has been finally determined:

 

(i) to constitute willful misconduct or recklessness sufficient in the circumstances to bar indemnification against liabilities arising from the conduct; or

 

(ii) to be based upon or attributable to the receipt by the indemnified representative from the Company of a personal benefit to which the indemnified representative is not legally entitled; or

 

(3) to the extent such indemnification has been finally determined in a final adjudication to be otherwise unlawful.

 

(b) If an indemnified representative is entitled to indemnification in respect of a portion, but not all, of any liabilities to which such person may be subject, the Company shall indemnify such indemnified representative to the maximum extent for such portion of the liabilities.

 

(c) The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the indemnified representative is not entitled to indemnification.

 

- 17 -


(d) Definitions. For purposes of this Article:

 

(1) “indemnified capacity” means any and all past, present and future service by an indemnified representative in one or more capacities as a Member, Manager, Representative, Alternate or authorized agent of the Company;

 

(2) “indemnified representative” means any and all Members, Managers, Representatives, Alternates and authorized agents of the Company and any other person designated as an indemnified representative by the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member, given in accordance with the provisions of this Operating Agreement;

 

(3) “liability” means any damage, judgment, amount paid in settlement, fine, penalty, punitive damages, excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or cost or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements); and

 

(4) “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, appeal or other proceeding of any nature, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, and whether brought by or in the right of the Company, a class of its Members or security holders or otherwise.

 

Section 5.2 Proceedings Initiated by Indemnified Representatives. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the Company shall not indemnify under this Article an indemnified representative for any liability incurred in a proceeding initiated (which shall not be deemed to include counterclaims or affirmative defenses) or participated in as an intervenor or amicus curiae by the person seeking indemnification unless such initiation of or participation in the proceeding is authorized, either before or after its commencement, by the unanimous consent of the Board of Representatives. This Section does not apply to reimbursement of expenses incurred in successfully prosecuting or defending the rights of an indemnified representative granted by or pursuant to this Article.

 

Section 5.3 Advancing Expenses. The Company shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in good faith by an indemnified representative in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding described in Section 5.1 or the initiation of or participation in which is authorized pursuant to Section 5.2 upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified representative to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Article. The financial ability of an indemnified representative to repay an advance shall not be a prerequisite to the making of such advance.

 

Section 5.4 Payment of Indemnification. An indemnified representative shall be entitled to indemnification within thirty (30) days after a written request for indemnification has been delivered to the secretary of the Company.

 

- 18 -


Section 5.5 Arbitration.

 

(a) Any dispute related to the right to indemnification, contribution or advancement of expenses as provided under this Article, except with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that the Company has undertaken to submit to a court for adjudication, shall be decided only by arbitration in the metropolitan area in which the principal executive offices of the Company are located at the time, in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), before a panel of three arbitrators, one of whom shall be selected by the Company, the second of whom shall be selected by the Indemnified Representative and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two arbitrators. In the absence of the AAA, or if for any reason arbitration under the arbitration rules of the AAA cannot be initiated, and if one of the parties fails or refuses to select an arbitrator or the arbitrators selected by the Company and the Indemnified Representative cannot agree on the selection of the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after such time as the Company and the Indemnified Representative have each been notified of the selection of the other’s arbitrator, the necessary arbitrator or arbitrators shall be selected by the presiding judge of the court of general jurisdiction in such metropolitan area.

 

(b) Each arbitrator selected as provided in this Section is required to be or have been a manager, director or executive officer of a limited liability company, corporation or other entity whose equity securities were listed during at least one (1) year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.

 

(c) The party or parties challenging the right of an Indemnified Representative to the benefits of this Article shall have the burden of proof.

 

(d) The Company shall reimburse an Indemnified Representative for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in successfully prosecuting or defending such arbitration.

 

(e) Any award entered by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and non-appealable and judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction, except that the Company shall be entitled to interpose as a defense in any such judicial enforcement proceeding any prior final judicial determination adverse to the indemnified representative under Section 5.1 in a proceeding not directly involving indemnification under this Article. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.

 

Section 5.6 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Article or otherwise is unavailable for any reason in respect of any liability or portion thereof, the Company shall contribute to the liabilities to which the indemnified representative may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the intent of this Article or otherwise.

 

Section 5.7 Mandatory Indemnification of Members and Managers. To the extent that an indemnified representative of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

- 19 -


Section 5.8 Contract Rights; Amendment or Repeal. All rights under this Article shall be deemed a contract between the Company and the indemnified representative pursuant to which the Company and each indemnified representative intend to be legally bound. Any repeal, amendment or modification hereof shall be prospective only and shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

 

Section 5.9 Scope of Article. The rights granted by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification, contribution or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, agreement, vote of disinterested Members or disinterested Representatives, Alternates, Managers or otherwise, both as to action in an indemnified capacity and as to action in any other capacity. The indemnification, contribution and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an indemnified representative in respect of matters arising prior to such time, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of such a person.

 

Section 5.10 Reliance on Provisions. Each person who shall act as an indemnified representative of the Company shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of expenses provided by this Article.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 6.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Operating Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) “Adjusted Capital Account” shall mean, for any Member, its Capital Account balance maintained and adjusted as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

 

(b) “Capital Account” shall mean, with respect to a Member, such Member’s capital account established and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5.

 

(c) “Capital Contribution” means any contribution to the capital of the Company in cash, property or expertise by a Member whenever made. A loan by a Member of the Company shall not be considered a Capital Contribution.

 

(d) “IRC” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e) “Membership Interest” means a Member’s interest in the Company.

 

- 20 -


(f) “Percentage Interest” means, with respect to any Member, the Percentage Interest set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, as amended from time to time to reflect transfers of Membership Interests in accordance with this Operating Agreement.

 

(g) “Profits” and “Losses” mean, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such fiscal year, determined in accordance with IRC §703(a). For the purpose of this definition, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to IRC §703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss with the following adjustments:

 

(1) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this Section shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(2) Any expenditures of the Company described in IRC §705(a)(2)(B) or treated as IRC §705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this Section shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss.

 

(h) “Treasury Regulations” include proposed, temporary and final regulations promulgated under the IRC in effect as of the date of this Operating Agreement and the corresponding sections of any regulations subsequently issued that amend or supersede such regulations.

 

Section 6.2 Determination of Tax Book Value of Company Assets.

 

(a) Except as set forth below, the “Tax Book Value” of any Company asset is its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b) The initial Tax Book Value of any assets contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the agreed fair market value of such assets, increased by the amount of liabilities of the contributing Member assumed by the Company in connection with the contribution of such assets plus the amount of any other liabilities to which such assets are subject.

 

(c) The Tax Book Values of all Company assets may be adjusted by the Managers to equal their respective gross fair market values as of the following times: (i) the admission of an additional Member to the Company or the acquisition by an existing Member of an additional Membership Interest; (ii) the distribution by the Company of money or property to a withdrawing, retiring or continuing Member in consideration for the retirement of all or a portion of such Member’s Membership Interest; and (iii) the termination of the Company for Federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the IRC.

 

- 21 -


Section 6.3 Capital Contributions.

 

(a) The initial capital contributions to be made by the Members shall be contributed in cash, property, services rendered, as a credit for expenses incurred by such Member for the benefit of the Company or a promissory note or other obligation to contribute cash or property or perform services. The initial capital contribution of each Member will be reflected in the books and records of the Company.

 

(b) No Member shall be obligated to make any capital contributions to the Company in excess of its initial capital contribution.

 

(c) No Member shall be permitted to make any capital contributions to the Company unless mutually agreed by BAM and CCIC Member.

 

Section 6.4 Liability for Contribution.

 

(a) A Member of the Company is obligated to the Company to perform any promise to contribute cash or property or to perform services, even if the Member is unable to perform because of death, disability or any other reason. If a Member does not make the required contribution of property or services, the Member is obligated at the option of the Company to contribute cash equal to that portion of the agreed value (as stated in the records of the Company) of the contribution that has not been made. The foregoing option shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights, including the right to specific performance, that the Company may have against such Member under applicable law.

 

(b) The obligation of a Member of the Company to make a contribution or return money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Act may be compromised only by consent of all the Members. Notwithstanding the compromise, a creditor of the Company who extends credit, after entering into this Operating Agreement or an amendment hereof which, in either case, reflects the obligation, and before the amendment hereof to reflect the compromise, may enforce the original obligation to the extent that, in extending credit, the creditor reasonably relied on the obligation of a Member to make a contribution or return. A conditional obligation of a Member to make a contribution or return money or other property to the Company may not be enforced unless the conditions of the obligation have been satisfied or waived as to or by such Member. Conditional obligations include contributions payable upon a discretionary call of the Company prior to the time the call occurs.

 

Section 6.5 Capital Accounts. A separate Capital Account will be maintained for each Member. The initial Capital Accounts shall consist solely of the initial capital contributed by the Members pursuant to Section 6.3. BAM’s Capital Account will be reduced immediately after the BAM Capital Distribution by the amount distributed to BAM (and the Transferring Partnerships). BAM’s Capital Account balance after the BAM Capital Distribution will be reflected on the books and records of the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company shall determine and adjust the Capital Accounts in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Except as otherwise required in the Act, no Member shall have any liability to restore all or any portion of a deficit balance in the Member’s Capital Account.

 

- 22 -


Section 6.6 No Interest on or Return of Capital. No Member shall be entitled to interest on any Capital Contribution or Capital Account. No Member shall have the right to demand or receive the return of all or any part of any Capital Contribution or Capital Account except as may be expressly provided herein, and no Member shall be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of any other Member.

 

Section 6.7 Percentage Interest. The Percentage Interests of the Members are as set forth on Schedule A. The Percentage Interests shall be updated by the Managers to reflect any transfers of Membership Interests, set forth on a revised Schedule A and filed with the records of the Company. The sum of the Percentage Interests for all Members shall equal 100 percent.

 

Section 6.8 Allocations of Profits and Losses Generally. After the allocations in Section 6.9, at the end of each year (or shorter period if necessary or longer period if agreed by all of the Partners), Profits and Losses shall be allocated as follows:

 

(a) Profits. Profits shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

(b) Losses. Losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

Section 6.9 Allocations Under Regulations.

 

(a) Company Nonrecourse Deductions. Loss attributable (under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(c)) to “partnership nonrecourse liabilities” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) shall be allocated among the Members in the same proportion as their respective Percentage Interests.

 

(b) Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Loss attributable (under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)) to “partner nonrecourse debt” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 2(i)(1), to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the debt to which the Loss is attributable. The Members acknowledge that the Key Corp. Loan shall be treated as “partner nonrecourse debt.”

 

(c) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Each Member will be allocated Profits at such times and in such amounts as necessary to satisfy the minimum gain chargeback requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

 

(d) Qualified Income Offset. Losses and items of income and gain shall be specially allocated when and to the extent required to satisfy the “qualified income offset” requirement within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

 

Section 6.10 Other Allocations.

 

(a) Allocations when Tax Book Value Differs from Tax Basis. When the Tax Book Value of a Company asset is different from its adjusted tax basis for income tax

 

- 23 -


purposes, then, solely for federal, state and local income tax purposes and not for purposes of computing Capital Accounts, income, gain, loss, deduction and credit with respect to such assets (“Section 704(c) Assets”) shall be allocated among the Members to take this difference into account in accordance with the principles of IRC Section 704(c), as set forth herein and in the Treasury Regulations thereunder and under IRC Section 704(b). Except to the extent otherwise required by final Treasury Regulations, the calculation and allocations eliminating the differences between Tax Book Value and adjusted tax basis of the Section 704(c) Assets shall be made on an asset-by-asset basis without curative or remedial allocations to overcome the “ceiling rule” of Treasury Regulation Section l.704-1(c)(2) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b)(1).

 

(b) Change in Member’s Interest.

 

(1) If during any fiscal year of the Company there is a change in any Member’s Membership Interest, then for purposes of complying with IRC Section 706(d), the determination of Company items allocable to any period shall be made by using any method permissible under IRC Section 706(d) and the Regulations thereunder as may be determined by the Managers.

 

(2) The Members agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.10(b) in reporting their shares of Company income, gain, loss, and deduction for tax purposes.

 

(c) Allocations on Liquidation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI to the contrary, in the taxable year in which there is a liquidation of the Company, after the allocations in Sections 6.8 and 6.9 hereof, the Capital Accounts of the Members will, to the extent possible, be brought to the amount of the liquidating distributions to be made to them under Section 9.5 hereof by allocations of items of profit and loss and, if necessary, by guaranteed payments (within the meaning of Code Section 707(c)) credited to the Capital Account of a Member whose Capital Account is less than the amount to be distributed to it and debited from the Capital Account of the Member whose Capital Account is greater than the amount to be distributed to it.

 

Section 6.11 Limitations Upon Liability of Members. Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in or required by the Certificate or this Operating Agreement, the personal liability of each Member to the Company, to the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or any third party for the losses, debts or liabilities of the Company shall be limited to the amount of its Capital Contribution which has not theretofore been returned to it as a distribution (including a distribution upon liquidation). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, distributions to a Member shall first be deemed a return of its Capital Contribution. No Member shall at any time be liable or held accountable to the Company, to the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party for or on account of any negative balance in its Capital Account.

 

- 24 -


ARTICLE VII

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 7.1 Net Cash From Operations and Distributions.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Operating Agreement including, without limitation, in Section 3.8 hereof, and subject to any restrictions contained in any credit or other agreements to which the Company is a party, Net Cash From Operations, if any, shall be determined annually by the Managers and distributed for each fiscal year to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

 

(b) For purposes of this Operating Agreement, “Net Cash From Operations” means the gross cash proceeds from Company operations less the portion thereof used to, or expected to be used to, pay expenses, debt payments, capital improvements, replacements and increases to reserves therefor. “Net Cash From Operations” shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions or similar allowances, but shall be increased by any reductions to reserves previously established.

 

Section 7.2 Limitations on Distributions.

 

(a) The Company shall not make a distribution to a Member to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company, other than liabilities to Members on account of their interests in the Company and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Company, except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.

 

(b) A Member who receives a distribution in violation of subsection (a), and who knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution violated this section, shall be liable to the Company for the amount of the distribution. A Member who receives a distribution in violation of this section, and who did not know at the time of the distribution that the distribution violated this section, shall not be liable for the amount of the distribution. Subject to subsection (c), this subsection shall not affect any obligation or liability of a Member under other applicable law for the amount of a distribution.

 

(c) A Member who receives a distribution from the Company shall have no liability under this Section, the Act or other applicable law for the amount of the distribution after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of the distribution unless an action to recover the distribution from such Member is commenced prior to the expiration of the said three (3)-year period and an adjudication of liability against such Member is made in the action.

 

Section 7.3 Amounts of Tax Paid or Withheld. All amounts paid or withheld pursuant to the IRC or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any Member shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Member pursuant to this Article for all purposes under this Operating Agreement.

 

- 25 -


Section 7.4 Distribution in Kind. The Company shall not distribute any assets in kind, except pursuant to a dissolution in accordance with Article IX.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERABILITY; PUT AND CALL RIGHTS

 

Section 8.1 Restriction on Transfers by CCIC Member. Without the prior written consent of BAM, CCIC Member shall not have the right, directly or indirectly, to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of, by gift or otherwise, or in any way encumber, any interest in the Company held by CCIC Member (the “CCIC HoldCo Interest”) unless either (a) the transfer is made to an entity of which CCIC or CCIC Member owns directly or indirectly all of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock (provided that (x) such entity executes an instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to BAM pursuant to which it agrees to be bound hereby and (y) CCIC (or its successor by merger) shall not thereafter at any time cease to own directly or indirectly less than all of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of such entity), or (b) CCIC Member has complied with the procedures described in this Article VIII and (i) the transfer is made subject to the right of first refusal described in Section 8.3 hereof, and (ii) to the extent BAM does not exercise its right of first refusal described in Section 8.3 hereof, the transfer is made subject to the right of participation in sales described in Section 8.5(a) hereof. For purposes of the foregoing, CCIC Member shall not be deemed to have indirectly transferred any of the CCIC HoldCo Interest if CCIC or any other parent corporation of CCIC Member is a party to any merger or consolidation transaction, whether or not such parent corporation is the surviving entity in such merger. Any purported transfer of the CCIC HoldCo Interest in violation of this Section 8.1 shall be void.

 

Section 8.2 Restriction on Transfers by BAM. Without the prior written consent of CCIC Member, BAM shall not have the right, directly or indirectly, to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or dispose of, by gift or otherwise, or in any way encumber, any of the interest in the Company held by BAM (the “BAM HoldCo Interest”) unless either (a) the transfer is made to any entity of which either Bell Atlantic Corporation or BAM owns directly or indirectly all of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock (provided that (x) such entity executes an instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to CCIC Member pursuant to which it agrees to be bound hereby and (y) Bell Atlantic Corporation or BAM (or the successor by merger to either) shall not thereafter at any time cease to own directly or indirectly less than all of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of such entity), or (b) BAM has complied with the procedures described in this Article VIII and (i) the transfer is made subject to the right of first refusal described in Section 8.4 hereof or (ii) to the extent CCIC Member does not exercise its right of first refusal described in Section 8.4 hereof, the transfer is made subject to the right of participation in sales described in Section 8.5(b) hereof. For purposes of the foregoing, BAM shall not be deemed to have indirectly transferred any of the BAM HoldCo Interest if Bell Atlantic Corporation or any other parent corporation of BAM is a party to any merger or consolidation transaction, whether or not such parent corporation is the surviving entity in such merger. Any purported transfer of the BAM HoldCo Interest in violation of this Section 8.2 shall be void.

 

- 26 -


Section 8.3 BAM Right of First Refusal of Transfer.

 

(a) If at any time CCIC Member wishes to sell all or any part of the CCIC HoldCo Interest, CCIC Member shall submit a written offer to sell such CCIC HoldCo Interest to BAM on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable to BAM than those on which CCIC Member proposes to sell the CCIC HoldCo Interest to any other purchaser (the “CCIC Offer”). The CCIC Offer shall disclose the identity of the proposed purchaser or transferee, the percentage of the CCIC HoldCo Interest to be sold, the terms of the sale, any amounts owed to CCIC Member with respect to the CCIC HoldCo Interest and any other material facts relating to the sale. BAM shall respond to the CCIC Offer as soon as practicable after receipt thereof, and in all events within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. The CCIC Offer may be revoked at any time. BAM shall have the right to accept the CCIC Offer as to all (but not less than all) of the CCIC HoldCo Interest offered thereby. In the event that BAM shall elect on a timely basis to purchase all (but not less than all) of the CCIC HoldCo Interest covered by the CCIC Offer, BAM shall communicate in writing such election to purchase to CCIC Member, which communication shall be delivered by hand or mailed to CCIC Member at the address set forth in Schedule A hereto and shall, when taken in conjunction with the CCIC Offer, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable agreement for the sale and purchase of the CCIC HoldCo Interest covered thereby; provided, however, that CCIC Member may elect in its sole discretion to terminate such agreement at any time prior to the closing of such sale and purchase, in which case such CCIC HoldCo Interest shall again become subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section. In the event CCIC Member terminates any such agreement prior to closing, CCIC Member shall be prohibited from consummating a transaction for the sale and purchase of the CCIC HoldCo Interest with the proposed purchaser or transferee for two (2) years from the date of such termination, and shall be prohibited from consummating a transaction for the sale and purchase of the CCIC HoldCo Interest with any other party for six (6) months from the date of such termination. In the event that any CCIC Offer includes any non-cash consideration, BAM may in its sole discretion elect to pay a cash amount equal to the fair market value of such non-cash consideration in lieu of such non-cash consideration. The closing of the sale and purchase contemplated by any agreement for the sale and purchase of any portion of the CCIC HoldCo Interest entered into between BAM and CCIC Member pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be consummated within sixty (60) days after the date that such agreement becomes valid, legally binding and enforceable as aforesaid, subject to extension to the extent necessary to secure required approvals or consents from Governmental Authorities. Each of BAM and CCIC Member hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such required approvals or consents from Governmental Authorities.

 

(b) In the event that BAM does not purchase the CCIC HoldCo Interest offered by CCIC Member pursuant to the CCIC Offer, such CCIC HoldCo Interest not so purchased may be sold by CCIC Member at any time within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the CCIC Offer, subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 below. Any such sale shall be to the same proposed purchaser or transferee, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the CCIC Offer. If such CCIC HoldCo Interest is not sold within such ninety (90)-day period, it shall again become subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section 8.3. In the event that such CCIC HoldCo Interest is sold pursuant to this Section 8.3 to any purchaser other than BAM, such CCIC HoldCo Interest shall continue to be subject to the restrictions imposed by this Operating Agreement and Section 9.3 of the Formation Agreement with the same effect as though such purchaser were CCIC Member for purposes of this Section.

 

- 27 -


Section 8.4 CCIC Member’s Right of First Refusal of Transfer.

 

(a) If at any time BAM wishes to sell all or any part of the BAM HoldCo Interest, BAM shall submit a written offer to sell such BAM HoldCo Interest to CCIC Member on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable to CCIC Member than those on which BAM proposes to sell the BAM HoldCo Interest to any other purchaser (the “BAM Offer”). The BAM Offer shall disclose the identity of the proposed purchaser or transferee, the percentage of the BAM HoldCo Interest to be sold, the terms of the sale, any amounts owed to BAM with respect to the BAM HoldCo Interest and any other material facts relating to the sale. CCIC Member shall respond to the BAM Offer as soon as practicable after receipt thereof, and in all events within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. The BAM Offer may be revoked at any time. CCIC Member shall have the right to accept the BAM Offer as to all (but not less than all) of the BAM HoldCo Interest offered thereby. In the event that CCIC Member elects on a timely basis to purchase all (but not less than all) of the BAM HoldCo Interest covered by the BAM Offer, CCIC Member shall communicate in writing such election to purchase to BAM, which communication shall be delivered by hand or mailed to BAM at the address set forth in Schedule A hereto and shall, when taken in conjunction with the BAM Offer, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable agreement for the sale and purchase of the BAM HoldCo Interest covered thereby; provided, however, that BAM may elect in its sole discretion to terminate such agreement at any time prior to the closing of such sale and purchase, in which case such BAM HoldCo Interest shall again become subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section. In the event BAM terminates any such agreement prior to closing, BAM shall be prohibited from consummating a transaction for the sale and purchase of the BAM HoldCo Interest with the proposed purchaser or transferee for two (2) years from the date of such termination, and shall be prohibited from consummating a transaction for the sale and purchase of the BAM HoldCo Interest with any other party for six (6) months from the date of such termination. In the event that any BAM Offer includes any non-cash consideration, CCIC Member may in its sole discretion elect to pay a cash amount equal to the fair market value of such non-cash consideration in lieu of such non-cash consideration. The closing of the sale and purchase contemplated by any agreement for the sale and purchase of any portion of the BAM HoldCo Interest entered into between BAM and CCIC Member pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be consummated within sixty (60) days after the date that such agreement becomes valid, legally binding and enforceable as aforesaid, subject to extension to the extent necessary to secure required approvals or consents from Governmental Authorities. Each of BAM and CCIC Member hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such required approvals or consents from Governmental Authorities.

 

(b) In the event that CCIC Member does not purchase the BAM HoldCo Interest offered by BAM pursuant to the BAM Offer, such BAM HoldCo Interest not so purchased may be sold by BAM at any time within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the BAM Offer, subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 below. Any such sale shall be to the same proposed purchaser or transferee, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the BAM Offer. If such BAM HoldCo Interest is not sold within such ninety (90)-day period, such BAM HoldCo Interest shall continue to be subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section. In the event that such BAM HoldCo Interest is sold pursuant to this Section to any purchaser other than CCIC Member, such portion of the BAM HoldCo Interest shall continue to be subject to the restrictions imposed by this Operating Agreement and Section 9.4 of the Formation Agreement with the same effect as though such purchaser were BAM for purposes of such Section.

 

- 28 -


Section 8.5 Right of Participation in Sales.

 

(a) If at any time CCIC Member wishes to sell all or any portion of the CCIC HoldCo Interest to any person or entity other than BAM or any Affiliate of CCIC Member (the “CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser”), BAM shall have the right to offer for sale to the CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser, as a condition of such sale by CCIC Member, at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as involved in such sale by CCIC Member, the same proportion of the BAM HoldCo Interest as the proposed sale represents with respect to the CCIC HoldCo Interest. BAM shall notify CCIC Member of such intention as soon as practicable after receipt of the CCIC Offer made pursuant to Section 8.3, and in all events within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. In the event that BAM elects to participate in such sale by CCIC Member, BAM shall communicate such election to CCIC Member, which communication shall be delivered in accordance with Section 11.5. CCIC Member and BAM shall sell to the CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser the CCIC HoldCo Interest proposed to be sold by CCIC Member and the BAM HoldCo Interest proposed to be sold by BAM, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser than those in the CCIC Offer provided by CCIC Member under Section 8.3 above; provided, however, that any purchase of less than all of the CCIC HoldCo Interest and the BAM HoldCo Interest by the CCIC HoldCo Interest Purchaser shall be made from CCIC Member and BAM pro rata based upon the amount offered to be sold by each. Any portion of the CCIC HoldCo Interest and the BAM HoldCo Interest sold pursuant to this Section 8.5(a) shall no longer be subject to the restrictions imposed by Sections 8.3 or 8.4 of this Operating Agreement or entitled to the benefit of this Section 8.5(a).

 

(b) If at any time BAM wishes to sell all or any portion of the BAM HoldCo Interest to any person or entity other than CCIC Member or Bell Atlantic Corporation or any other Affiliate of BAM (the “BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser”), CCIC Member shall have the right to offer for sale to the BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser, as a condition of such sale by BAM, at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as involved in such sale by BAM, the same proportion of the CCIC HoldCo Interest as the proposed sale represents with respect to the BAM HoldCo Interest. CCIC Member shall notify BAM of such intention as soon as practicable after receipt of the BAM Offer made pursuant to Section 8.4, and in all events within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. In the event that CCIC Member elects to participate in such sale by BAM, CCIC Member shall communicate such election to BAM, which communication shall be delivered in accordance with Section 11.5. BAM and CCIC Member shall sell to the BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser the BAM HoldCo Interest proposed to be sold by BAM and the CCIC HoldCo Interest proposed to be sold by CCIC Member, at not less than the price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser than those in the BAM Offer provided by BAM under Section 8.4 above; provided, however, that any purchase of less than all of the BAM HoldCo Interest and the CCIC HoldCo Interest by the BAM HoldCo Interest Purchaser shall be made from BAM and CCIC Member pro rata based upon the amount offered to be sold by each. Any portion of the BAM HoldCo Interest and the CCIC HoldCo Interest sold pursuant to this Section 8.5(b) shall no longer be subject to the restrictions imposed by Sections 8.3 or 8.4 or entitled to the benefit of this Section 8.5(b).

 

- 29 -


Section 8.6 Effect of Transfer.

 

(a) In addition to satisfaction of Section 4.1 and the above provisions of this Article VIII, no assignee or transferee of all or part of a Membership Interest in the Company shall have the right to become admitted as a Member, unless and until:

 

(1) the assignee or transferee has executed an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Managers accepting and adopting the provisions of this Operating Agreement;

 

(2) the assignee or transferee has paid all reasonable expenses of the Company requested to be paid by the Managers in connection with the admission of such assignee or transferee as a Member; and

 

(3) such assignment or transfer shall be reflected in a revised Schedule A to this Operating Agreement.

 

(b) A person who is a permitted assignee of an interest in the Company transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Article VIII shall be admitted to the Company as a Member and shall receive an interest in the Company without making a contribution or being obligated to make a contribution to the Company.

 

Section 8.7 No Resignation of Members. A Member may not withdraw or resign from the Company prior to dissolution or winding up of the Company. If a Member is a corporation, trust or other entity and is dissolved or terminated, the powers of that Member may be exercised by its legal representative or successor.

 

Section 8.8 BAM Put and CCIC Member Call Rights.

 

(a) BAM Put. From and after July 1, 2007, BAM shall have the right to require CCIC to purchase all but not less than all of BAM’s Membership Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company (the “BAM Put”), exercisable by BAM giving written notice of exercise to CCIC Member (the “BAM PUT Exercise Notice”). The purchase price to be paid by CCIC Member for the BAM Membership Interest and Percentage Interest to be sold by BAM pursuant to the BAM Put shall be an amount in cash equal to the cash amount that the CCIC Member would pay to BAM pursuant to Section 9.5(b) as if the 100% HoldCo Sub membership interest held by the Company had been distributed pursuant to Section 9.5(a) to the CCIC Member on the date that the BAM Put is exercised. On the fifth (5th) business day after the determination of such purchase price, at a time and place, or in a manner, reasonably acceptable to BAM and CCIC Member, a closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by the BAM Put shall be held. At such closing, BAM shall deliver an instrument, in form reasonably satisfactory to CCIC Member, transferring to CCIC Member all of BAM’s Membership Interest and Percentage Interest against delivery by CCIC Member to BAM of the purchase price therefor, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as shall be specified in writing by BAM.

 

(b) CCIC Member Call. From and after July 1, 2007, CCIC Member shall have the right to require BAM to sell all but not less than all of BAM’s Membership

 

- 30 -


Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company (the “CCIC Member Call”), exercisable by CCIC Member giving written notice of exercise to BAM (the “CCIC Member Call Exercise Notice”). The purchase price to be paid by CCIC Member for the BAM Membership Interest and Percentage Interest to be sold by BAM pursuant to the CCIC Member Call shall be an amount in cash equal to the cash amount that the CCIC Member would pay to BAM pursuant to Section 9.5(b) as if the 100% HoldCo Sub membership interest held by the Company had been distributed pursuant to Section 9.5(a) to the CCIC Member on the date that the CCIC Member Call is exercised. On the fifth (5th) business day after the determination of such purchase price, at a time and place, or in a manner, reasonably acceptable to BAM and CCIC Member, a closing of the purchase and sale contemplated by the CCIC Member Call shall be held. At such closing, BAM shall deliver an instrument, in form reasonably satisfactory to CCIC Member, transferring to CCIC Member all of BAM’s Membership Interest and Percentage Interest against delivery by CCIC Member to BAM of the purchase price therefor, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as shall be specified in writing by BAM.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) By the written consent of both BAM and CCIC Member; or

 

(b) Upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.

 

Section 9.2 Events of Bankruptcy of Member. The occurrence of any of the events set forth in this Section 9.2, with respect to any Member, shall not result in the dissolution of the Company. Such Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company, but shall, however, retain its interest in allocations and distributions, upon the happening of any of the following bankruptcy events:

 

(a) A Member takes any of the following actions:

 

(1) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

(2) Files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy.

 

(3) Is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against the Member an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

(4) Files a petition or answer seeking for the Member any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation.

 

- 31 -


(5) Files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Member in any proceeding of this nature.

 

(6) Seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Member or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Member.

 

(b) one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Member seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within ninety (90) days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of the Member, of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Member or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Member, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated.

 

Section 9.3 Judicial Dissolution. On application by or for a Member or a Manager, a court may decree dissolution of the Company whenever it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business in conformity with this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 9.4 Winding Up.

 

(a) The Managers shall wind up the affairs of the Company or may appoint any person or entity, including a Member, who has not wrongfully dissolved the Company, to do so (the “Liquidating Trustee”).

 

(b) Upon dissolution of the Company and until the filing of a certificate of cancellation as provided in Section 9.6, the persons winding up the affairs of the Company may, in the name of, and for and on behalf of, the Company, prosecute and defend suits, whether civil, criminal or administrative, gradually settle and close the business of the Company, dispose of and convey the property of the Company, discharge or make reasonable provision for the liabilities of the Company, and distribute to the Members any remaining assets of the Company, all without affecting the liability of Members and Managers and without imposing liability on a Liquidating Trustee.

 

Section 9.5 Distribution of Assets.

 

(a) In the event of any dissolution of the Company, upon the winding up of the Company, its assets shall be distributed as follows:

 

(1) First, to creditors, including Members and Managers who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof) other than liabilities for which reasonable provision for payment has been made;

 

(2) Next, subject to the condition that CCIC Member makes the payment required under the following subsection (b), the one hundred percent (100%) percentage membership interest in HoldCo Sub held by the Company shall be distributed to CCIC Member; and

 

- 32 -


(3) Then, to the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests.

 

(b) In consideration of the distribution to CCIC Member of the HoldCo Sub membership interest, CCIC Member shall make a cash payment to BAM in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the Fair Market Value of such membership interest in HoldCo Sub, which reflects the underlying value of the assets held by each of HoldCo and OpCo, by (ii) a percentage equal to BAM’s then current Percentage Interest. For purposes of this Section, “Fair Market Value” of the HoldCo Sub membership interest shall be calculated as follows: (i) BAM and CCIC Member shall negotiate in good faith to determine Fair Market Value and (ii) if BAM and CCIC Member fail to agree on Fair Market Value within thirty (30) days after such trigger event, the Fair Market Value shall be determined pursuant to the appraisal process described below:

 

(1) Not later than five (5) days after the expiration of the period during which BAM and CCIC Member are to negotiate in good faith to determine the Fair Market Value, BAM and CCIC Member shall each select an appraiser (which may or may not be a Qualified Investment Banking Firm (as hereinafter defined)) and shall give the other party notice of such selection. Each of such appraisers (the “Original Appraisers”) shall determine the fair market value of the HoldCo Sub membership interest at the time such appraiser renders its written appraisal.

 

(2) Each Original Appraiser shall deliver its written appraisal to the party retaining such Original Appraiser within twenty (20) days following the date of the selection of both Original Appraisers. Such written appraisals shall be exchanged by BAM and CCIC Member at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, or such other place as the parties shall designate, at 10:00 a.m. local time on the twenty-first (21st) day following the date of the selection of both Original Appraisers. In the event that the Original Appraisers agree on the fair market value, the Fair Market Value shall be such agreed-upon amount. In the event that the Original Appraisers do not agree on the fair market value, (i) if the higher of the two valuations is not more than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the lower valuation of the Original Appraisers, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the two valuations, and (ii) if the higher of the two valuations is greater than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the lower valuation, the Original Appraisers shall elect a Qualified Investment Banking Firm which shall independently calculate the fair market value within fifteen (15) days of such election. If the Original Appraisers cannot agree upon a third appraiser within five (5) days following the end of the twenty (20) day period referred to above, then the third appraiser shall be a Qualified Investment Banking Firm appointed by the AAA. Neither BAM

 

- 33 -


nor CCIC Member nor either of the Original Appraisers shall provide the third appraiser, directly or indirectly, with a copy of the written appraisal of either of the Original Appraisers, an oral or written summary thereof, or the valuation determined by either of the Original Appraisers, either orally or in writing. The valuation of the third appraiser will be compared with the two valuations of the Original Appraisers, and the valuation farthest from the third valuation will be disregarded. The Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the two remaining valuations.

 

(3) BAM and CCIC Member shall give to the Original Appraisers and the third appraiser, and shall cause HoldCo Sub and OpCo to give to the appraisers, free and full access to and the right to inspect, during normal business hours, all of the premises, properties, assets, records, contracts and other documents relating to HoldCo Sub and OpCo and shall permit them and cause HoldCo Sub and OpCo to permit them to consult with the officers, employees, accountants, counsel and agents of HoldCo Sub, OpCo, BAM and CCIC Member for the purpose of making such investigation of HoldCo Sub and OpCo as they shall desire to make. Furthermore, BAM and CCIC Member shall furnish to the Original Appraisers and the third appraiser, and shall cause HoldCo Sub and OpCo to furnish to such appraisers, all such documents and copies of documents and records and information with respect to the affairs of HoldCo Sub and OpCo and copies of any working papers relating thereto as they shall from time to time reasonably request.

 

(4) “Qualified Investment Banking Firm” means any firm engaged in providing corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and business valuation services and deriving revenues therefrom (excluding any revenues derived from merchant banking activities) of at least $25 million during its last completed fiscal year, but excluding, however, any firms which received more than $250,000 in fees during the preceding twenty-four (24) calendar months from BAM or CCIC Member or their respective affiliates and any firms selected by BAM or CCIC Member as an Original Appraiser.

 

(c) The Company following dissolution shall pay or make reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations, known to the Company and all claims and obligations which are known to the Company but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown. If there are sufficient assets, such claims and obligations shall be paid in full and any such provision for payment made shall be made in full. If there are insufficient assets, such claims and obligations shall be paid or provided for according to their priority and, among claims and obligations of equal priority, ratably to the extent of assets available therefor. Any remaining assets shall be distributed as provided in subsection (a). Any Liquidating Trustee winding up the affairs of the Company who has complied with this Section shall not be personally liable to the claimants of the dissolved Company by reason of such person’s actions in winding up the Company.

 

- 34 -


Section 9.6 Cancellation of Certificate. The Certificate of the Company shall be canceled upon the dissolution and the completion of winding up of the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

BOOKS; REPORTS TO MEMBERS; TAX ELECTIONS

 

Section 10.1 Books and Records.

 

(a) The Managers shall maintain separate books of account for the Company which shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the conduct of the Company and the operation of its business, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Operating Agreement.

 

(b) Except as and until otherwise required by the IRC, the books of the Company shall be kept in accordance with the accrual method of accounting.

 

(c) Each Member of the Company has the right to obtain from the Company from time to time upon demand for any purpose reasonably related to the Member’s interest as a Member of the Company:

 

(1) True and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

(2) Promptly after they become available, a copy of the federal, state and local income tax returns for each year of the Company.

 

(3) A current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member and Manager.

 

(4) A copy of this Operating Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto.

 

(5) Any information or report deemed necessary by either BAM or CCIC Member in order to prepare Securities and Exchange Commission filing documents, financial statements or tax returns.

 

(6) Other information regarding the affairs of the Company as is just and reasonable.

 

(d) Each Manager shall have the right to examine all of the information described in subsection (c) of this Section for a purpose reasonably related to its position as a Manager.

 

Section 10.2 Tax Information. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall supply to each Member all information necessary and appropriate to be included in each Member’s income tax returns for that year.

 

- 35 -


Section 10.3 Business Plans. On or before November 30 of each year, the Managers of the Company shall, in consultation with BAM, develop a business plan and budget for the Company (including HoldCo Sub and OpCo) (the “Business Plan”) for the following calendar year of HoldCo (and HoldCo Sub and OpCo). Each Business Plan shall be submitted to the Members for review and, subject to the second following sentence, comment, and shall be adopted only with the mutual consent of BAM and CCIC Member. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and cause each of HoldCo Sub and OpCo to, conduct their respective businesses in accordance with the then current Business Plan.

 

If by the first date of any year the proposed Business Plan for that year has not been adopted, the Business Plan for such year shall be deemed to be the expense portion of the Business Plan in effect for the preceding year increased, at the discretion of CCIC Member, to an amount not to exceed the sum of:

 

(a) the average operating cost per communications tower owned by OpCo (or of which it has the economic benefit) (the “OpCo Towers”) based on the most recent quarterly financial statements available as of the first day of the current year multiplied by fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (i) the aggregate number of OpCo Towers constructed, completed or otherwise acquired in the course of the prior year and (ii) the aggregate number of OpCo Towers projected to be constructed, completed or otherwise acquired in the current year in the Business Plan for the prior year; and

 

(b) the sum of (x) with respect to all contractual price increases with respect to contracts and agreements to which OpCo is a party and all increases in Taxes with respect to OpCo Towers, the amount of such increase and (y) with respect to all other expense items in the previous year’s budget, (A) the amount of such expenses multiplied by (B) the sum of one (1) plus an amount equal to the percentage increase in the CPI during the previous year.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Business Plan that is implemented pursuant to the foregoing two paragraphs of this Section 10.3 because BAM and CCIC Member are unable to mutually agree on the Business Plan must provide for the payment by OpCo, prior to the allocation of revenues pursuant to such two paragraphs, of: (i) any and all costs, expenses or payments reasonably necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under the Global Lease; (ii) any and all taxes of any kind due and owing by OpCo; (iii) any payments or expenditures required under any lease of real estate, grant of easement, right of way or similar agreement to which OpCo is a party; (iv) any and all costs, expenses or payments reasonably necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under any lease or sublease of tower space or real estate to any third party; (v) insurance premiums (including without limitation, any payments pursuant to premium financing) and/or deductibles of OpCo; (vi) payments to third parties for equipment or any other goods and services required to perform OpCo’s obligations under existing agreements including, without limitation, payments required to satisfy any mechanics’s liens; (vii) salaries, commissions, compensation, benefits, and payments or obligations of a similar nature; and (viii) any and all costs, expenses and payments required to comply with, or payable pursuant to any applicable laws, rule, regulations, ordinances, permits or licenses. Further, any such Business Plan may have the effect of reducing amounts payable under the Management Agreement so long as the Key Corp. Loan remains outstanding.

 

- 36 -


Section 10.4 Reports. The Company shall cause to be prepared, and each Member furnished with, financial statements accompanied by a report thereon of the Company’s accountants stating that such statements are prepared and fairly stated in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Operating Agreement, including the following:

 

(a) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, the Company shall deliver to BAM and CCIC Member an unaudited income statement and schedule as to the sources and application of funds for such month and an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as permitted by Form 10-Q under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), together with an analysis by management of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations during such period and explanation by management of any differences between such condition or results and the budget and business plan for such period;

 

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated income statement for such fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year, a schedule as to the cash flow and a statement of the Members’ Capital Accounts, changes thereto for such fiscal year and Percentage Interests at the end of such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and certified by the Company’s independent public accountants;

 

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated profit or loss statement and schedule as to consolidated cash flow for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter, in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as permitted by Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act); and

 

(d) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or limited liability company affairs of the Company as any Member may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Section 10.5 Tax Matters Partner.

 

(a) BAM is hereby appointed and shall serve as the tax matters partner of the Company (the “Tax Matters Partner”) within the meaning of IRC § 6231(a)(7) for so long as it is not the subject of a bankruptcy event as defined in Section 9.2 and otherwise is entitled to act as the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may file a designation of itself as such with the Internal Revenue Service. The Tax Matters Partner shall (i) furnish to each Member affected by an audit of the Company income tax returns a copy of each notice or other communication received from the IRS or applicable state authority, (ii) keep such Member informed of any administrative or judicial proceeding, as required by Section 6223(g) of the Code, and (iii) allow such Member an opportunity to participate in all such administrative and judicial proceedings. The Tax Matters Partner shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to constitute the other Member a “notice partner” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code, provided that the other Member provides the Tax Matters Partner with the information that is necessary to take such action; and

 

- 37 -


(b) The Company shall not be obligated to pay any fees or other compensation to the Tax Matters Partner in its capacity as such. However, the Company shall reimburse the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees) incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in such capacity. Each Member who elects to participate in Company administrative tax proceedings shall be responsible for its own expenses incurred in connection with such participation. In addition, the cost of any adjustments to a Member and the cost of any resulting audits or adjustments of a Member’s tax return shall be borne solely by the affected Member; and

 

(c) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Tax Matters Partner from and against any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) sustained or incurred as a result of any act or decision concerning Company tax matters and within the scope of such Member’s responsibilities as Tax Matters Partner, so long as such act or decision was not the result of gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel as to the nature and scope of its responsibilities and authority as Tax Matters Partner, and any act or omission of the Tax Matters Partner pursuant to such advice shall in no event subject the Tax Matters Partner to liability to the Company or any Member.

 

Section 10.6 Tax Audits/Special Assessments. If the federal tax return of either the Company or an individual Member with respect to an item or items of Company income, loss, deduction, etc., potentially affecting the tax liability of the Members generally is subject to an audit by the Internal Revenue Service, the Managers may, in the exercise of their business judgment, determine that it is necessary to contest proposed adjustments to such return or items. If such a determination is made, the Managers will finance the contest of the proposed adjustments out of the Net Cash From Operations.

 

Section 10.7 Tax Elections. The Company will elect to amortize organizational costs. Upon the death of a Member, or in the event of the distribution of property, the Company may file an election, in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations, to cause the basis of the Company’s property to be adjusted for federal income tax purposes as provided by IRC §734, IRC §743 and IRC §754. The determination whether to make and file any such election shall be made by the Managers in their sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.1 Binding Effect. This Operating Agreement shall be binding upon BAM and CCIC Member and any permitted transferee or permitted assignee of an interest in the Company.

 

Section 11.2 Entire Agreement. This Operating Agreement, the Certificate, the Formation Agreement and the other Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements of the parties with respect thereto.

 

- 38 -


Section 11.3 Amendments. The Certificate and this Operating Agreement may not be amended except by the written agreement of all of the Members.

 

Section 11.4 Choice of Law. Notwithstanding the place where this Operating Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, the parties expressly agree that all the terms and provisions hereof shall be construed under the laws of Delaware (without regard to any conflicts of law principles).

 

Section 11.5 Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Operating Agreement, any notice, demand or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Operating Agreement shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served for all purposes if delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission or overnight express to the party or to an executive officer of the party to whom the same is directed or, if sent by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, addressed to the Member’s or Company’s address, as appropriate, which is set forth in this Operating Agreement or Schedule A hereto.

 

Section 11.6 Headings. The titles of the Articles and the headings of the Sections of this Operating Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Operating Agreement.

 

Section 11.7 Pronouns. All pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may require in the context thereof.

 

Section 11.8 Waivers. The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this Operating Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, that would have originally constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.

 

Section 11.9 Severability. If any provision of this Operating Agreement or its application to any person or circumstance shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Operating Agreement and its application shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 11.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries. None of the provisions of this Operating Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and permitted transferees and assigns.

 

Section 11.11 Interpretation. It is the intention of the Members that, during the term of this Operating Agreement, the rights of the Members and their successors-in-interest shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, and that the right of any Member or successor-in-interest to assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Company shall be subject to limitations and restrictions of this Operating Agreement.

 

- 39 -


Section 11.12 Further Assurances. Each Member shall execute all such certificates and other documents and shall do all such other acts as the Managers deem appropriate to comply with the requirements of law for the formation of the Company and to comply with any laws, rules, regulations and third-party requests relating to the acquisition, operation or holding of the property of the Company.

 

Section 11.13 Counterparts. This Operating Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

- 40 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Members, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Operating Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BELL ATLANTIC MOBILE, INC.

By:

 

/s/    Stephen Heimann


    Name: Stephen Heimann
    Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary
CCA INVESTMENT CORP.

By:

 

/s/    W. Benjamin Moreland


    Name: W. Benjamin Moreland
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

- 41 -


SCHEDULE A

 

MEMBER NAME AND

NOTICE ADDRESS


 

PERCENTAGE INTEREST


Bell Atlantic Mobile, Inc.

180 Washington Valley Road

Bedminster, NJ 07921

Attention: President

  37.245%

CCA Investment Corp.

Crown Castle International Corp.

510 Bering Drive, Suite 500

Houston, TX 77057

Attention: President

  62.755%
First Amendment to Operating Agreement

Exhibit 2.5

 

CROWN ATLANTIC COMPANY LLC

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of May 1, 2003 (the “Effective Date”) by Crown Atlantic Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo” or the “Company”), and each of Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BAM”), and Crown Atlantic Holding Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HoldCo Sub”) (BAM and HoldCo Sub being hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as a “Member” and collectively as the “Members”).

 

WHEREAS, Cellco Partnership and HoldCo Sub entered into that certain Operating Agreement dated as of March 31, 1999 (the “Operating Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, Cellco Partnership previously transferred to BAM all of Cellco Partnership’s Membership Interest and Percentage Interest in the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend the Operating Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived, the promises and agreements herein contained, other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Limited Distributions on BAM Retained Interest.

 

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Operating Agreement to the contrary (including, without limitation, any of the provisions of Sections 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 7.1 and 9.5(a) of the Operating Agreement), except as set forth in Section 1(b) below, BAM shall not be entitled to any distribution or allocation of any type whatsoever on account of or in respect of the BAM Retained Interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, BAM shall not be entitled to any of the following distributions or allocations on account of or in respect of the BAM Retained Interest: (i) allocations of Profits and Losses under Sections 6.8 or 6.9 of the Operating Agreement; (ii) allocations under Section 6.10 of the Operating Agreement; (iii) distributions of Net Cash From Operations under Section 7.1 of the Operating Agreement; or (iv) distribution of assets under Section 9.5(a) of the Operating Agreement. Nothing in this Section 1(a) shall be construed as limiting in any manner the rights of BAM under Section 9.5(b) of the Operating Agreement.

 

(b) As BAM’s sole return on account of or in respect of the BAM Retained Interest, effective as of May 1, 2003, BAM shall be entitled to receive an annual guaranteed payment in the amount of $10,000.00, payable by the Company to BAM within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company. Such amount shall be pro rated for any partial year based upon the actual number of days in the applicable year. The annual guaranteed payments to be made by the Company to BAM under this Section 1(b) on account of and in respect of the BAM Retained Interest are intended to constitute “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the IRC.

 

1


2. Modification of Certain Approval Rights.

 

(a) Section 3.8(j) of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(j) Merger or Sale of Assets.

 

(1) Any merger or consolidation by the Company with any Person. Any sale, assignment, lease or other disposition by the Company of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), or any voluntarily parting with the control of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), a material portion of the Company’s assets (whether now owned or hereinafter acquired), except (A) in accordance with the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, (B) in accordance with the following provisions of this subsection (1), and (C) for sales or other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business. The Company shall have the right to sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of any Tower Site, and the Tower Structures located on such Tower Site, so long as (i) neither BAM, any of the Transferring Partnerships nor any Affiliate of BAM (including, without limitation, Cellco Partnership or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) has any interest in or to such Tower Site or Tower Structures under the Global Lease Agreement or any Supplement (as defined in the Global Lease Agreement), (ii) at the same time that the Company sells, assigns, leases or dispose of such Tower Site and Tower Structures, the Company shall sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all obligations of the Company that relate to such Tower Site or Tower Structures including, without limitation, all obligations of the Company under any lease, sublease, contract or other agreement, oral or written, that relate to such Tower Site or Tower Structures, and (iii) the Company shall secure, effective as of the time that the Company sells, assigns, leases or dispose of such Tower Site and Tower Structures, a proportionate reduction in the amounts payable by the Company under the Bidder Services Agreement to reflect the reduction in Standard Services (as defined in the Bidder Services Agreement) received by the Company as a result of the sale, assignment, lease or disposal of such Tower Site and Tower Structures (the percentage by which such amounts payable by the Company are to be reduced shall be determined by dividing (x) the number of Tower Sites then being sold, assigned, leased or disposed of by the Company by (y) the total number of Tower Sites of the Company immediately prior to the sale, assignment, lease or disposal of the subject Tower Sites by the Company).

 

(2) Any sale, assignment or other disposition of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any of the Company’s accounts receivable (whether now in existence or hereinafter created) at a discount or with recourse, to any Person, except for sales or other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business, or except as permitted under the terms of the Global Lease Agreement.”

 

2


(b) Section 3.8(n) of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(n) Business Plan. The approval of a Business Plan under Section 10.3(b).”

 

(c) Section 10.3 of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Section 10.3 Business Plans.

 

(a) On or before November 30 of each year, the Managers of the Company shall develop a business plan and budget for the Company (including HoldCo and HoldCo Sub) (the “Business Plan”) for the following calendar year of HoldCo (and HoldCo Sub and OpCo), and submit such Business Plan to BAM and CCIC for review. If a Business Plan is subject to the approval of the Members under Section 10.3(b), such Business Plan shall be adopted only with the approval of both BAM and CCIC Member, subject to the provisions of Section 10.3(c). If a proposed Business Plan is not subject to approval by the Members under Section 10.3(b), such Business Plan may be adopted by the Managers of the Company. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts, and cause each of HoldCo and HoldCo Sub to, to conduct their respective businesses in accordance with the then current Business Plan.

 

(b) If under a proposed Business Plan for any year the Projected Cash Expenditures exceed the Committed Cash Revenues (as each such term is defined below), such Business Plan shall be adopted only with the approval of both BAM and CCIC Member, subject to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section 10.3.

 

As used herein, the term “Projected Cash Expenditures” means the sum of all costs, expenses and payments projected to be made, incurred or suffered by OpCo during such year in order to operate its business and fulfill its obligations during such year including, without limitation: (i) any and all costs, expenses or payments necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under the Global Lease Agreement; (ii) any and all costs, expenses or payments including without limitation, of principal or interest, necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under any loan agreement or other instrument evidencing Indebtedness; (iii) any and all costs, expenses or payments necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under the Management Agreement; (iv) any and all Taxes of any kind due and owing by OpCo; (v) any payments or expenditures required under any lease of real estate, grant of easement, right of way or similar agreement to which OpCo is a party; (vi) any and all costs, expenses or payments necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under any lease or sublease of tower space or real estate to any third party; (vii) insurance premiums (including without limitation, any payments pursuant to premium financing) and/or deductibles of OpCo; (viii) payments to third parties for equipment or any other

 

3


goods and services required to perform OpCo’s obligations under existing contracts or agreements including, without limitation, payments required to satisfy any mechanics’ liens; (ix) salaries, commissions, compensation, benefits, and payments or obligations of a similar nature; and (x) any and all costs, expenses and payments required to comply with, or payable pursuant to any applicable laws, rule, regulations, ordinances, permits or licenses.

 

As used herein, the term “Committed Cash Revenues” means the sum of all rents, fees and other amounts to be received by OpCo during such year under all existing written leases, subleases, contracts and agreements to which OpCo is a party including, without limitation, the Global Lease Agreement, all Supplements (as defined in the Global Lease Agreement) and the Management Agreement.

 

(c) If by the first date of any year a proposed Business Plan for that year which is subject to the approval of the Members under Section 10.3(b) has not been so approved by the Members, the Business Plan for such year shall be deemed to be the expense portion of the Business Plan in effect for the preceding year increased, at the discretion of CCIC Member, to an amount not to exceed the sum of:

 

(i) the average operating cost per communications tower owned by OpCo (or of which it has the economic benefit) (the “OpCo Towers”) based on the most recent quarterly financial statements available as of the first day of the current year multiplied by fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (A) the aggregate number of OpCo Towers constructed, completed or otherwise acquired in the course of the prior year and (B) the aggregate number of OpCo Towers projected to be constructed, completed or otherwise acquired in the current year in the Business Plan for the prior year; and

 

(ii) the sum of (x) with respect to all contractual price increases with respect to contracts and agreements to which OpCo is a party and all increases in Taxes with respect to OpCo Towers, the amount of such increase and (y) with respect to all other expense items in the previous year’s budget, (A) the amount of such expenses multiplied by (B) the sum of one (1) plus an amount equal to the percentage increase in the CPI during the previous year.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Business Plan that is implemented pursuant to Sections 10.3(b) or (c) because the BAM and CCIC Member are unable to mutually agree on the Business Plan must provide for the payment by OpCo, prior to the allocation of revenues pursuant to Sections 10.3(b) or (c), of: (i) any and all costs, expenses or payments reasonably necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under the Global Lease; (ii) any and all costs, expenses or payments including without limitation, of principal or interest, necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under any loan agreement or other instrument evidencing Indebtedness; (iii) any and all costs, expenses or payments

 

4


reasonably necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under the Management Agreement; (iv) any and all Taxes of any kind due and owing by OpCo; (v) any payments or expenditures required under any lease of real estate, grant of easement, right of way or similar agreement to which OpCo is a party; (vi) any and all costs, expenses or payments reasonably necessary to fulfill OpCo’s obligations under any lease or sublease of tower space or real estate to any third party; (vii) insurance premiums (including without limitation, any payments pursuant to premium financing) and/or deductibles of OpCo; (viii) payments to third parties for equipment or any other goods and services required to perform OpCo’s obligations under existing contracts or agreements including, without limitation, payments required to satisfy any mechanics’ liens; (ix) salaries, commissions, compensation, benefits, and payments or obligations of a similar nature; and (x) any and all costs, expenses and payments required to comply with, or payable pursuant to any applicable laws, rule, regulations, ordinances, permits or licenses. Further, any such Business Plan may have the effect of reducing amounts payable under the Management Agreement so long as the Anticipated Financing remains outstanding.”

 

3. Modification of Permitted Encumbrances. The definition of “Permitted Encumbrances,” set forth in Section 1.1 of the Operating Agreement, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“‘Permitted Encumbrances’ means (i) liens for current real or personal property taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens or other rights of third parties disclosed in the Schedules to Section 5.1 of the Formation Agreement, (iii) worker’s, carrier’s and materialman’s liens not yet due and payable, (iv) with respect to Leased Sites (as defined below in the definition of Tower Sites), any liens placed upon such real property other than in connection with obligations or liabilities of BAM, (v) easements, rights of way or similar grants of rights to a third party for access to or across any real property, including, without limitation, rights of way or similar rights granted to any utility or similar entity in connection with the provision of electric, water, sewage, telephone, gas or similar services, (vi) the Tower Leases and other leases of rights to use spaces on the Tower Structures entered into between the Company and third parties in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, consistent with past practices and the then applicable Business Plan, and (vii) liens that are immaterial in character, amount, and extent, and that do not detract from the value or interfere in any material respect with the present use of the properties they affect.”

 

4. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined in this First Amendment, capitalized terms used in this First Amendment will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Operating Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the respective provisions of the Operating Agreement and this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control.

 

5. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This First Amendment shall become binding when any one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties hereto.

 

6. Effect of Amendment. Except as specifically amended by the provisions of this First Amendment, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Operating Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for all purposes, and the parties hereby ratify and confirm the terms, conditions and provisions of the Operating Agreement, as amended pursuant to this First Amendment.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY

Crown Atlantic Company LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/    W. Benjamin Moreland


Name:

 

W. Benjamin Moreland


Title:

 

Senior Vice President


BAM

   

Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/    Stephen Heimann


Name:

 

Stephen Heimann

Title:

 

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

HOLDCO SUB

Crown Atlantic Holding Sub LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/    W. Benjamin Moreland


Name:

 

W. Benjamin Moreland


Title:

 

Senior Vice President


 

6

Computation of Net Loss

EXHIBIT 11

 

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

COMPUTATION OF NET LOSS

PER COMMON SHARE

(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

 

Loss before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ (94,347 )   $ (204,786 )   $ (366,167 )   $ (272,521 )   $ (396,330 )

Dividends on preferred stock

     (28,881 )     (59,469 )     (79,028 )     (79,786 )     (54,294 )

Gains (losses) on purchases of preferred stock

     —         —         —         99,424       349  
    


 


 


 


 


Loss before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles applicable to common stock for basic and diluted computations

     (123,228 )     (264,255 )     (445,195 )     (252,883 )     (450,275 )

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     (2,414 )     —         —         —         (2,035 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss applicable to common stock for basic and diluted computations

   $ (125,642 )   $ (264,255 )   $ (445,195 )   $ (252,883 )   $ (452,310 )
    


 


 


 


 


Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period for basic and diluted computations (in thousands)

     131,466       178,588       214,246       218,028       216,947  
    


 


 


 


 


Per common share—basic and diluted:

                                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (0.94 )   $ (1.48 )   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.08 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (0.02 )     —         —         —         (0.01 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss

   $ (0.96 )   $ (1.48 )   $ (2.08 )   $ (1.16 )   $ (2.09 )
    


 


 


 


 


 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings

EXHIBIT 12

 

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND

EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

 

     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

 

Computation of Earnings:

                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interests and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ (91,316 )   $ (203,819 )   $ (350,995 )   $ (262,743 )   $ (386,418 )

Add:

                                        

Fixed charges (as computed below)

     126,675       271,994       329,482       350,593       344,213  
    


 


 


 


 


     $ 35,359     $ 68,175     $ (21,513 )   $ 87,850     $ (42,205 )
    


 


 


 


 


Computation of Fixed Charges and Combined

                                        

Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:

                                        

Interest expense

   $ 60,971     $ 160,291     $ 205,691     $ 208,003     $ 216,207  

Amortization of deferred financing costs, discounts on long-term debt and dividends on preferred stock

     49,937       81,003       91,753       94,567       73,440  

Interest component of operating lease expense

     15,767       30,700       32,038       48,023       54,566  
    


 


 


 


 


Fixed charges

     126,675       271,994       329,482       350,593       344,213  

Preferred stock dividends

     28,881       59,469       79,028       (19,638 )     53,945  
    


 


 


 


 


Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

   $ 155,556     $ 331,463     $ 408,510     $ 330,955     $ 398,158  
    


 


 


 


 


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     —         —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Deficiency of Earnings to Cover Fixed Charges

   $ 91,316     $ 203,819     $ 350,995     $ 262,743     $ 386,418  
    


 


 


 


 


Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

     —         —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Deficiency of Earnings to Cover Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

   $ 120,197     $ 263,288     $ 430,023     $ 243,105     $ 440,363  
    


 


 


 


 


Subsidiaries of Crown Castle International Corp.

EXHIBIT 21

 

CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. SUBSIDIARIES

 

Crown Castle Operating Company (f/k/a Crown Castle USA Holdings Company), a Delaware corporation

 

Crown Communication Inc., a Delaware corporation (d/b/a Crown Communications, CrownCom)

 

Crown Castle USA Inc. (f/k/a Crown Network Systems, Inc.), a Pennsylvania corporation

 

Crown Castle PT Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

CC South Holdco Corp., a Delaware corporation

 

Crown Castle South LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Crown Castle GT Corp., a Delaware corporation

 

Crown Castle GT Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

Crown Castle Australia Holdings Pty Limited, an Australian limited liability company

 

Crown Castle Australia Pty Ltd (f/k/a CCAL Towers Pty Ltd.), an Australian limited liability company

 

Crown Castle UK Holdings Limited (f/k/a Castle Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd.), an England and Wales company (unrestricted)

 

Crown Castle UK Limited (f/k/a Castle Transmission International Ltd.), an England and Wales company

 

Crown Castle Investment Corp., a Delaware corporation (unrestricted)

 

CCA Investment Corp., a Delaware corporation

 

Crown Castle Atlantic Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

CC Castle International LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Consent of KPMG LLP

EXHIBIT 23

 

Independent Auditors’ Consent

 

The Board of Directors

Crown Castle International Corp.:

 

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-67379) on Form S-8, the registration statement (No. 333-94821) on Form S-3, the registration statement (No. 333-41106) on Form S-3, the registration statement (No. 333-101008) on Form S-8, and the registration statement (No. 333-112176) on Form S-4 of Crown Castle International Corp. of our reports dated February 18, 2004, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Crown Castle International Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, and all related schedules, which reports appear in the December 31, 2003, annual report on Form 10-K of Crown Castle International Corp. The audit reports covering the December 31, 2003 financial statements and related schedules refer to the adoption in 2003 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”, the adoption in 2002 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, and in 2001 a change in the method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

KPMG LLP

 

Houston, Texas

March 5, 2004

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.1

 

Certification

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

I, John P. Kelly, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Crown Castle International Corp. (“registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2004

 

/s/    John P. Kelly        


John P. Kelly

President and Chief Executive Officer

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 31.2

 

Certification

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

I, W. Benjamin Moreland, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Crown Castle International Corp. (“registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2004

 

/s/    W. Benjamin Moreland        


W. Benjamin Moreland

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Certification

Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), for the period ending December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of such officer’s knowledge:

 

  1) the Report complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2003 (the last date of the period covered by the Report).

 

/s/    John P. Kelly        


John P. Kelly

President and Chief Executive Officer

March 9, 2004

 

/s/    W. Benjamin Moreland        


W. Benjamin Moreland

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

March 9, 2004

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Crown Castle International Corp. and will be retained by Crown Castle International Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.